A 

.  PRACTICAL 

SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

WITH 

EXERCISES  AND  THEMES 


BY 

EUGENE    W.    MANNING,  PH.D. 

PROFESSOR  OF  MODERN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES  IN  DE  PAUW 
UNIVERSITY 


FOURTH  EDITION,  REVISED 


NEW  YORK 
HENRY    HOLT  AND    COMPANY 


PRESERVATION 
COPY  ADDED 

,     I      .'••." 


COPYRIGHT,  1891, 

BY 
HENRY   HOLT  &   CO. 


ROBERT  DRTTMMOND, 

ELECTROTYPER  AND  PRINTER, 

NEW  YORK. 


PREFACE. 


THE  following  pages,  written  at  first  for  my  classes 
in  Cornell  University,  are  now  handed  over  to  the 
public  in  the  hope  that  they  may  be  of  some  help  in 
introducing  others,  as  well  as  college  students,  to  the 
Spanish  language '  and  literature.  My  aim  has  been 
to  write  a  practical  grammar  and,  so  far  as  college 
students  are  concerned,  one  that  may  be  tolerably 
well  mastered  (leaving  time  for  reading  about  150 
ordinary  duodecimo  pages  of  Spanish  in  one  college 
year),  provided  two  recitations  per  week  are  devoted 
to  it. 

My  own  custom  has  been  to  have  the  students  learn 
the  advance  lesson  only  so  thoroughly  as  to  be  able  to 
write  out  the  theme  ;  to  have  them  put  the  theme  on 
the  board  ;  to  correct  jt  myself,  having  the  students 
correct  their  themes  as  I  indicate  mistakes  and 
state  reasons  for  changes,  and  on  the  review  (next 
time  we  meet)  to  give  (without  book  or  theme)  the 
Spanish  for  the  English  (as  well  as  the  English  for 
the  Spanish)  on  my  reading  the  sentences  aloud.  A 
part  at  least  of  the  Spanish  reading  lessons  was  also 
translated  on  review  (as  above)  from  hearing  me  read 
the  Spanish.  This  method  seemed  to  work  admira- 
bly at  Cornell ;  but  is  given  here  simply  for  such 
teachers  as  may  not  have  a  definite  and  possibly  better 
method  of  their  own. 

Since  Spanish  is  rarely  taken  up  until  after  some 

m 


IV  PKEFACE. 

other  language  than  the  mother-tongue  has  been 
studied,  much  has  been  left  out  that  otherwise  would 
have  found  its  way  into  the  book.  The  statements 
about  the  pronunciation  of  Spanish  are  the  results  of 
some  months'  careful  listening  to  the  best  Spanish 
orators  in  the  Ateneo  at  Madrid.  In  the  vocabulary 
the  order  of  the  English  alphabet  has  been  followed, 
since  that  is  of  course  much  more  familiar  to  English- 
speaking  persons.  No  great  effort  has  been  made 
after  the  first  half-dozen  themes  to  have  the  sentences 
easy,  and  so  the  vocabularies  are  long.  It  will  be 
found,  however,  that  only  about  one  half  the  words 
are  used  in  the  themes  (masculine  nouns  coming 
first  in  the  lesson  vocabularies,  then  feminine  nouns, 
then  other  words).  The  reading  of  easy  Spanish 
may  be  begun  with  profit  after  the  first  conjugation 
(12th  lesson)  has  been  mastered. 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  arrangement  of  the  Span- 
ish verb  is  an  entirely  new  one,  which  it  is  believed 
will  greatly  facilitate  the  mastering  of  the  verb.  A 
short  chapter  on  the  history  of  Spanish,  especially  in 
its  relation  to  Latin,  will  be  found  just  before  the 
general  vocabularies.  A  list  of  all  irregular  verbs  in 
the  Spanish, for  which  I  am  indebted  chiefly  to  Knapp's 
Spanish  Grammar,  will  be  found  on  pp.  113-127,  and  a 
general  index  at  the  end  of  the  book.  While  acknowl- 
edging my  indebtedness  to  the  Spanish  Academy 
Grammar,  to  Wigger's  "Grammatik  der  Spanischen 
Sprache  "  (to  this  latter  especially  for  the  treatise  on 
the  subjunctive  mood),  and  to  others,  no  one  has  been 
so  closely  followed  as  to  make  its  author  responsible 
for  what  is  here,  though  I  have  taken  from  many 
sources  whatever  suited  my  purpose. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

ALPHABET  AND  PRONUNCIATION,  1 

Alphabet,  §  1.  Gender  of  Letters,  2.  Capital  Letters, 
3.  Remarks  on  Letters,  4.  Sound  of  Vowels,  5. 
Quality  of  Vowels,  6.  Diphthongs,  7.  Triphthongs, 
8.  Consonants,  9-32.  Double  Consonants,  33.  Tonic 
Accent,  34-36.  Graphic  Accent,  37.  Division  of 
Syllables,  38.  Punctuation,  39. 

LESSONS  WITH  EXERCISES  AND  THEMES. 

I.  GENDER,  ARTICLE,  etc. :  Present  of  ser,           .      7 
II.  NOUN s—  GENDER,  NUMBER, CASE,  etc.:  Imper- 
fect of  ser,     .0 10 

III.  NOUNS  WITH  ARTICLE,  and  as  Diminutive  and 

Augmentative,  and  Present  Tense  of  tener,       14 

IV.  ADJECTIVES  :  Present  Tense  of  estar,      .        .     18 
V.  ADJECTIVES  (Comparison   of) :    ser  and  estar 

distinguished,        .        .        .        c        .        .21 
VI.  NUMERALS  :  Present  of  haber,  c        .        .25 

VII.  CONJUNCTIVE  AND    DISJUNCTIVE   PERSONAL 

PRONOUNS,  and  Present  Tense  of  amar,       .     30 
VIII.  CONJUNCTIVE  AND  DISJUNCTIVE  POSSESSIVE 
ADJECTIVES     AND     PRONOUNS:     Present 

Tense  of  comer, 36 

IX.  DEMONSTRATIVE    ADJECTIVES   AND    DEMON- 
STRATIVE   PRONOUNS  :    Present  Tense    of 

recibir,  40 

X.  RELATIVE  AND  INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUNS  : 

Imperfect  of  amar,        .        .        .        .        .44 

XI.  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS  :  Preterite  of  amar,     .     49 

XII.  VERB-FORMS  :  hablar  (First  Conjugation),        .     54 

XIII.  SECOND    AND   THIRD    CONJUGATION  :    temer, 

recibir, 60 

XIV.  EUPHONIC    CHANGES   IN    REGULAR   VERBS: 

tocar,  etc.,     ....  .     64 

v 


VI  TABLE   OF   CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

XV.  COMPOUND  TENSES  and  haber,  to  have,  .    68 

XVI.  PASSIVE  VOICE  :  ser  and  estar,          .        .        .72 
XVII.  REFLEXIVE  VERBS  and  tener,  .        .        .     77 

XVIII.  IRREGULAR  VERBS  :  acertar  and  others— First 

Conjugation, 81 

XIX.  IRREGULAR  VERBS:  atender  and  others — Second 

Conjugation, 87 

XX.  IRREGULAR  VERBS — Second  Conjugation  (con- 
cluded) :  DEFECTIVE  VERBS,       ...     93 
XXI.  IRREGULAR  VERBS  :   sentir  and  others — Third 

Conjugation, 99 

XXII.  IRREGULAR  VERBS:  Third  Conjugation  (con- 
cluded)— DEFECTIVE  VERBS,       .        .        .  103 

XXIII.  IMPERSONAL  VERBS  :   Verbs  used  negatively 

and  interrogatively, 109 

LIST  OF  IRREGULAR  VERBS  AND  PRINCIPAL  DEFEC- 
TIVE VERBS, 113 

XXIV.  USE  OF  THE  TENSES  :  Simple  Tenses,     .        .  128 
XXV.  SIMPLE     TENSES     (concluded) :     COMPOUND 

TENSES, 132 

XXVI.  THE  IMPERATIVE  MOOD:  CONDITIONAL  MOOD,  136 
XXVII.  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  in  Independent  and 

Dependent  Sentences,  ....  140 

XXVIII.  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  in  Dependent  Sen- 
tences (concluded):  Sequence  of  Tenses,      .  144 

XXIX.  THE  INFINITIVE  MOOD, 148 

XXX.  THE  INFINITIVE  MOOD  (concluded),        .        .152 

XXXI.  PRESENT  PARTICIPLE  :  PAST  PARTICIPLE,      .  156 

XXXII.  ADVERBS, 160 

XXXIII.  PREPOSITIONS, 164 

XXXIV.  PREPOSITIONS  (concluded),        .        .        .        .169 
XXXV.  CONJUNCTIONS  AND  INTERJECTIONS,        .        .175 

SKETCH  OF  THE  HISTORY  OF  THE  SPANISH  LANGUAGE, 

especially  in  its  Relation  with  Latin,        .        .        .  179 

SPANISH-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY, 195 

VOCABULARY  OF  SPANISH  PROPER  NAMES,    .        .        .219 

ENGLISH- SPANISH  VOCABULARY, 221 

GENERAL  INDEX, 237 


PKACTICAL  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 


1.  ALPHABET  AND  PRONUHCIATION. 


Letters. 

Names. 

Pronounced. 

A     a 

a 

a  in  ah 

B     b 

be 

bd  in  bane 

C     c 

ce 

thd  in  thane 

Ch   ch 

che 

chd  in  change 

D     d 

de 

da  in  date 

E     e 

e 

d  in  ate 

P     f 

efe 

a'fay2 

G     g 

ge 

*hld  in  hate  ' 

H     h 
I      i 

hache 
i 

a'tchay^ 
7&1tfieel 

J    i 

jota 

'h^'ta 

K4    k4 

ke 

kay2 

L     1 

ele 

a'lay2 

LL  11 

elle 

arly3ay* 

M    m 

erne 

a'may8 

N     n 

ene 

a'nay2 

N       n 

ene 

S'ny5ay2 

0     o 

0 

0 

P     p 

pe 

pa  in  pane 

Q     q 

cu 

coo  in  coon 

R     r 

ere 

a'ray2 

RR  rr 

erre 

ar'ray2 

S      s 

ese 

a'say24 

T     t 

te 

ta  in  tame 

U     u 

u 

oo  in  ooze 

V     v 

ve 

va  in  vane 

W6  w' 

doble  u 

dorblay2  oo    ' 

X     x 

equis 

a'keece 

Y     y 

i  griega 

ee  greea^ga 

Z      z 

zeta 

thaOar~-^ 

1  Strongly  and  deeply  aspirated.  2  ay  having  the  sound  of 
ey  in  they.  8  Like  Hi  in  William.  4  Used  only  in  borrowed 
words,  as  kilometro.  5  ny  here  like  ni  in  um0n.  6  Used  only 
in  foreign  words,  as  Wj,M;i$ton,  and  pronounced  as  oo  in  ooze, 


2  PRACTICAL   SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

2.  All  letters  are  of  the  feminine  gender :  as,  una  a, 
una  b,  etc. 

3.  Capital  letters  are  used  in  general  as  in  English. 
The  names  of  the  months  and  days  of  the  week,  also 
adjectives  formed  from  names  of  nations,  provinces, 
towns,  and   men  and  yo  (  =  /),  begin  with  small 
letters. 

4.  (a)  The  vowel  sounds  (which  occur  of  tener  than 
in  English)  are  full  and  distinct,     (b)  The  consonants 
are  rather  touched  upon  than  distinctly  pronounced. 
(c)  The  only  new  sound  (not  found  in  English)  is  that 
of  g  before  e  or  i,  and  of  j  (always  like  Spanish  g  be- 
fore e  or  i).    (d)  H  (except  in  ch  [see  11]  and  in  initial 
hie1  and  hue)  is  silent,     (e)  U,  except  when  it  has  the 
diaeresis2  (ii),  is  silent  between  g  and  e  or  i,  and  always 
after  q. 

5.  A  like  a  in  ah  or  in  far:     arma,  casa. 
E     "     a  in  ate:  edad,  doble. 

I     "    ee  in  eel:  indicar,  inutil. 

0     "     o  in  go:  obra,  modo. 

TT   "    oo  in  ooze:  lugar,  unos. 

Y4  as  vowel  like  Spanish  i  :   voy,  doy,  soy. 

6.  The  quality  of  the  vowels  remains   the  same, 
though  they  are  short  in  unaccented  and  (generally) 
long  in  accented  syllables. 

7.  DIPHTHONGS.5 — Each  of  the  five  vowels  (a,  e,  i,  o, 
u)  may  be  doubled  (without  forming  a  diphthong),  or 


1  Very  lightly  touched  even  here.    Many  say  it  is  silent. 

2  Always  used  to  break  up  a  diphthong. 

8  See  §  4  (e).    *  Y  is  a  vowel  when  alone,  as  in  y  (and),  and  at 
the  end  of  a  word  or  syllable;  elsewhere  a  consonant. 

5  In  diphthongs  and   triphthpngs  te&clj   vowel  is  slightly 


DIPHTHONGS — TRIPHTHONGS — CONSONANTS.         3 

be  followed1  by  and  may  form  a  diphthong1  with  each2 
of  the  other  four  vowels.  If  one  of  the  vowels  of  these 
combinations  is  accented,  they  generally  do  not  form 
a  diphthong ;  if  neither  is  accented,  they  generally 
form  a  diphthong.  (See  §  8  (&).) 

8.  (a)  TRIPHTHONGS. — These  are  iai,  as  in  preciais ; 
iei,  as  in  precieis ;  uai   (or  nay),  as  in   santiguais, 
guay ;  uei  (or  uey),  as  in  bueitre  (buitre),  buey. 

(b)  Note  that  the  triphthongs  (and  diphthongs)  have 
each  vowel  sounded  and  with  its  usual  sound,  only 
each  vowel  unites  more  or  less  intimately  with  the 
other  vowel  (s). 

9.  CONSONANTS. — B  as  in  English  before  1  and  r; 
elsewhere  not  so  distinctly  (with  lips  scarcely  touch- 
ing), and  by  some,  though  incorrectly,  almost  like  v. 

10.  C  like  k  before  a,  o,  u,  or  a  consonant  (except  h), 
and  sounds  like  th  (as  in  thin)  before  e  or  i.     Cc  used 
only  before  i  and  like  k'th :  as,  accion. 

11.  Ch.  like  ch  in  much  (mucho). 

12.  D   as  in  English,  except  with  lighter  pressure 
of  the  tongue;  before  r  or  final  very  slightly  sounded, 
or  almost  like  th  in  then. 

13.  F  like  English/. 

14.  G3,  before  a,  o,  u,  or  another  consonant,  as  in 
English  go.     Before  e  or  i  is  nearly  like  h  in  hate, 
deeply  and  fully  aspirated  (or  better,  ch  in  German 
Tuch,  deep  and  full).     Gn  as  in  signal. 

sounded,  and  except  in  the  combinations  io,  oi,  and  some- 
times eo,  it  is  the  vowel  first  in  alphabetical  order  that  gen- 
erally receives  the  tonic,  if  not  the  graphic,  accent. 

1  Y  takes  the  place  of  final  i,  except  when  i  is  accented:  as, 
jabali. 

2  H  between  vowels  has  no  effect  on  the  pronunciation. 
«See§4(e). 


4  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

15.  H:  see  §  4  (d)  and  page  3,  note  2. 

16.  J  always  like  g  before  e  or  i.     (See  §  14.) 

17.  K  like  k  in  kind. 

18.  L  as  in  English. 

19.  LI  like  Hi  in  William. 

20.  M  as  in  English;  never  doubled,  m  or  nm  used 
instead  and  rarely  final. 

21.  N  as  in  English;  when  doubled,  both  sounded. 

22.  N1  as  ni  in  union. 

23.  P  as  in  English  (initial  only  before  1  or  r  or  a 
vowel). 

24.  ft  always  followed  by  u,  and  sounds  like  k 
being  silent). 

25.  R  is  strongly  rolled  at  the  beginning  of  a  word 
or  syllable,  or  after  1,  n,  s,  and  whenever  doubled. 

26.  S  always  hard,  as  in  English  sand. 

27.  T  always  (even  before  i)  like  t  in  tin. 

28.  V2  as  in  English,  except  that  the  upper  teeth 
and  lower  lip  scarcely  touch. 

29.  W  as  in  English  (when  used  at  all). 

30.  X  now  always  like  Ics :  as,  x  in  wax. 

31.  Y  as  consonant  (i.e.,  at  beginning  of  word  or 
followed  by  a  vowel  in  same  syllable)  is  pronounced 
as  in  English. 

32.  Z  always  like  c  before  e  or  i  (that  is,  as  th  in 
thin). 

33.  Spanish    avoids    assimilation    of    consonants 
(using  inmortal  [Eng.  immortal]),  and  generally  sim- 
plifies double  consonants  (as  dificil  [Eng.  difficult]). 
Except  n  and  1,  only  c  and  r  are  capable  of  being 
doubled:  as,  ella,  ennoblecer,  accion,  error.     (Double 

1  For  description  of  this  sign  see  §  37. 

2  Found  only  before  vowels. 


TONIC  ACCENT — GRAPHIC  ACCENT.       5 

1  [=  11]  and  double  r  [=  rr]  are  phonetically  indepen- 
dent letters.) 

34.  TONIC  ACCENT. — (a)  Words  ending  in  a  con- 
sonant '  (including  infinitives,  imperatives  [2d  plu.], 
and  the  second  person  plural  of  verbs),  except  plurals 
in  s  or  es,  and  verb-forms  in  s,  es,  mos,  an,  en,  and 
on,  are  accented  on  the  final  syllable,  unless  other- 
wise marked,     (b)  Proper  names  in  ez,  and  some  in 
es,  are  accented  on  the  next  to  the   last   syllable: 
as,  Lopez,  Cervantes. 

35.  Words  ending  in  a  vowel  or  diphthong  (counted 
as   one  syllable2),  and  plurals  in  s  or  es,  and  verb- 
forms  in  s,  es,  mos,  an,  en,  and  on,  are  accented  on 
the  next8  to  the  last  syllable,  unless  otherwise  marked. 

36.  Plurals  keep  the  accent  of  the  singular  (except 
car£cterand  regimen,  caract6res  and  regimenes);  and 
compounds,  the  accent  (not  always  marked)  of  the 
separate  parts :  as,  mondadientes  =  m6nda-di6ntes. 

37.  GEAPHIC  ACCENT. — (a)  The   acute  accent  (') 
is  used4  to  distinguish  a  word-form  used  in  one  sense 
from  the  same  form  used  in  another  sense:  as,  el  =  the, 
61  =  Tie  ;  se  =  self,  s6  =  /  know  ;  etc. :  and  to  indicate 
irregularly  accented  syllables  and  interrogative  words, 
etc.     (b)  The  tilde  (~)  is  used  over  n  when  the  vowel 

1  Or  in  a  diphthong  with  y  as  the  last  letter. 

2  Providing  the  word  has  a  syllable  preceding  the  diph- 
thong, which,  to  fall  under  the  rule,  must  be  i  plus  a  vowel  or 
u  plus  a  vowel;  but  tio  is  pronounced  ti'-o,  and  aldea  =  al-de'-a, 
etc.     Many  verbs-forms   in  ia,  ie,  io,  ua,  ue,   no   sometimes 
graphically  accent  the  i  or  u. 

3  The  rules  of  the  Spanish  Academy  for  the  accent  differ 
somewhat  from  the  above;  but  the  Academy  rules  have  not, 
up  to  the  present,  been  generally  followed  by  publishers. 

4  Even  over  capital  letters. 


6  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

sound  following  n  is  to  be  preceded  by  the  sound  of 
initial  y:  hence  aiio  =  anyo.  (c)  The  diaeresis  (") 
is  placed  over  the  vowel  u  in  the  syllables  giie,  giii 
to  denote  that  the  u  must  be  pronounced;  and  in 
poetry  it  also  breaks  up  diphthongs :  as,  riiido,  viaje. 
(cl)  Other  graphic  signs  (except  as  elsewhere  referred 
to)  as  in  English. 

38.  DIVISION  OF  SYLLABLES. — (a)  One  consonant, 
including  ch,  11,  n  (rr1),  belongs  to  the  following  vowel : 
as,  ca-lle,  ha-cer,  ha-llar,  sue-no,     (b)  Two  consonants, 
if  they  are  such  as  may  begin  a  Spanish  word  (b^c^j^ 
g,  and  p  followed  by  1  or  r,  and  d  or  t  followed  by  r), 
go  with  the  following  vowel:  as,  ha-blar,  con-cluir, 
etc.     (c)  In  other  cases  the  first  (or  the  first  plus  s) 
of  several  consonants  goes  with  the  preceding  vowel, 
(even  x  is  divided  into  c-s):    as,  con-mover,  ins-pi- 
rar,  mac-simo  (maximo).     (d)  Unaccented  diphthongs 
are  generally  not  divided:  as,  a-gua,  bue-no,  etc.;  but 
continu-a,  continu-e,  etc.     (e)  Compound  words  are 
divided  between  the  different  parts :  as,  pro-nom-bre ; 
but  in  many  words  little  attention  is  paid  to  the  origi- 
nal Latin  division :  as,  su-bir,  des-cripcion,  etc.,  instead 
of  sub-ir,  de-scripcion,  etc. 

39.  (a)  Owing  to  the  difficulty  in  distinguishing  the 
interrogative  or  exclamatory  sentence  by  its  form,  the 
sign  of  interrogation2  or  exclamation2  (only  inverted) 
is  usually  placed  before  it :  as,   j  due*  me  quieres  ? 2 
;  Como  llueve  ! 2     (b)  Other  punctuation  in  Spanisa  is 
about  the  same  as  in  English. 

J  Authorities  differ  as  to  rr,  but  the  dictionaries  consulted 
generally  divide:  as,  per-ro. 

2  The  inverted  sign  is  generally  omitted  at  the  beginning 
with  short  sentences. 


GENDER,    ARTICLES,    ETC.  7 

% 

LESSON    I. 

GENDER,   ARTICLES,  ETC. 

40.  CASES. — There  are  two  cases1  (nominative  and 
objective),  as  in  English. 

41.  GENDER. — There  are  three  genders,  masculine, 
feminine,  and  neuter,  though  the  neuter2  is  very  sel- 
dom used. 

42.  NUMBER. — There  are  two  numbers,  singular 
and  plural;  and  the  sign  of  the  plural  is  s  or  es,  as  in 
English. 

43.  DEFINITE  ARTICLE. 

m.  el )  m.  los  )    , 

/.  la  [  sing.  /.  las  f  Plu' 

n.  lo  )  n.  (no  plural.) 

44.  INDEFINITE  ARTICLE. 

m.  un    )  a  or  an  m.  unos4 )  ones  or  a  few. 

/.3  una  )    sing.  /.   unas4 )  plu. 

n.  (wanting.)  n.  (wanting.) 

1  The  Spanish  Academy  Grammar  gives  six  cases,  as  follows: 

Masculine.  Feminine. 

Nom.  el  lobo,  the  wolf.  la  carta,  the  letter. 

Gen.   (de  el)  del  lobo,   of  the      de  la  carta,  of  the  letter. 

wolf.  [to  the  wolf. 

Dat.    (a  el)  al  or  para  el  lobo,      a  or  para  la  carta,  to  the  let- 
Ac",    el  lobo,  the  wolf.  la  carta,  the  letter.  [ter. 
Vov.    lobo,  wolf.                             carta,  letter. 
Abl.     con  el  lobo,  with  the  wolf.      con  la  carta,  with  the  letter. 

8  Used  chiefly  with  adjectives,  pronouns,  and  possessives: 
as,  the  good,  lo  bueno;  (the)  mine,  lo  mio. 

3  See  §§61  and  46. 

4  Really  indefinite  adjectives;  at  times  indefinite  pronouns 
or  even  nouns. 


8  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

I 

45.  De  el  (of  the)  are  contracted  to  del,,  and  a  el 
(to  the)  to  al. 

46.  El  is  used  for  euphony  before  feminine  nouns 
of.  two  syllables1  (not  adjectives)   beginning  with  an 
accented   a  or   ha :  as,  el  ala,  el  ave ;  also  del  ala, 
al   ave  :    but  plural  regular:  las  alas,   las  aves,   de 
las  alas,  a  las  aves,  etc.     Tin  is  used  for  una,  just  as  el 
for  la ;  though  this  usage  is  not  to  be  commended. 

47.  INFLECTION  OF  PRESENT  TENSE  OF  ser,  to  be. 

yo  soy,  /  am.  nosotros  somos,  we  are. 

C(tu  eres,2  ihou  art.)  ffvosotros  sois,*^6  are.) 

^_Usted  es,3  you  are.  \JJstedes  son,3  you  are. 

el  es,  he  is.  ellos  son,  they  are. 

ella  es,  she  is.  ellas  son,  they  are. 

48.  listed  and  Ustedes  are  contractions  for  vuestra 
merced  (your  honor)  and  vuestras  mercedes  (your  worft 
ships),  and  are  still  further  contracted  to  V.4  (for  sin- 
gular) and  VV.4  (for  plural);  but  they  represent  the 
English   you   singular   and    plural:  as,    V.4    ("UV 
esmiamigo.     VV.4  (Ustedes)  son  hermanos  (brother 

49.  i  Habla  V.  ?  means,  do  you  speak  ?  are  you  .</;< 
ing  ?  speak  you  9  i  Hablaba  V.?  means,  did  you  sj». 
were  you  speaking  9  spoke  you  ?    And  the  same  r,< 
of  other  verbs  in  the  positive,  interrogative,  ai 
clamatory  forms. 

VOCABULARY    I. 

el  astro,  star.  la  muchacha,  girl. 

hermano,  bi*other.  tierra,  earth. 

hijo,  son.  vida,  life. 

1  But  not  longer  words:  as,  la  anima,  la  Africa. 

2  Avoid  the  use  of  this  form. 
4  With  verbs  in  third  person. 


HOUHS.   GEKDER — DUMBER — CASE.      11 

51.  Names  of  months,  days,  points  of  the  compass, 
of   most  fruit-trees,  rivers,  and  mountains,  are  mas- 
culine: as,  enero,  January;  domingo,  Sunday;  norte, 
north;  castano,  chestnut;  Bin,  Rhine;  los  Alpes,  the 
Alps. 

52.  Compound  nouns,  made  up  of  a  verb  and  a 
noun,   are  generally  masculine;  others  usually  take 
the  gender  of  the  second  part:  as,  besamanos  (m.),  a 
kissing  of  the  hand;  cortaplumas  (m.),  a  penknife; 
contrahaz  (f.),  wrong  side. 

53.  (a)  Except  those  ending  in  a,  d  (and  many 
in  z),  most  nouns,  especially  those  in  o,  are  mascu- 
line: as,  hijo,  son;  mes  (m.),  month;  but  mesa  (f.), 
table;   verdad    (f.),  truth;  faz   (f.),  face,     (b)  Some 
nouns  are  of  either  gender:  as,  el  martir,  la  martir. 
(c)  Some  have  different  forms  for  the  feminine:  as, 
caballo,  horse;  yegua,  mare. 

54.  Proper  names  of  kingdoms,  provinces,  cities, 
etc.,  ending  in   a   are  feminine;   others   are   gener- 
ally masculine:  as,  el  Brasil,  la  Suiza  (Switzerland), 
Madrid  (m.).     . 

55.  NUMBER. — Nouns  ending  in   an    unaccented 
vowel  (except  y  or  i :  as,  rey,  reyes),  and  a  few  with 
accented  final  vowels  (as,  pi6,  mama,  pap&),  take  s;  all 
others  (except  proper  names   in  s  and  z,  and  some 
others  with  final  syllable  unaccented  and  ending  in  s/ 
which  remain  the  same)  take  es  to  form  the  plural :  as, 
libro,  libros;  mujer  (woman),  mujeres;  jabali,  jaba- 
lies,  etc.  (but  los  Cervantes,  los  liines  [the  Mondays]). 
Z  final  becomes  c  before  es  of  plural:  as,  voz,  voces. 

56.  Some  nouns  are  used  only  in  the  singular:  as, 
fe,  faith;  oro,  gold;  some  only  in  the  plural:  as,  los 
viveres,  provisions;  some  have  different  meaning  in 


12  PRACTICAL  SPANISH  GRAMMAR. 

singular  and  plural :  as,  esposa,  wife;  esposas,  wives, 
or  handcuffs.     Most  compounds  make  only  last  part 
plural:  as,  ferro-carril  (railway),  ferro-carriles. 
IMPERFECT  TENSE  OF  ser,  to  be. 

era,  /  was.  eramos,  we  were. 

V.  era,  you  were.  VV.  eran,  you  were. 

era,  he,  she,  it  was.  eran,  they  wer&. 

VOCABULARY  II. 

el  Americano,  American.  la  Europa,  Europe. 

amigo,  friend.  flor.  flower. 

amor,  love.  madre,  mother. 

buque,  ship.  mama,  mamma. 

cabello,  hair.  manzana,  apple 

Cervantes,  Cervantes.  palabra,  word. 

chino,  Chinese.  semana,  week. 

dia,  day.  senora,  lady. 

domingo,  Sunday.  Suiza,  Switzerland. 

enero,  January.  activo,  active. 

espanol,  Spanish.       [States,  fbien,  well. 
los  Estados  Unidos,  The  United  t  cerca  (de),  near. 

el  Frances,  FrencJiman.  cinco,  jive. 

guante,  glove.  dan,  give. 

hombre,  man.  femenino  (a,},  feminine. 

ingles,  English.  fuerte,  strong. 

mariner o,  sailor.  grande,  large. 

ojo,  eye.  j  hay,  there  are. 

palacio,  palace.  joven,  young. 

papa,  papa.  largo,  long. 

pie,  foot.  moreno,  chestnut 

plural,  plural.  negro,  black. 

"primo,  cousin.  no,  no. 

oficial,  officer.  pequeno,  small. 

rio,  river.  primero,  first. 

sofa,  sofa.  que,  than. 

tribu,  tribe.  tambien,  also. 

valor,  courage.  tienen,  have. 

Wostenholm,   Wostenholm.      no,  no. 


GENDER — NUMBER — CASE.  13 

EXERCISE  II. 

1.  Los  muchachos  son  los  hermanos  de  la  mucha- 
cha.  2.  Enero  es  el  primer^  mes  del  ano.  3.  Do- 
mingo es  el  primer  dia  de  la  semana.  4.  Los  hom- 
bres  del  norte  son  activos.  5.  El  Rin  es  un  rio 
grande.  6.  Las  palabras  mesa,  verdad  y  faz,  son  ferne- 
ninas.  7.  Los  pinos  de  los  Alpes  son  hermosos.  8.  Los 
reyes  de  Europa  tienen  muchos  palacios.  9.  Este 
mes  tiene  cinco  limes.  10.  No  hay  dos  Cervantes. 
11.  La  Suiza  es  un  pais  pequeno.  12.  La  fe  da  valor. 
13.  Las  esposas  (wives)  de  los  oficiales  hablan  de  las 
esposas  (handcuffs)  del  marinero.  14.  Los  Ingleses  y 
los  Franceses  son  amigos.  15.  Los  Americanos  son 
industriosos.  10.  Los  cortaplumas  cle  Wostenholm 
son  buenos.  17.  El  Brasil  es  mas  grande  que  la 
Suiza.  18.  Los  plurales  de  las  palabras  pie,  papa, 
mama,  sofa,  etc.,  son  pies,  papas,  mamas,  sofas,  etc. 

THEME  II. 

1.  [I]2  am  the3  son  of  a  merchant.  2.  Are  you  (sing.) 
from  Madrid  ?  3.  [We]2  are  Americans.  4.  Are  you 
(phi.)  also  Americans  ?  5.  The  son  of  the  mariner 
is  very  young.  6.  The  ships  of  the  English  are  very 
large.  7.  The  railroads  of  the  United  States  are 
very  long.  8.  Truth  has  not  two  faces.  9.  My  cous- 
ins (m.)  give  apples  to  the  girls.  '  10.  The  pines  on 
the  Alps  near  the  Ehine  in  Switzerland  are  tall  and 
fine.  11.  The  eyes  and  hair(s)  of  the  Spanish  are 
black  or  chestnut.  12.  My  brothers  have  English 

1  See  §  66. 

2  Words  in  brackets  [  ]  are  to  be  omitted. 

3  See  §  60  (I). 


14  PEACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

hats,  and  my  sisters  have  French  gloves.-  13.  The 
feet  of  the  Chinese  are  small.  14.  The  rivers  of 
America  are  large.  15.  The  love  of  (the)  mothers  is 
strong.  ]  6.  Two  of  my  friends  speak1  English  very 
well.  17.  Do  you  give  flowers  to  the  ladies  ?  18.  No, 
the  Germans  give  flowers  to  the  girls  and  to  the  ladies. 


LESSON  III. 

THE   NOUN  WITH   ARTICLE,  AND   AS   DIMINUTIVE  AND 
AUGMENTATIVE. 

57.  The  definite  article  (which  may  here  be  called 
the  inclusive  article)  is  used  where  any  and  every 
member  of  a  class  is  referred  to:  as,  El  hombre  es 
mortal,  Man  (any  or  every  man)  is  mortal;  La  pa- 
ciencia  y  la  reflexion  hacen  faciles  muchas  cosas, 
Patience  and  reflection  make  many  things  easy. 

58.  Senor,  senora,  etc.,  when  used  in  address  (and 
proper  names  generally)  take  no  article;  but  when 
not  used  in  address  (and  proper  names  with  adjec- 
tives2) generally  take  the  article:    as,  Seiior  doctor  ! 
La  senora  condesa.    El  senor  Don3  Luis  Garcia. 

59.  (a)  Many  names  of  countries  take  the  article 
(others  take  it  in  some  cases   and  not   in  others) : 
as,  el  Brasil,  el  Canada,  la   China,  la  Florida,  etc. 
(b)  Mountains  and  rivers  generally  (and  some  cities: 
as,  el  Cairo,  la  Habana.)  take  the  article. 

1  See  Exercise  II.  sen.  13. 

2  ([Except  santo]:  as,  el  gran  Luis),  but  san  Pablo,  santa 
Teresa. 

3  Don  only  used  with  Christian  name. 


NOUN   WITH   ARTICLE — AUGMENTATIVES,    ETC.    15 

60.  Observe  the  following  :  (a)  El  si  cuando  es  con- 
juncion  no  tiene  acento,  Si  when  it  is  a  conjunction 
has  not  an  accent,     (b)  Tenia  banados  de  ligrimas 
los  ojos,  She  had  her  eyes  bathed  in  tears,     (c)  El  do- 
mingo  pasado,  Last  Sunday,     (d)  Son  las  siete,  It  is 
seven  o'clock,     (e)  El  oro  es  el  metal  m£s  precioso, 
Gold  is  the  most  precious  metal.    (/)  El  rey  de  Prusia. 
(g)  Los  vinos  de  Espana.     (li)  Dos  pesetas  la  libra. 
(t)  El  norte,  el  sud,  etc.     (j)  El  Tasso.     (k)  Historia 
de  Espana ;  Vida  de  C.    (1)  Es  hijo  del  capitan.    (m)  Es- 
tar  en  casa,  to  be  at  home,     (n)  El  dolor  y  Idgrimas  re- 

•~sisfr>7/  endure  the  pain  and  tears  (article  not  repeated). 

61.  IKDBFINTB  ARTICLE. — Some  is  generally  un- 
derstood: as,  tiene  hijos,  lie  has  (some)  children;  vinie- 
ron  soldados,  (some)  soldiers  came;  d6me  V.  pan,  give 
me  some  bread.     And  in  apposition  and  predicate  in- 
definite article  is  generally  omitted:  as,  Ileg6  &  Bona, 
ciudad  de  Prusia,  he  came  to  Bonn,  a  city  in  Prussia; 
es  Aleman,  he  is  a  German;  la  vida  es  sueno,  life  is 
a  dream. 

62.  AUGMEOTATIVES    AND    DIMINUTIVES. — Many 
nouns  and  adjectives  (and  a  few  participles  and  ad- 
verbs) increase  or  decrease,  or  otherwise  change  their 
meaning,  by  assuming    certain    terminations.     The 
most  usual  augmentatives  are  :   on,  ona ;    azo,  aza ; 
ote,  ota;  acho,  acha.     Diminutives  are:  ito,  ita;  illo, 
ilia ;  ico,  ica ;    uelo,  uela;   hombre,  man;   hombron,1 
big  man ;    fusilazo,  a  gun-shot ;   seiior,    gentleman ; 
seiiorito,  little  or  young  gentleman  ;    seiior  a,  lady  ; 
senorita,  little  or  young  lady  ;   Maria,  Mary  ;   Mari- 
quita,  little  Mary? 

1  Also  hombrazo,  very  big  man;  hombracho  or  hombrote,  mon- 
strous or  ridiculous  man. 

2  Other  cases  will  appear  in  sentences. 


16 


PEACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


PKESENT  TENSE  OF  tener,  to  have. 

tengo,  1  haw.  tenemos,  we  haw. 

V.  tiene,  you  have.  VV.  tienen,  you  have. 

tiene,  he,  she,  it  has.  tienen,  they  have. 

VOCABULARY  III. 


el    Alejandro^  Alexander. 

amigote,  great  friend. 

amiguito,  little  friend. 

animal,  animal. 

bastonazo,  blow  with  a  cane. 

Canada,  Canada. 

conde,  count. 

corazon,  heart. 

cristiano,  •  Christian. 

descuido,  heedlessness. 

espiritu,  spirit. 

hierro,  iron. 

hugonote,  Huguenot. 

Juanito,  little  John. 

nombre,  name. 

papel,  paper. 

perro,  dog. 

perrillo,  little  dog. 

primito,  little  cousin. 

puerto,  port. 

Rin,  Rhine. 

Rodano,  Rhone. 

vecino,  neighbor. 
(el)  agua  (f.),  water. 
la  avecita,  little  bird. 

ballena,  whale. 

Barcelona,  Barcelona. 


la  Berna,  Berne. 

calentura,  fever. 

capital,  capital. 

carne,  meat. 

casita,  little  house. 

condesa,  countess. 

cosa,  thing. 

Habana,  Havana. 

mano,  hand. 

memoria,  memory. 

Pepita,  Josephine. 

priesa,  haste. 
el  Sena,  Seine. 
como,  how. 
catolico,  Catholic. 
cuando,  when. 
deme  V.,  give  me. 
diez,  ten  (o'clock). 
en,  in. 
esta,  is. 
esto,  this. 
feliz,  happy,  good. 
inmortal,  immorta. 
meridional,  south. 
porque,  why. 
que,  what, 
ricazo,  very  rich. 


EXERCISE   III. 

1.  Las  ballenas  son  animates.     2.  <;  Sefior  Sanchez 
habla1  V.  ingles  ?     3.  Si,  y  la  seflora  Sanchez  y  la  pe- 

1  See  §  49. 


NOUN   WITH   ARTICLE — AUGMEOTATIVES,  ETC.      17 

quena  Pepita,  hablan  f ranees.  4.  El  Canada  y  la 
Florida  son  paises  de  America.  5.  El  Kodano,  el 
Kin,  el  Sena  son  rios  de  Europa.  6.  El  senor  conde 
de  N.  es  mi  vecino.  7.  Son  las  diez.  8.  El  senorito 
era  hijo  de  un  mercader.  9.  Alejandro  tuvo  (had) 
el  nombre  de  grande.  1 0.  La  seflorita  tiene  calen- 
tura.  11.  Tiene  feliz  memoria.  12.  Tiene  buen 
corazon.  13.  Tiene  a  su  vecino  por  buen  cristiano. 
14.  Deme  V.  agua.  15.  Mi  amigote  da  un  bastonazo 
al  perro.  16.  Mi  amiguito  tiene  una  casita  de  papel. 
17.  Un  buque  de  hierro  esta  en  el  puerto  de  Barce- 
lona. 


THEME  III. 
<-•*» 

1.  The  spirit  of  man  is  immortal.  2.  Havana  is 
the  capital  of  (la)  Cuba.  3.  The  why,  the  when,  and 
the  how  are  not  always  easy.  4.  The  countess  gives 
a  hat  to  the  little  John.  5.  Brazil  is  a  country  of 
South  America.  6.  The  young  lady  has  small  hands. 
7.  It  is  ten  o'clock.  8.  Iron  is  the  most  useful 
metal.  9.  Haste  and  heedlessness  make1  many 
things  difficult.  10.  My  father  was  an  Englishman. 
11.  The  Huguenots  were  Protestants.  12.  Give  me 
[some]  meat.  13.  He  came2  to  Berne,  [a]  city  of 
Switzerland.  14.  My  little  cousins  have  little  dogs 
'and  little  birds.  15.  The  merchant  is  very  rich. 
16.  Gladstone  has  a  good  memory.  17.  My  father 
regards3  (the)  Mr.  Sanchez  as4  [a]  good  Catholic. 


1  See  §  57,  last  sentence.  3  Regards  =  tiene. 

2  See  §  61.  4  As  =  por. 


16 


PEACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


PRESENT  TENSE  OF  tener,  to  liave. 

tengo,  1  have.  tenemos,  we  have. 

V.  tiene,  you  have.  W.  tienen,  you  have. 

tiene,  he,  she,  it  has.  tienen,  they  have. 

VOCABULARY  III. 


el    Alejandro^  Alexander. 

amlgote,  great  friend. 

amiguito,  little  friend. 

animal,  animal. 

bastonazo,  blow  with  a 

Canada,  Canada. 

conde,  count. 

corazon,  heart. 

cristiano,  -Christian. 

descuido,  heedlessness. 

espiritu,  spirit. 

hierro,  iron. 

hugonote,  Huguenot. 

Juanito,  little  John. 

nombre,  name. 

papel,  paper. 

perro,  dog. 

perrillo,  little  dog. 

primito,  little  cousin. 

puerto,  port. 

Rin,  Rhine. 

Rodano,  Rhone. 

vecino,  neighbor. 
(el)  agua  (f.),  water. 
la  avecita,  little  bird. 

ballena,  whale. 

Barcelona,  Barcelona. 


la  Berna,  Berne. 

calentura,  fever. 

capital,  capital. 

carne,  meat, 
cane.       casita,  little  house. 

condesa,  countess. 

cosa,  thing. 

Habana,  Havana. 

mano,  hand. 

memoria,  memory. 

Pepita,  Josephine. 

priesa,  haste. 
el  Sena,  Seine. 
I  como,  how. 
catolico,  Catholic. 
cuando,  when. 
deme  V.,  give  me. 
diez,  ten  (o'clock). 
en,  in. 
esta,  is. 
esto,  this. 
feliz,  happy,  good. 
inmortal,  immorta-. 
meridional,  south. 
porque,  why. 
que,  what. 
ricazo,  very  rich. 


EXERCISE   III. 

1.  Las  ballenas  son  animates.     2.  £  Senor  Sanchez 
habla1  V.  ingles  ?     3.  Si,  y  la  seflora  Sanchez  y  la  pe- 

1  See  §  49. 


NOUN   WITH   AETICLE— AUGMENTATIVES,  ETC.      17 

quena  Pepita,  hablan  f ranees.  4.  El  Canada  y  la 
Florida  son  paises  de  America.  5.  El  Rodano,  el 
Rin,  el  Sena  son  rios  de  Europa.  6.  El  senor  conde 
de  N.  es  mi  vecino.  7.  Son  las  diez.  8.  El  senorito 
era  hijo  de  un  mercader.  9.  Alejandro  tuvo  (had) 
el  nombre  de  grande.  10.  La  senorita  tiene  calen- 
tura.  11.  Tiene  feliz  memoria.  12.  Tiene  buen 
corazon.  13.  Tiene  a  su  vecino  por  buen  cristiano. 
14.  Deme  V.  agua.  15.  Mi  amigote  da  un  bastonazo 
al  perro.  16.  Mi  amiguito  tiene  una  casita  de  papel. 
17.  Un  buque  de  hierro  esta  en  el  puerto  de  Barce- 
lona. 


THEME  III. 

1.  The  spirit  of  man  is  immortal.  2.  Havana  is 
the  capital  of  (la)  Cuba.  3.  The  why,  the  when,  and 
the  how  are  not  always  easy.  4.  The  countess  gives 
a  hat  to  the  little  John.  5.  Brazil  is  a  country  of 
South  America.  6.  The  young  lady  has  small  hands. 
7.  It  is  ten  o'clock.  8.  Iron  is  the  most  useful 
metal.  9.  Haste  and  heedlessness  make1  many 
things  difficult.  10.  My  father  was  an  Englishman. 
11.  The  Huguenots  were  Protestants.  12.  Give  me 
[some]  meat.  13.  He  came2  to  Berne,  [a]  city  of 
Switzerland.  14.  My  little  cousins  have  little  dogs 
'and  little  birds.  15.  The  merchant  is  very  rich. 
16.  Gladstone  has  a  good  memory.  17.  My  father 
regards3  (the)  Mr.  Sanchez  as4  [a]  good  Catholic. 

1  See  §  57,  last  sentence.  3  Regards  =  tiene. 

*  See  §  61.  4  As  =  por. 


18  PEACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

LESSON  IV. 

ADJECTIVES. 

63.  The  rules  for  the  plural  of  adjectives  are  in 
general  the  same  as  for  the  plural  of  nouns  ;  and  an 
adjective  qualifying  two  or  more  nouns  is  usually  in 
the   masculine1  plural :    as,  boca  y   ojos    pequenos,2 
small  mouth  and  eyes. 

64.  Adjectives    ending    in   o   in    the    masculine, 
proper  adjectives/  and  most  of  those  ending  in  an, 
on,  and  or,  change  the  jp^l  letter  into  (or  add)  a  for 
the  feminine ;  and  nearly  all  others  (in  a,  e  [not  ete, 
ote],  it  Lr,.s,  z)  remain  unchanged  in  the  feminine  : 
as,  frio,  cold,  fria ;    frances,  French,  francesa ;   holga- 
zan,  indolent,  holgazana;    traidor,  treacherous,  trai- 
dora;  but  agricola  (m.  and  f.),  agricultural. 

65.  (a)  Adjectives,  except  such  as  indicate  an  in- 
herent quality  (as,  duro  hierro),  or  number  or  quan- 
tity (as,  dos,  nmcho),  regularly  follow4  their  nouns, 
though  some  change  their  meaning  according  as  they 
stand  before  (in  figurative  sense)  or  (in  literal  sense) 
after  their  noun :   as,  la  mano  tr6mula  (trembling) ; 
mucho  vino ;    un  pobre  escritor,  a  poor  writer ;   un 
escritor  pobre,  an  indigent  writer,     (b)  The  position 
of  the  adjective  often  depends  much  on  the  euphony 
of  the  sentence. 

1  But  feminine  if  all  nouns  are  feminine. 

2  Adjective  agrees  with  first  noun  if  it  precedes;  and  with  plu- 
ral nouns  adjectives  agree  with  the  nearest. 

3  Not  already  ending  in  a. 

4  Only  todo  (all)  can  precede  the  article  :  as,  todos  los  reyes, 
all  the  kings. 


ADJECTIVES.  L9 

66.  Alguno   (some),  bueno,1   malo,1    ninguno    (not 
any),    postrero^/a^er),    primero3    (first),    tercero2 
(third),  and  uno  lose  o  before  masculine  nouns  (or 
nouns    preceded    by  adjectives)!  in    the    singular-: 
grande1  generally  loses  the  last  syllable  (de)  before 
all  nouns  (masc,  or  fern.)  in  the  singular  beginning 
with  any  consonant/  except  h;    santo1  (not  santa) 
generally  becomes"  san  before  the  names    of  New 
Testament   characters    and    calendar   saints ;     cual- 
quiera,  any,  and  its  plural,  cual§squiera,  may  lose  the 
final  a  immediately  before  (not  after)  any  noun  :  as, 
el  primer  hombre,  cualquier  libro. 

67.  The  adjective,  both  singular  and  plural,  may 
be  used  as  a  noun  :    as,  el  bueno,  the  good  one  ;   los 
buenos,  the  good  ones  ;  and  lo  bueno,  the  good. 

PRESENT  TENSE  OF  estar,5  to  be. 

estoy,  I  am.  estamos,  we  are. 

V.  esta,  you  are.  W.  estan,  you  are. 

esta,  he,  she,  it  is.  estan,  they  are. 

VOCABULARY  IV. 

-  el  aconsejador,  counsellor.  el  filosofo,  philosopher. 
Ateneo,  Athenwum.  invierno,  winter. 

autor,  author.  Mateo,  Matthew. 

consejo,  advice,  counsel.  negocio,  affair. 

cuchillo,  knife.  Pablo,  Paul. 

1  Buen,  mal,  gran,  and  san  must  immediately  precede  the 
noun;  otherwise  bueno,  etc.,  are  used. 

2  Sometimes  o  is  retained  in  this  word. 

3  This  and  some  others  of  these  words  occasionally  lose  a  of 
the  feminine  form. 

4  Occasionally  also  before  vowels. 

5  The  difference  in  meaning  between  ser  and  estar  will  be 
noted  in  Lesson  V. 


20  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

el  personaje,  personage.  con,  with. 

sabio,  wise.  contentisimo,  very  well  pleased. 

Salvador,  Saviour.  docto,  learned. 

segundo,  second.  feroz ,  ferocious. 

traje,  dress.  fiel,  faithful. 

la  batalla,  battle.  griego,  Greek. 

tiiesgT&cia, /"misfortune,  latino,  Latin. 

estacion,  season.  liter ario,  literary. 

fB,ma,,fame.  negro,  black. 

fortuna,  fortune.  nuevo,  new. 

guerra,  war.  par  a,  for.  [rich. 

iglesia,  church.  (  after  noun,    poor,   not 

lengua,  language.  ^°  re'  (  before  n.,  poor,  worth- 

politica,  politics.  protestante,  Protestant.       [less. 

sociedad,  society.  tenia,  had. 

ahora,  now.  fail,  useful. 

brillante,  brilliant.  venir,  to  come. 

cientifico  (-a),  scientific.  verdadero,  true. 

EXERCISE  IV. 

1.  Las  lenguas  latina  y  griega  son  bellas.  2.  El 
invierno  es  la  estacion  fria  del  ano.  3.  El  rey  y  la 
reina,  contentisimos  del  libro,  hicieron  (made  or  had) 
venir  aP  autor.  4.  Un  muchacho  holgazan  6  una 
muchacha  holgazana  es  una  desgracia  cruel  (severe) 
para  sus  padres.  5.  Los  grandes  hombres  no  tienen 
siempre  casas  grandes.  6.  Una  mala  pluma  es  una 
amiga  traidora.  7.  El  primer  libro  del  Nuevo  Testa- 
mento  es  el  de  San  Mateo.  8.  San  Daniel,  San  Pablo 
y  Santa  Maria  eran  grandes  personajes.  9.  Deme  V. 
un  cuchillo  cualquiera.  10.  El  bueno  ama  (loves)  lo 
bueno,  el  poeta  ama  lo  bello,  el  sabio  ama  lo  verda- 
dero. 11.  Todos  los  hombres  aman  (love)  lo  agra- 
dable.  12.  Pocas  mujeres  aman  la  politica.  13.  El 

1  See  page  10,  note  2. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES — ser  AND  estar.    21 

perro  es  un  animal  fiel  y  util.  14.  La  senora  del 
traje  negro  es  la  hermana  del  oficial  ingles.  15.  Na- 
poleon era  un  gran  general. 

THEME  IV. 

1.  The  whole  hattle  was  an  affair  of  some  seconds. 

2.  Galdos  and  Valera  are  two  great  Spanish  authors. 

3.  Echegaray  is  now  the  great  dramatic  author  of 
Spain.     4.  The  Athenaeum  is  a  scientific  and  literary 
society  in   Madrid.     5.  Madrid   has   few  Protestant 
churches.      6.  The  wise  do   not   love  (see  Ex.  IV. 
sen.  11)  war.     7.  A  poor  (not  rich)  author  is  not  al- 
ways a  worthless  author.      8.  St.  Paul  was  a  very 
learned  man.     9.  St.  Mary  was  the  mother  of  the 
Saviour.     10.  The  philosopher  loves  the  good,  the 
beautiful,  and  the  true.     11.  The  philosopher  Lotze 
had  brilliant  and  beautiful  eyes.      12.  Fortune  and 
fame   are   treacherous   friends.     13.  Elephants   have 
small  mouths  and  eyes.     14.  Ferocious  animals  are 
the  enemies  of  man.      15.  A  wise  father  gives  wise 
counsel  to  his  children.     16.  A  wise  counsellor  is  a 
good  friend. 


LESSON  V. 

COMPAKISON   OF  ADJECTIVES  AND   DISTINCTION 

BETWEEN  ser  AND  estar. 

68.  The  comparative  degree  is  formed  by  prefixing 
m&s,  more,  or  m6nos,  less,  to  the .  positive,  and  the 
superlative  is  generally  formed  by  prefixing  the  ar- 
ticle or  possessive  adjective  to  the  comparative  :  as, 
"  No  habia  en  el  pueblo  hombre  tan  acaudalado  como 


22  PRACTICAL  SPAKISH   GRAMMAR. 

61,  ni  m£s  soberbio  ni  m6nos  caritativo" — "  There 
was  not  in  the  town  (a)  man  so  wealthy  as  he,  nor 
more  proud,  nor  less  charitable" 

69.  Some  adjectives  have  double  forms  of  compar- 
ison ;  the  most  important  are  : 

(1)  bueno,  mejor,  el  etc.  mejor  (also  rarely  m£s  and 
el  m&s  bueno)  6ptimo.s 

(2)  malo,  peor,  el  etc.  peor  (also  rarely  m&s  and  el 
m£s  malo)  pesimo.3 

(3)  grande,  mayor,1  el  etc.  mayor,  or  m&s,  and  el 
m£s  grande,  m£ximo.3 

(4)  pequeno,  menor,2  el  etc.  menor,  or  m£s,  and  el 
m&s  pequeno,  minimo.3 

(5)  alto,  superior,  supremo. 

(6)  bajo,  inferior,  infimo. 

70.  Other  forms  of  comparison:   as,  tan — como 
(see  §  68),  tanto — cuanto  (with  verb  after  cuanto), 
m&s  —  que  (de),4  cuanto  m&s,  tanto  m£s,  etc.,  will  be 
found  :  as,  es  m&s  docto  de  lo6  que  parece  (appears). 

71.  (a)  When  the  article  or  a  possessive  adjective 
precedes  the  noun,  a  superlative  without  the  article 
may  follow  ;  and  at,  in,  and  of  with  a  superlative  are 
generally  rendered  by  de ;   as,  una  de  las  posesiones 
m&s  remotas  de  Espana  es  la  Habana.     (b)  For  no 
with  comparative,  and  without  full  negative  force, 
see  §  223  (e). 

72.  The  absolute  superlative  is  sometimes  formed 


1  Of  persons  older.  2  Of  persons  younger. 

3  Absolute  superlative  (very  good,  etc.);  rarely  used. 

4  With  numerals. 

5  Used  with  verb  in  second  clause ;  being  neuter  with  ad- 
jectives, but  masculine  or  feminine  with  nouns. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES— ser  AND  estar.    23 


with  bien,  muy,1  very,  etc.;  but  generally  by  dropping 
the  final  vowel  or  diphthong,. and  adding  isimo  (or 
6rrimo)2  to  the  adjective,  whose  stem  diphthong  (ie, 
ue)  becomes  a  simple  vowel  (e,  o) :  as,  bueno,  boni- 
simo,  very  good.  C  of  final  syllables  usually  changes 
to  qu,  g  to  gu,  z  to  c,  ble  to  old  form  bil,  and  a  few 
other  changes  will  be  noted  :  as,  fiel  (faithful),  fide- 
lisimo. 

73.  To  be  is  rendered  by  ser  when  it  refers  to  what 
is  essential  and  permanent,  and  by  estar  for  what  is 
accidental  and  temporary  :  as,  la  pnerta  (door)  es  de 
madera  (wood) ;  la  puerta  est&  abierta  (open) ;  es 
Espanol,  he  is  a  Spaniard  ;  est&  en  Espana;  este 
hombre  es  bueno ;  este  hombre  est&  bueno  (well) ; 
61  es  soldado ;  61  est£  leyendo  (reading) ;  este  es  el 
nino  que  est&  enfermo,  but  eso  es  claro  or  est&  claro. 

VOCABULARY  V. 

la  mina,  mine. 

noche,  night. 

parte,  part. 

pobreza,  poverty. 

quietud,  quietness. 

sopa,  soup. 

tierra,  land. 

tumba,  tomb. 

anchisimo,  very  broad. 
andante,  errant. 
aquel,  that. 
avanzado,  advanced. 
beneficentisimo,  very  beneficent. 
bonito,  very  pretty. 


el  arado,  plough. 

campo,  country. 

clima,  climate. 

error,  error. 

esclavo,  slave. 

escudero,  shield-bearer. 

medico,  doctor. 
la  calle,  street. 

controversia,  discussion. 

desdicha,  misfortune. 

edad,  age. 

elocuencia,  eloquence. 

figura,  stature. 

Maria,  Mary. 


1  Muy  sometimes  means  too. 

*  Added  to  words  ending  in  ro,  re,  which  letters  are  dropped 
and  errimo  takes  their  place. 


24  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

celeberrimo,  very  celebrated.        optimo,  best. 
(se)  dice,  they  say.  pequeno,  small. 

dulce,  sweet.  perdido,  lost. 

energico,  vigorous.  poco,  little. 

esperar,  A0p0.  prudente,  prudent. 

friisimo  (frio),  ^  cold.  riquisimo  (rico),  very  rich. 

gana  (ganar),  gains.  tan-como,  as  (thorough)  as. 

gasta  (gastar),  spends,  [happy,  tan  bien  como,  as  well  as. 
infelicisimo    (infeliz),  very  un-  tanto  mas— que,  the  more  as. 
larguisimo  (largo),  very  large,    tenido,  had.     See  tener. 
metieronle  (meter),  they  laid  him.  valiente,  valiant. 
muy  espanol,  a  tlwough  Span-  vivo  vivo,  living, 
iard. 

EXERCISE  V. 

1.  Este  libro  es  pequeno,  ese  es  mas  pequefio  y 
aquel  es  ei  mas  pequeno  de  todos.  2.  Este  error  fue 
(was,  see  §  165)  grandisimo.  3.  A  una  edad  tan  poco 
avanzada  es  ya  doctisimo.  4.  Paris  es  mas  grande 
que  Nueva  York.  5.  Cuanto  mas  virtuosos  son  los 
hombres,  tanto  mas  felices  son.  6.  Maria  es  la  me- 
jor  amiga  de  mi  hermana.  7.  Cuanto  menos  dinero 
gana  tanto  mas  gasta.  8.  <;  Habla  V.  espanol  tan 
bien  como  su  hermano  ?  9.  Se  dice  en  espanol 
"el  mas  bonito1  muchacho"  6  "el  muchacho  mas  bo- 
nito,"  pero  solamente  "  el  clima  mas  frio.^  10.  Whit- 
tier  tiene  mas  de  ochenta  aflos.  11.  Pase  (I  passed, 
see  §  144)  la  noche  con  mas  quietud  de  la2  que  po- 
dia (I  could,  see  §  196)  esperar.  12.  Su  elocuencia 
es  mas  energica  que  dulce.  13.  Mas  dice  la  sefiora 
Teresa  de  lo2  que  piensa  (thinks,  see  §  177,  and 
pensar,  voc.).  14.  Es  tanto  mas  amable  cuanto  que 
es  modesta.  15.  El  tiene  la  mas  mala  (peor)  figura 

1  Superlatives  may  never  precede  their  nouns,  except  when 
their  positives  may  do  so. 

2  See  note  5,  page  22. 


NUMERALS.  25 

que  jamas  he  visto.     16.  El  ha  (lias)  perdido  la  mayor 
parte  de  su  dinero. 

THEME  V. 

1.  Of  the -two  sisters  the  older  is  the  more  prudent, 
and  the  younger  the  more  beautiful.  2.  Dr.  Agnew 
is  one  of  the  wisest  doctors  in  the  land.  3.  Sancho 
is  one  of  the  best  shield -bearers  that  [a]  knight- 
errant  has  had.  4.  This  woman  is  very  beneficent. 
5.  He  is  as  valiant  as  wise.  6.  (The)  Mr.  Benot  is  a 
thorough  Spaniard.  7.  They  laid  him  living  in  a 
tomb.  8.  Luther's  discussions  are  very  celebrated. 
9.  The  soup  is  good,  but  it  is  very  cold.  10.  I  am 
better  in  the  country  than  in  the  city.  11.  The 
mines  of  California  are  very  rich.  12.  The  streets  of 
Paris  are  very  broad.  13.  Slaves  are  very  unhappy. 
14.  My  best  friend  is  very  ill.  15.  They  are  as  tho- 
rough gentlemen  as  he.  16.  Poverty  is  not  the 
greatest  misfortune.  17.  Most  (the  greater  part  of) 
birds  fly  (vuelan).  18.  The  best  ploughs  come  (vie 
nen)  from  Syracuse. 


LESSON  VI. 

NUMERALS. 

CARDINALS. 

0  zero. 

5  cinco. 

10  diez. 

1  uno,  -a,  un.1 

6  seis. 

11  once. 

2  dos. 

7  siete. 

12  doce. 

3  tres. 

8  ocho. 

13  trece. 

4  cuatro. 

9  nueve. 

14  catorce. 

1  These  words  agree  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  refer 
(see  §  66);  but  uno  and  una  lake  no  plurals  as  numerals. 


PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


15  quince. 

16  diez  y  seis.* 

17  diez  y  siete. 

18  diez  y  ocho. 

19  diez  y  nueve. 

20  veinte. 

21  veinte  y  uno,  -a.1 
30  treinta. 

40  cuarenta. 

50  cincuenta. 

60  sesenta. 

70  setenta. 

80  ochenta. 

90  noventa. 


100  ciento,  cien.5  6 

101  ciento  y  uno,  -a.1 
200  doscientos.3  -as.3 
500  quinientos,  -as. 
700  setecientos,  -as. 
900  novecientos,4  -as. 

1000  mil.5 
1100  mil5  y  ciento. 
100,000  cien  mil. 
1,000,000  un  millon,  un  cuento. 
1,000,000,000  un  millar  de  cuentos. 
1  billon  (un  millon  de  millones). 
1  trillon  (un  millon  de  billones). 


ORDINALS. 

1st  primer o,  -a.  13th 

2d    segundo,  -a.  20th 

3d    tercero,  -a.  21st 

4th  cuarto,    a.  30th 

5th  quinto,  -a.  40th 

6th  sexto,  -a;  sesto,  -a.  50th 

7th  septimo,  -a;  setimo,  -a.  60th 

8th  octavo,  -a.  70th 

9th  noveno,  -a;  nono,  -a.  80th 

10th  decimo,  -a.  90th 

llth  undecimo,  -a.  101st 

12th  duodecimo,  -a.7 

74.  The  cardinals  are  used 
days  of  the  month  (except  the 


decimo  (-a)  tercio  (-a) 
vigesimo,  -a. 
vigesimo  (-a)  primo  (-8^ 
trigesimo,  -a. 
cuadragesimo,  -a. 
quincuagesimo,  -a. 
sexagesimo,  -a. 
septuagesimo,  -a. 
octogesimo,    a. 
nonagesimo,  -a. 
centesimo(-a)  prim(er  o  (-a). 

in  speaking  (a)  of  the 
first):  as,  el  cinco  de 


1  See  note  on  page  25.       3  Dos  cientos.  etc.;  also  docientos. 

2  Also  written  dieciseis,  etc.,  veintiunc,  etc. 

4  Others  not  mentioned  formed  regularly. 

5  Cannot  have  un  before  it  (except  as  in  201,000,  doscientos  y 
un  mil). 

6  Cien  used  as  multiplier  before  another  numeral,  or  imme- 
diately before  a  noun,  or  a  noun  preceded  by  an  adjective. 

7  Other  ordinal  forms  (doceno,  treinteno,  setuagesimo,  etc.) 
are  often  met  with. 


KUMEKALS.  27 

mayo  (May),  but  el  primero  de  enero  (January), 
(b)  In  speaking  of  the  sovereigns,  after  the  tenth  : 
as,  Luis  catorce,  but  Felipe  cuarto.  (c)  Generally 
in  speaking  of  chapters,  pages,  verses,  etc. :  as,  pa- 
gina  treinta,  page  thirty,  (d)  In  speaking  of  age 
(generally) :  as,  a  los  doce  aiios  de  edad  (age). 

75.  (a)  With  numerals1  de,  not  que,  is  used  for 
than :  as,  mas  de  cien  perros.     (b)  The  numeral  be- 
fore mil  agrees  in  gender  with  the  noun  :    as,  dos 
cientas  mil  aves  (birds),     (c)  Mil  takes  es  only  as 
noun  :    as,  este   hombre   gana  muchos  miles  (thou- 
sands),    (d)  Uno  takes   no   s  (except  as  indefinite 
pronoun) :   as,  treinta  y  un  hombres.     (e)  y  belongs 
only  between  the  last  two  terms  of  compound  nu- 
merals :  as,  mil  ochocientos  y  ocho. 

76.  Notice  the  following  :  (a)  uno  y  uno,  one  and 
one ;   (b)  uno  por  uno,  one  by  one ;    (c)  quince  dias, 
two  weeks ;    (d)  una  vez,  once  ;    (e)  dos  veces,  twice  ; 
(f)  la  mitad  (media  parte),  the  half;    (g)  la  tercera 
parte,  the  third  ;    (h)  dos  pesos  y  cuarto,  2%  dollars  ; 
(i)  simple,  simple;    (/)  doble,  double;   (k)  un  par,  a 
pair ;  (1)  una  docena,  a  dozen. 

77.  We  ask  for  the  day  of  the  month  thus  :  (a)  i  A 
cu&ntos  estamos  (del  mes)  ?  At  what  are  we  of  the 
month  ?    A  primero,  a  veinte,  etc.     (b)  i  due"  dia  del 
mes  tenemos  (or  es  hoy)  ?     What  day  of  the  month 
have  we  (or  is  to-day)  ?    El  primero,  el  dos,  el  diez, 
etc.     We  give  the  year  thus  :  El  ano  (de),  en  el  ano 
(de),  or  en2  mil  ocho  cientos  ochenta  y  nueve.     C&diz, 
agosto  6  de  1820. 

1  But  que  is  sometimes  used  when  the  sentence  is  negative. 

2  But  numeral  cannot  be  given  without  preposition. 


PKACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


78.  For  sentences  asking  and  telling  the  time  of 
the  day,  see  Exercise  VI. 

PRESENT  TENSE  OF  haber,  to  have  (AUX.). 

he,  I  have.  hemos,  we  have. 

V.  ha,  you  have.  VV.  han,  you  have. 

ha,  he,  she,  it  has.  han,  they  have. 

VOCABULARY  VI. 


el  agosto,  August. 

ano,  year. 

Becquer,1  Becquer. 

dinero,  money. 

febrero,  February. 
el  (la)  habitante,  inhabitant. 

h™rt0'  I  garden. 
jardin,   \9 

junio,  June. 
lugar,  village. 
marzo,  March. 
mayo,  May. 
minute,  minute. 
otono,  fall. 
par,  pair. 

setiembre,  September. 
verano,  summer. 
volumen,  volume. 
la  biblioteca,  library. 
maiiana,  morning. 
mitad,  half. 


la  obra,  work. 

pagina,  page. 

parte,  part. 

primavera,  spring  (time). 

tarde,  afternoon. 

vez,  time. 

agradable,  agreeable. 
ancho,  broad. 
aqui.  here. 
calido,  hot. 
cuanto,  how  much  ? 
de,  than  of. 
dentro  de,  within. 
hace,  since. 
largo,  long. 
medio  (a),  half. 
murio  (morir),  died. 
nacio  (nacer),  was  born. 
por,  by,  in. 

sabe  (saber)  V.,  do  you  know  f 
todavia,  yet. 


EXERCISE  VI. 

1.  <;  Que  hora  es  ?    Es  la  una,  son  las  cinco.     2.  Es 
la  una  y  media  ;  son  las  dos,  menos  cuarto.     3.  Son 

1  For  proper  names  of  persons  and  places  see  vocabulary  of 
proper  names,  page  219. 


NUMERALS.  29 

las   ocho   y  cuarto,  son  las  nueve   y  diez   minutos. 

4.  Son    las    seis,   menos    siete    minutos    y   medio. 

5.  <;  A  que  hora  esta  V.  en  casa  ?     6.  A  las  tres,  al 
(a)    medio   dia,   a    media    noche,   por   la    manana. 
7.  Juan   estuvo   (was,  see  §  167)  en   el   lugar    hace 
dos    horas.     8.  Pedro    estara    (will    be,  see    §  167) 
aqui  dentro  de  tres  horas.      9.  Un  mes  tiene  veinte 
y  ocho,  veinte  y  nueve,  treinta  6  treinta  y  un  dias. 
10.  Un  ano  tiene  tres  cientos  sesenta  y  cinco  6  tres 
cientos  sesenta  y  seis  dias.     11.  <r  Cuando  va  (go,  see 
§  214)  Y.  a  Madrid?    Voy  (/  go,  see  §  214)  los  lunes 
por  la  tarde.     12.  Buenos  dias  (buenas  tardes),  bue- 
nas  noches,  sefior,  como  esta  V.  ?      13.  Los  Estados 
Unidos  tienen  mas  de  sesenta  millones  de  habitantes. 
14.  El  segundo  volumen  de  las  obras  de  Becquer  es- 
taba  (see  §  167)  en  la  biblioteca.     15.  Victor  Hugo 
estuvo    en   Madrid    en    mil    ocho    cientos    y  once. 
16.  Carlos  cuarto  sucedio  a  Carlos  tercero,  el  doce 
de  agosto  de  1788.     17.  "  Malaga,1  doce  de  abril." 

THEME  VI. 

1.  Do  you  know  what  time  it  is?  2.  It  is  not  yet 
half -past  one.  3.  What  day  of  the  month  is  it  ? 
4.  It  is  the  twenty-fourth  of  March.  5.  The  day 
has  twenty-four  hours,  the  hour  has  sixty  minutes. 

6.  February  is  the  second  month  of  the  year.     7.  My 
father  goes  to-day,  the  first  of  June,  to  Europe.     8.  Is 
the  winter  cold  in  Madrid?     9.  No;  and  the  fall  and 
spring  are  very  agreeable,  but  the   summer  is  very 

1  As  at  the  head  of  a  letter. 

3  The  preposition  a  is  not  used  before  a  personal  object  pre- 
ceded by  a  numeral. 


30  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

hot.  10.  How  much  money  do  you  wish  (quiere  V.)  ? 
11.  Give  me  a  hundred  and  fifty  pesetas.  12.  The 
morning,  the  afternoon,  and  the  night  are  the  three 
parts  of  the  day.  13.  I  see  two2  men  in  the  park. 
14.  Twelve  is  the  double  of  six,  and  the  fifth  part  of 
sixty.  15.  Cervantes  was  born  in  1547,  and  died  at 
sixty-eight  years  of  age.  16.  Lowell  is  70  years  of 
age.  17.  Louis  the  Fourteenth  died  the  first  of 
September  (of ')  1715,  in  the  77th  year  of  his  age. 
18.  How  old  are  you  ?  19.  My  garden  is  (has)  three 
hundred  feet  (de  largo)  long  and  one  hundred  and 
sixty  feet  broad.  20.  The  table  is  (has)  six  feet  by 
four.  (See  §  266.) 

LESSON  VII. 

CONJUNCTIVE  AND   DISJUNCTIVE   PERSONAL  PRO- 
NOUNS. 

79.  (a)  Conjunctive  personal  pronouns  are  joined 
with  a  verb,  either  as  subject  or  object  (direct  or  in- 
direct),    (b)  Disjunctive  personal  pronouns  are  used 
without  a  verb,  or  if  with  a  verb,  are  not  governed 
by  it. 

80.  FIRST  PERSON  : 

SING.  PLUR. 

CONJUNCTIVE  SUBJECT  yo  nosotros,  nosotras3 

DIRECT  AND  INDIRECT  OBJECT     me4  nos 

DISJUNCTIVE  mi  nosotros,  nosotras3 

1  En  used  when  day  of  month  is  not  given  ;  de  when  day  of 
month  is  given.  2  See  note  2,  page  29. 

3  Rarely  nos,  which  is  sometimes  singular. 

4  When  conjunctive  direct  and  indirect  forms  take  preposi 
tion  (see  note  2,  page  10),  they  assume  disjunctive  forms :  a 
mi,  etc. 


PERSONAL  PROKOZWS. 


31 


81.  SECOND  PERSON  : 

CONJUNCTIVE  SUBJECT 
DIRECT  AND  INDIRECT  OBJ. 
DISJUNCTIVE 

82.  THIRD  PERSON  : 


SING. 

listed  (V.) 
a  listed  (a  V.) 
usted  (V.) 


PLUR. 

ustedes  (VV.) 
austedes  (aVV.) 
ustedes  (VV.) 


CONJUNCTIVE  SUBJECT 
INDIRECT  OBJECT 
DIRECT  OBJECT 
DISJUNCTIVE 

83. 

CONJUNCTIVE  SUBJECT 
INDIRECT  OBJECT 
DIRECT  OBJECT 
DISJUNCTIVE 


el 
le 


SING.  PLUR. 

(m.),  ella  (/.)  ellos  (m.),  ellas  (/.) 
"     le      "     les      "     les      " 


le,  lo1 ' 

el 


la2 
ella 


los 
ellos 


las 
ellas 


SING. 

ello  (it,  so,  that),  lo 
a  or  para  ello,  le 
lo 
ello,  lo 

84.  KEFLEXIVE  PRONOUN,  or  substitute  for  third 
person  :  himself,  herself,  itself,  themselves: 


CONJUNCTIVE  SUBJECT 
INDIRET  OBJECT 
DIRECT  OBJECT 
DISJUNCTIVE 

85.  SECOND   PERSON 
used) : 


SING. 


PLUR. 

86 
86 
81 


thou,    tu   (need   rarely  be 


CONJUNCTIVE  SUBJECT 
INDIRECT  AND  DIRECT  OBJECT 
DISJUNCTIVE 


SING. 
tu3 
te 
ti 


PLUR. 
vosotros,  vosotras4 

OS,  OS 

vosotros,  vosotras4 


1  Although  lo  is  much  used,  le  is  preferred  by  many  author- 
ities.    Some  use  le  for  persons  or  things  personified,  other- 
wise lo. 

2  Sometimes,  but  improperly,  used  for  indirect  object. 

3  Usted  (V.)  and  ustedes  (VV.)  will  generally  be  used  in  this 
book,  instead  of  those  forms  which  are  more  appropriate  for 
the  family,  etc.,  than  for  general  use. 

4  Rarelv  vos.  which,  like  os,  is  sometimes  singular. 


32  PKACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

86.  Subject  pronouns  are  very  frequently  omitted 
before  verbs,  unless  required  for  emphasis  or  distinct- 
ness :  as,  estoy,  estamos,  /  am,  we  are. 

87.  The  subject  pronouns  may  either  precede  or 
follow  the  verb,  even  in  declarative  sentences. 

88.  (a)  Object  pronouns1  (direct  or  indirect)  gen- 
erally do,  and  always  may,  precede  the  verb  (or  the 
auxiliary  in  compound  tenses)  in  the  indicative  mood, 
yo  le  he  visto  (seen),     (b)  Object  pronouns  almost 
always  precede  the  subjunctive  mood,     (c)  Pronouns 
nearly  always  follow  the  imperative  proper  (not  sub- 
junctive for  imperative),  and  d  falls  away  before  os 
(except  with  idos),  and  s  before  nos :  as,  maravilla- 
monos,  divertimonos.     (d)  Object  pronouns  nearly  al- 
ways follow  the  infinitive  and  the  gerund  or  present 
participle :  as,  en  vi6ndome  solo,  on  seeing  me  alone. 

89.  In  conjunctive  pronouns  of  the  first  and  sec- 
ond person  the  direct   object   always  precedes    the 
indirect ;  and  pronouns  of  the  first  and  second  per- 
son both  precede  the  third  ;  but  the  form  se  (direct 
or  indirect)  precedes  all.     Both  or  all  three  object 
pronouns  keep  together,  either  all  before  or  all  after 
the  verb  :    as,  rindeteme  !    (or  tu  te  me  rindes),  sur- 
render yourself  to  me  ;   61  me  lo   da,  he  gives  it  to 
me;  etc. 

1  (a)  For  clearness,  emphasis,  or  contrast  the  pronoun  may  be 
repeated  in  another  form  (with  a) :  as,  Me  revelo  el  secreto  a  mi, 
He  revealed  the  secret  to  me.  A  usted  le  han  enviado  un  men- 
saje,  TJiey  haw  sent  a  message  to  you.  A  los  desertores  los  han 
indultado  de  la  pena  de  muerte,  They  have  freed  the  deserters 
from  the  pain  of  death.  Le  dieron  a  la  seiiora  el  primer  asiento, 
They  gave  ihe  lady  the  first  seat,  (b]  Mismo  is  often  added  to  the 
pronoun  for  emphasis, 


PERSONAL   PRONOUKS.  33 

90.  Of  two  conjunctive  pronouns  (neither  being 
reflexive)  of  the  third  person,  the  indirect  takes  the 
form  se,  where  otherwise  such  combinations  as  le  la, 
etc.,  would  occur  :    as,  quiero  darselo  (a  mi  herma- 
nita),  I  wish  to  give  it  to  her  (to  my  little  sister). 

91.  Lo  often   refers   to   a   neuter  adjective,   to   a 
whole  sentence,  or  in  general  to  things  without  sex  ; 
used  in  predicate  it  means  so :  Eres  mi  amigo  ?    Lo 
soy.    Are  you  my  friend  ?  I  am  so. 

92.  Se  is  used  with  impersonal  verbs,  with  reflexive 
and  reciprocal  verbs,  and  as  equivalent  for  the  pas- 
sive voice  :  as,  se  dice,  it  is  said. 

93.  (a)  In  exclamations  de  precedes  the  pronoun : 
as,  pobre  de  mi !    poor  me  I     (b)  Conmigo,  contigo, 
consigo  mean  respectively  with  me,  with  thee,  with 
himself,  etc. 

94.  The  indirect  conjunctive  pronoun  is  often  used 
with  the  definite  article  instead  of  the  possessives 
(with  reference  to  parts  of  the  body,  the  clothing, 
etc.) :  as,  se  le  llenaron  los  ojos  de  lagrimas,  in  place 
of  sus   ojos  se  llenaron  de  lagrimas,  his  eyes  filled 
with  tears. 

PRESENT  OF  amar,  to  love. 
amo,  amamos, 

V.  ama,  VV.  aman, 

ama,  aman. 

VOCABULARY  VII. 

el  asiento,  seat.  el  periodico,  newspaper. 
bolsillo,  pocket.  tiempo,  time. 

caballero,  horseman.  la  almendra,  almond. 
lapiz,  lead-pencil.  gracias,  thanks  (thank  you). 

mediodia,   noon.  muerte,  death. 

parque,  park.  pena,  pain,  punishment. 


34  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

la  pluma,  pen.  detras,  behind. 

sobrina,  niece.  entre,  between. 
acercando  (acercar),  approach-    enviado  (enviar),  sent. 

algo,  anything.  \ing.    jamas,  never. 

aprender,  to  learn.  leer,  to  read. 

conveniente,  suitable.  mandar,  to  send  command. 

dando  (dar),  giving.  i  opportune, 

decfa,  said.  oportuno,  -j  miM^ 

decir,  to  say.  se,  /  know. 

desdichado,  unhappy.  veo,  I  see. 

EXERCISE  VII. 

1.  Tiene  V.  libros  ?    Tengo  menos  (de  ellos)  que  V. 

2.  Tienen  VV.  vino?     No   lo   tenemos   en  la  casa. 

3.  La  gramatica  espafiola  parece  (appears)  muy  facil, 
pero  no  lo  es.     Me  parece  que  es  dificil.     4.  Va  V. 
conmigo?    Voy  ahora  al  parque.     5.  No  se  si  el  6 
ella  esta  aqui.     6.  <;  Me  da  V.  el  dinero  a  mi,  6  a  mi 
amigo?     No  se  lo  doy1  a  V.      7.  Tiene  V.  algo  que 
decirnos  ?     Se  lo  dire  (/  shall  say)  a  V.  y  no  a  el. 
8.  Voy  (I  go)  a  mandarselo  a  el.     Es  mejor  mandar- 
selo  a  ella  que  a  el.     9.  <;Que  dice  de  ello?    Nada 
dice  de  ello.     10.  Estan  VV.  contentos  de  ello  ?     Si 
estamos  nosotros  muy  contentos  de  ello.     11.  <;  (En) 
donde  estaba  el  nino  ?     Estaba  entre  ellos  y  detras  de 
ellas.     12.  Le  veo  a  el  mismo  divirtiendolos  mucho. 
13.  Mirale  (see  Mm),  nos  decia  el  padre,  acercandose 
a  nosotros   para   decirnoslo.     14.  Si  V.  tiene   cartas 
para  mi  mandemelas  V.  a  mi  casa.     15.  No  puedo 
(/  am   able)  mandarselas,  porque   no   tengo   criado. 
16.   Nosotros  los  soldados  y  caballeros  ponemos2  en 
ejecucion  lo  que  ellos  piden. 

1  See  §  182  (I  give). 

*  Ponemos  =  ice  put.      We  stands  for  soldados  and  caballeros. 


PERSONAL  PRONOUNS.  35 

THEME  VII. 

1.  It  seems  to  me  to  be  now  a  suitable  time  to 
learn  Spanish.  2.  [Does]  the  boy  wish  to  learn  it? 
He  does  not  wish  to  tell  me.  3.  Are  the  Spanish 
newspapers  good?  I  never  see  them  in  America. 
4.  Unhappy  me !  my  father  has  my  books,  my  pen,  and 
my  pencil  with  him.  5.  They  have  given  (dado)  us 
less  than  (to)  them.  Give  the  book  to  him  and  the 
letter  to  her.  6.  Is  it  certain  that  he  saw  (vi6)  her 
to-day  ?  It  is  said  that  he  saw  her  at  ten  o'clock  in 
the  morning.  7.  Have  you  something  for  her  ?  I 
have  something  for  her,  for  my  brother,  and  for  my 
sister.  8.  Do  you  speak  German  ?  I  speak  it  a  little, 
but  my  brother  speaks  it  better  than  I.  9.  I  have 
two  German  books;  do  you  wish  them  ?  Yes,  I  wish 
them  [in  order]  to  read  them.  10.  If  you  wish  to 
read  them,  I  will  give  (dar6)  them  to  you  to-day,  or 
to-morrow,  at  noon.  11.  John  has  something  for  the 
children,  and  goes  with  us  to  give  it  to  them  them- 
selves. 12.  He  fills  (llena)  their  hands  with  apples, 
and  their  pockets  with  money  and  (with)  almonds. 

13.  Is  she  not  my  niece?     Art  thou  not  my  brother  ? 

14.  Don  Alfredo  gave  me  this  letter  for  you,  and  it 
is  better  to  give  it  to  you  yourself.     15.  How  are  you, 
gentlemen  ?     We  are  much  better  to-day  than  yester- 
day, thank  you.     16.  If  the  ladies  wish  (quieren)  the 
books,  give  them  to  them  for  me. 


36  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


LESSON  VIII. 

CONJUNCTIVE   AND   DISJUNCTIVE    POSSESSIVE   ADJEC- 
TIVES AND   PRONOUNS. 

95.  Conjunctive  possessive  adjectives  precede  their 
nouns,  and  are  :    SING,  mi,  my ;   tu,  thy ;   su,  your, 
his,  her,  its  ;   nuestro  (-a),  our ;  vuestro  (-a),  your ; 
su,  their.     PLUR.  mis,  tus,  sus,  nuestros  (-as),  vuestros 
(-as),  sus. 

96.  Disjunctive   possessive   adjectives  follow  their 
nouns,  and  are  :    SING,  mio  (-a),  tuyo  (-a),  suyo  (-a), 
nuestro  (-a),  vuestro  (-a),  suyo  (-a).     PLUR.  mios  (-as), 
tuyos  (-as),  suyps  (-as),  nuestros  (-as),  vuestros  (-as), 
suyos  (-as). 

97.  The  disjunctive  forms  are  used  :    (a)  In  ex- 
clamation :    iMadre    mia!  (less  emphatic,  ;  Mi   ma- 
dre!).     Either  form  may  be  used  if  an  adjective  or 
participle  precedes  the  noun  :  as,  mi  querido  padre, 
or  querido  padre  mio,  my  dear  father,     (b)  When  an 
article  precedes  the  noun  :  as,  (el  or)  un  criado  mio, 
or  uno  de  mis  criados,  a  servant  of  mine,     (c)  When 
an  adverb  precedes  the  noun  :  as,  tan  amigos  nues- 
tros se  mostraron,  they  showed  themselves  such  friend* 
of  ours,     (d)  Sometimes  for  emphasis,  contrast,  etc., 
and  in  certain  expressions  :  as,  es  culpa  mia,  it  is  my 
fault. 

98.  The  possessive  must  be  repeated,  unless  it  re- 
fers to  the  same  person  or  object  :  as,  mi  padre  y  mi 
madre ;  senor  mio  y  amigo,  sir  and  friend. 


POSSESSIVE   ADJECTIVES   AND   PRONOUNS.         3? 

99.  The  possessive  pronouns1  (used  for,  not  with,  a 
noun)  may  be  formed  by  prefixing  the  definite  article 
to  the  disjunctive  possessive  adjective  forms  :  as,  el 
mio,  las  vuestras. 

100.  Substitutes  for  the  possessive  pronouns  are 
formed  by  placing  de  with  the  personal2  pronoun 
after  the  definite  article  :  as,  el  de  61,  los  de  ella,  la 
de  nosotros,  los  de  VV.  (ustedes),  las  de  ellos,  etc. 

101.  The  forms  su,  sus,  suyo,  etc.   (used  also  al- 
most invariably  instead  of  vuestro,  la  vuestra,  etc.), 
being  ambiguous  and  meaning  either  his,  her,  hers, 
its,  you  and  yours,  their  and  theirs,  it  is  often  better 
to  use  de  with  personal  pronoun  :   as,  su  casa  de  61, 
his  house;  su  casa  de  ella,  her  house;   sus  cartas 
de  V.,  your  letters,     (b)  And  the  definite  article3  often 
replaces  the  possessive,  sometimes  without  noun  :    as, 
la  casa  de  61  y  la  (casa)  de  ella ;  los  sombreros  de  VV., 
your  hats. 

102.  Own  with  a  possessive  is  rendered  by  propio 
or  mismo:  as,  esas  casas  son  suyas  propias;  veo  mi 
propio  libro. 

103.  The  possessive  pronoun  preceded  by  lo  refers 
generally  to  something  possessed  :   as,  lo  tuyo  y  lo 
mio,  thine  and  mine,  thy  property  and  mine,  what 
belongs  to  me  and  thee. 

PRESENT  OF  comer,  to  eat. 
como,  comemos, 

V.  come,  VV.  comen, 

come,  comen. 

1  Unless  mine,  etc.,  in  predicate  to  be  are  emphatic,  article  is 
omitted  :  as,  el  lapiz  es  mio. 

2  With  the  verb  to  be,  de  with  a  personal  pronoun,  or  de  with 
possessive  and  noun,  is  often  used:  as,  este  libro  es  de  el. 

3  See  also  §  94. 


38 


PRACTICAL  SPAKISH   GRAMMAR. 


VOCABULARY   VIII. 


el  almacen,  store. 

campo,  field. 

candor,  candor. 

carruaje,  carriage. 

coche,  coach. 

criado,  servant. 

diente,  tooth. 

dolor,  pain. 

genio,  genius. 

gusto,  pleasure. 

maestro,  teacher. 
los  modales,  manners. 
el  pariente,  relative. 

principe,  prince. 

cuadro,  picture. 

talento,  talent. 

vapor,  steam  (steamboat). 

vestido,  dress. 

zapato,  shoe. 
la  cabeza,  head. 

carga,  charge,  obligation. 

corte,  court  city  (capital). 

exposicion,  exposition. 

faltriquera,  pocket. 

ropa,  clothes. 

tropa,  troop,  body  of  sol- 

virtud,  virtue.          \diers. 


acerca  de,  about,  concerning. 
adornado  (adornar),  adorned. 
ajeno,  another. 
antes  de,  before. 
aquello,  that. 
aunque,  although. 
conocido,  (well]  known. 
corriente,  current,  present. 
cortado  (se  cortar),  cut. 
cuyo  (-a),  whose. 
edificado,  built. 
enmendar,  reform,  improve. 
escrito  (-a),  written. 
ese,  that. 

estimado  (estimar),  esteemed, 
hablado  (hablar),  spoken. 
hecho  (hacer),  made. 
llegado  (llegar),  arrived. 
obediente,  obedient. 
porque,  because. 
pues,  since. 
quitar,  to  take  off. 
recibido,  received. 
tal  vez,  often.        t 
vender,  to  sell. 
venido  (venir),  come. 
ver,  to  see. 


EXERCISE  VIII. 

1.  Tengo  un  caballo  mejor  que  el  de  mi  hermano. 
2.  Mi  libro  y  el  de  V.  estan  aqui,  pero  el  suyo  (el  de  el) 
no  esta.  3.  Nuestro  maestro  ensena  mejor  que  el  de 
V.  4.  El  de  V.  es  mas  sabio  que  el  nuestro.  <:  No  es 
verdad?  5.  Juan  no  es  tan  laborioso  como  sus  her- 
manos  y  sus  padres.  6.  Principe,  vuestras  tropas  ban 
llegado  a  tiempo.  7.  Caballero,  (sus  modales)  los 


POSSESSIVE   ADJECTIVES   AND    PROKOUNS.         39 

modales  de  Y.  no  me  agradan  (please).  8.  Hijos 
mios,  vuestros  sombreros  estan  ya  hechos.  9.  Este 
lapiz  es  mio,  ese  carriwje  es  suyo  (de  V.,  de  W.). 
10.  Uno  de  mis  hermanos  (or  un  hermano  mio)  ha 
venido  a  verme.  11.  Los  ninos  se  divierten  (amuse) 
con  su  tambor  (their  drum)  y  con  sus  juguetes  (their 
toys).  12.  Aunque  la  nuestra  no  se  enmiende  (im- 
prove), siempre  da  (gives)  gusto  ver  enmendar  la 
vida  ajena.  13.  Se  mostraron  (see  §  97)  verda- 
deros  amigos  suyos.  14.  Veo  a  mi  senora  (amiga) 
que  es  tti  amiga  puesto  que  tu  lo1  eres  mio.  15.  Des- 
pedirse  de  su  casa,  tal  vez  es  dura  cosa.  16.  He 
recibido  la  suya2  (carta)  de  12  del  corriente  (mes). 
17.  Con  esta  carga  nacemos  (we  are  born)  las  mujeres 
(la)  de  ser  obedientes. 

THEME  VIII. 

1.  Whose  gloves  are  these ?  Mine.  And  that  hat? 
His.  2.  My  father  and  my  mother  are  at  home  in 
the.  court  city.  3.  Your  houses  are  well  built,  and 
your  gardens  adorned  with  beautiful  flowers.  4.  His 
genius  and  talent  are  esteemed  ;  and  their  candor 
and  virtue  are  well  known.  5.  All  the  pictures  are 
at  the  exposition,  except  yours  and  ours.  6.  Is  this 
coach  hers  ?  Yes,  it  is  hers,  I  am  sure  ;  it  is  not 
mine.  7.  What  is  the  matter  with  thee  (qu£  tienes), 
my  son  ?  I  am  not  well;  I  have  a  headache.  8.  Her 
letter  is  written  better  than  his ;  this  is  his,  and  that 
is  hers.  9.  Her  head  and  her  teeth  ache  (duelen), 
and  she  has  cut  her  finger.  10.  A  friend  of  mine 
has  spoken  to  a  relative  of  his,  concerning  some  busi- 

1  See  §  91  2  Business  corespondence. 


40  PRACTICAL  SPANISH  GRAMMAR. 

ness  of  yours.  11.  I  am  not  going  there,  because  I 
have  my  money  in  my  pocket.  12.  There  is  one  of 
our  neighbors,  who  wishes  to  sell  one  of  his  horses. 
13.  This  field  is  my  uncle's  ;  he  has  also  a  store,  and 
a  house  in  the  town.  14.  He  rarely  speaks  with  me 
of  himself  or  of  his  business.  15.  The  steamboat  has 
arrived.  16.  The  children  take  off  their  hats  and 
put  on1  their  pretty  dresses. 


LESSON  IX. 

THE  DEMONSTRATIVE   ADJECTIVES  AND   DEMON- 
STRATIVE  PRONOUNS. 

104.  The    demonstrative     adjectives    (used    with 
nouns)  are:   este,  this  (by  me)\   ese,  that  (by  you}\ 
aquel,  that  (yonder). 

105.  (a)  They  vary  as  follows  : 

SING.  PLUR. 

este  (m.\  esta  (/.),  esto  (n.).*  estos  (m.)9  estas  (/). 

ese,  esa,          eso.-  esos,  esas. 

aquel,        aquella,    aquello.2  aquellos,    aquellas. 

(V)  Other  unusual  demonstrative  forms  are  estotro, 
etc.,  esotro,  etc.,  aquel  otro,  etc.,  aqueste  (this),  etc., 
aquese  (that},  etc. 

106.  (a)  The  demonstrative  adjectives  are  not  al- 
ways repeated  when  the  meanings  of  the  words  re- 
ferred to  are   similar :    as,   refrene  V.   esa  furia  y 
movimiento,  restrain  that  fury  and  movement,     (b) 

1  Se  ponen. 

2  The  forms  ending  in  o  (esto,  eso,  aquello)  are  never  really 
demonstrative  adjectives,  since  they  are  never  used  with,  but 
always  for,  nouns. 


DEMOHSTBATIVE   ADJECTIVES  AKD   PROKOUNS.    41 

They  may  be  placed  after  the  noun,  in  contempt, 
anger,  or  irony:  as,  al  picaro  ese  le  har6  yo  castigar,  / 
will  have  that  rogue  punished,  (c)  An  antecedent 
must  be  easily  understood,  or  the  demonstrative 
keeps  its  adjective  force,  and  the  noun  must  be  ex- 
pressed :  as,  jqui6n  es  este  hombre?  who  is  this 
man  9 

107.  In  form  and  general  meaning  the  demonstra- 
tive pronouns  are  the  same  as  the  demonstrative  ad- 
jectives, but  are  used  for,  not  with,  nouns,  and  este 
and  aquel  often  mean  respectively  the  latter,  the  for- 
mer. 

108.  Esto  may  be  used  to  refer  in  general  to  some- 
thing mentioned  by  the  speaker  ;   eso  to  something 
mentioned  by  the  person  addressed  :  as,  esto  que  yo 
digo  es  cierto,  eso  que  V.  dice  no  es  verdad  —  what 
(that  which)  I  say  is  certain,  what  (that  which)  you 
say  is  not  the  truth. 

109.  When  in  English  the  demonstrative  pronoun 
(or  even  the  personal  pronoun)  is  followed  by  who, 
which,  or  that  (expressed  or  understood),  it  may  be 
generally  rendered  in  Spanish  by  either  the  definite 
article  or  demonstrative  pronoun,  and  the  article  and 
relative   or  demonstrative    must   not  be    separated. 
Mis  libros  y  los  que  (or  aquellos  que)  61  tiene,  my 
books  and  those  which  he  has;  d6selo  V.  al  que  (or 
a  aquel  que)  primer o  venga,  give  it  to  him  who  comes 
first;   yerran  los  que  dicen  eso,  those  are  mistaken 
who  say  that. 

110.  (a)  The  expressions  namely,  that  is,  or  that 
is  to  say  are  translated  by  esto  es  or  es  decir :    as, 
me  dijo  que  le  comprara  lo  siguiente,  esto  es — he  told 
me  to  ~buy  him  the  following,  namely,     (b)  In  com- 


PKACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


mercial  style  en  esta  means  in  this  (my}  place 
(ciudad  or  plaza  understood);  en  esa  means  in  that 
(your)  place  (ciudad  or  plaza  understood),  (c)  Other 
such  constructions  will  be  noted,  especially  as  in 
Exercise  IX.  sen.  10. 

PRESENT  TENSE  OF  recibir,  to  receive. 

recibo,  recibimos, 

V.  recibe,  VV.  reciben, 

recibe,  reciben. 

VOCABULARY  IX. 


el  amor,  love. 

arbol,  tree. 

estante,  shelf. 

exceso,  excess. 

folleto,  pamphlet. 

movimiento,  movement. 

orador,  orator. 

siglo,  age,  century. 

tio,  uncle. 

trabajo,  work,  labor. 

tratado,  treatise. 
el  (/.)  anna,  arm  (weapon) 
la  barbaridad,  barbarity. 

consecuencia,  consequence. 

fruta,  fruit. 

ilustracion,  enlightenment. 

mariposa,  butterfly. 

moderacion,  moderation. 

sabidnria,  knowledge. 

verdad,  truth. 
altanero,  haughty. 
ambicioso,  ambitious. 


ayer,  yesterday. 
bajo,  under. 
cantando,  recounting. 
comprado  (comprar),  bought. 
cogido  (coger),  caught. 
dividido,  divided. 
estando,  being. 
hacer,  to  do. 

incesantemente,  incessantly. 
leyendo  (leer),  reading. 
lo  que,  what. 
mal,  ill. 

miserable,  miserable, 
necesario,  necessary. 
poderoso,  powerful. 
seguro,  surely. 
semejante,  similar. 
sentado,  seated. 
servir,  to  serve. 
siguiente,  following. 
valeroso,  courageous. 
van  they  go. 


EXERCISE  IX. 

1.  Este  libro  que   estoy  leyendo,  ese  tratado  qne> 
tiene  V.  en  la  mano,  y  aquel  folleto  que  esta  sobre  la 


DEMONSTRATIVE   ADJECTIVES   AKD   PROKOUNS.    43 

mesa,  son  de  mi  tfo.  2.  "  Este  es  el  siglo  de  la  ilus- 
tracion,  decia  el  orador  (me  acuerdo  [/  remember] 
bien  de  ese  dia)  "  aquellos  eran  tiempos  de  mucha 
barbaridad."  3.  He  comprado  en  Madrid  ese  libro 
que  esta  sobre  la  mesa,  y  aquel  que  esta  en  el  estante. 

4.  Ese  btique  que  llego  ayer,  y  aquel  que  naufrago 
(shipwrecked)  el  ano  pasado,  eran  muy  semejantes. 

5.  Mi  libro,  y  el  que  (or  aquel  que)  el  tenia  (had), 
estan  en  el  cuarto  de  V. ;  traigame  (bring)  V.  el  que 
(or  aquel  que)  a  V.  le  parezca  (may  appear)  mejor. 

6.  Como  van  los  negooios  en  esa  (ciudad)  ?     En  esta 
no  hay  (there  is)  novedad.     7.   Carlos   era   grande, 
Federico  ambicioso  ;    este  (Federico)  valiente,  aquel 
(Carlos)  poderoso.     8.  Aquellas  dos  mujeres  son  her- 
manas  ;  la  que  tiene  el  sombrero  negro,  habla  frances. 
9.  Aquel   cuya  sabiduria  es    poca,  muchas  veces  es 
muy  altanero.     10.  Por  consecuencia  de  lo  (negocio) 
de  ayer,  Andres  ha  tornado  las  (calzas)  de  Villadiego 
a  la  (or  a  lo)  de  Dios  es  Cristo  (Andrew  has  taken 
French  leave  like  a  good  fellow). 

THEME  IX. 

1.  This  soldier  is  not  courageous  enough,  but  he  is 
more  valiant  than  that  one.  2.  This  wine  is  from 
Malaga,  that  from  Jerez,  and  that  from  Madeira. 
3.  Being  seated  under  this  tree,  I  have  caught  this 
pretty  butterfly.  4.  What  is  this  ?  and  that  ?  I  do 
not  know  what  they  are.  5.  Prefer  (prefiera  V.) 
moderation  to  excess  :  the  former  will  make  (hara) 
you  happy,  the  latter  miserable.  6.  He  is  a  relative 
of  that  gentleman  whom  you  met  (encontr6)  here 
some  days  ago  (hace  dias).  7.  That  is  what  he  may 
do  (puede  hacer);  that  is  to  say,  what  he  ought  t^  do. 


44  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

8.  Those  who  speak  ill  of  her  very  surely  do  not 
know  her.  9.  He  that  is  wise  speaks  when  it  is 
necessary  ;  but  he  that  only  presumes  (presume)  to  be 
so  speaks  incessantly.  10.  I  beg  you  to  pass  (sub.) 
me  that  fruit,  because  my  neighbor  does  not  wish  any 
of  these.  11.  Who  is  that  man  with  whom  you  have 
spoken  on  the  street  ?  He  is  my  uncle.  1 2.  This 
(man)  who  is  my  brother  will  represent  (sustituir&) 
me  when  I  may  absent  (me  ausente)  myself.  13.  Di- 
vided were  [the]  knights  and  [the]  squires  ;  these 
recounting  their  labors,  those  their  loves.  14.  Gen- 
tlemen, those  arms  are  not  the  ones  with  which  we 
ought  to  serve  ourselves. 


LESSON  X. 

RELATIVE  AND  INTERROGATIVE   PRONOUNS. 

111.  The  relative  pronouns  are  :  qne1  (invariable), 
who,  which,  that;  quien2  (only  of  persons  and 
things  personified),  who,  he  who  ;  quienes,  who,  those 
who;  el  cual,  la  cual,  los  cuales,  las  cuales,  who, 
which  ;  el  qne,  la  que,  los  que,  las  que,  ivho,  he  who, 
etc.,  loJiich;  lo  cual,  lofiich;  lo  que,  that  ivliich,  what; 
cuyo,  cuya,  cuyos,  cuyas,  of  whom,  of  ivhich,  whose, 
which;  aquel  que,  etc.,  he  who,  etc. ;  aquello  que,  that 
(thing,  etc.)  which. 

1  Que  is  not  generally  immediately  preceded  by  a  comma,  as 
are  el  cual,  etc.,  and  is  more  closely  related  with  its  antece- 
dent (which  it  generally  immediately  follows)  than  is  el  cual, 
etc.  (and  other  relatives}. 

2  (a)  Quien  also  used  as  partitive  :  as,  quien  se  salvo  a  nado, 


RELATIVE   AND   INTERROGATIVE   PRONOUNS.      45 

112.  The  relative  pronouns  are  never  understood, 
but  always  expressed,  and  cannot  be  separated  from 
their  prepositions  as  in  English  :  the  city  I  speak  of, 
la  ciudad  de  que  hablo. 

113.  Clue,1  which  occurs  more  frequently  than  any 
other  relative,  is  used  for  both  persons  and  things  ; 
it  does  not  take  &  before  it  when  referring  to  persons 
as  object  of  verb,  and  takes  ^article  with  it,  (a)  often 
when  accompanied  by  a  preposition;  (b)  when  it  re- 
fers to  whole  sentence;  (c)  to  complete  meaning  of 
verb  (article  follows) — Pedro  es  el  que  lo  ha  dicho ; 
(d)  to  avoid  ambiguity— pidi6  la  libertad  de  su  Mjo, 
la  que  consigui6. 

114.  El  cual,1  etc.  (more  definite  in  form  than  que), 
lose  the  article  and  much  of  their  relative  force  when 
used  as  partitives  or  comparatives :    as,  cual  llora, 
cual  canta,  one  weeps,  another  sings  ;  estas  frutas  son 
cuales  (tales)  como  las  deseamos,  these  fruits  are  such 
as  we  desire  ;    \  cu&l  le  ha!16  !  how  wretched  I  found 
him !;  conoci6  cual  era  la  verdadera  causa  de  su  des- 
gracia,  he  knew  what  was  the  true  cause  of  his  mis- 
fortune. 

115.  Cuyo,2  etc.,  have  a  relative  and  also  a  posses- 
sive force  ;    they  agree  in  gender  and  number  with 
the  following  noun  (and  so  have  the  force  of  adjec- 


quien  en  lanchas.  (6)  When  quien  does  not  include  its  ante- 
cedent (but  immediately  follows  it  in  same  case),  it  cannot  be 
subject  of  a  proposition:  not  el  hombre  quien,  but  el  hombre  que 
vino. 

1  When  preceded  by  prepositions  (not  a,  except  of  things), 
que  and  el  cual,  etc.,  used  without  distinction. 

2  Cuyo  never  takes  the  article  (nor  does  quien). 


46  PRACTICAL   SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

tives,  to  which  the  other  relatives  are  sometimes  sim- 
ilar): as,  alia  esta  el  principe,  cuyos  caballos  hemos 
visto,  there  is  the  prince,  whose  horses  we  have  seen. 

116.  Donde  with  or  without  a  preposition  often  has 
a  relative  force  :  as,  la  posada  donde  pas6  la  noche ; 
la  casa  en  donde  esta ;  la  ciudad  adonde  va. 

117.  The  interrogative  pronouns1  (also  used  except 
qui6n  as  interrogative  adjectives)  are:    qui6n,  who; 
cual,  which;   qu6,2  what  ;    cuyo,  whose  (or  de  qui6n 
[-es],  ivhose) :    as,   con   qui6nes  andan  ?    with  whom 
(plur.)  are  they  going  9 

118.  Cual,  which,  is  used  when  one  or  more  of  sev- 
eral objects  are  referred  to — as,  cual  es  de  V.  ?  which 
is  yours  ? — and  stands  for  qu6  in  predicate  with  the 
verb  to  be :  j  cuales  son  sus  amigos  ? 

119.  A  question  asked  by  a  preposition  and  an  in- 
terrogative pronoun  requires  the  same  preposition  in 
the  answer  :  as,  j  Con  qui6n  vino  ?   Conmigo  —  With 
whom  did  he  come  9  With  me.     And  the  answer  takes 
de  when  the  question  had  cuyo,  etc. :  as,  i  Cuyo  es  este 
reloj  ?    De  mi  padre.     Whose  watch  is  this  9    My 
father's. 

IMPERFECT  TENSE  OF  amar. 

amaba,  amabamos, 

V.  amaba,  VV.  amaban, 

amaba,  amaban. 


1  Same  forms  used  and  under  similar  conditions  in  exclama- 
tion. 

2  In  exclamations  when  followed  by  an  adjective  quo  means 
how :  as,  \  que  feliz !  how  happy  I 


RELATIVE   AND   INTERROGATIVE   PRONOUNS.      47 


VOCABULARY  X. 


el  conocimiento,  knowledge. 

cuadro,  picture. 

delincuente,  criminal. 

deseo,  desire.  [fact). 

efecto  ven  efecto),  effect  (in 

ejercito,  army. 

interes,  interest. 

paiio.  cloth. 

precio,  price. 

reloj,  watch. 

servicio,  service. 

suceso,  event. 
la  botanica,  botany. 

cancion,  song. 

ciencia.  science. 

comedia,  comedy. 

libertad   liberty. 

ociosidad,  idleness. 

persona,  person. 

prision,  prison. 

respuesta,  answer,  re 


la  soledad,  loneliness. 
aceptar  to  accept. 
admirar,  admire. 
cantar,  to  sing. 

contemporaneo,  contemporary. 
delante  de,  before. 
dicho,  said. 
enganado,  deceived. 
enganar,  to  deceive. 

(  handed. 
entregado, 


estimar,  to  esteem. 
estudiar,  to  study. 
favorable,  favorable. 
lejos,  far. 

miserable,  miserable. 
maduro  (-a),  ripe. 
responder,  to  respond. 
tal,  such  (such  a). 
ya,  at  all. 


EXERCISE  X. 

1.  Los  senores  que  (or  a  quienes,  or  a  los  cuales) 
vimos  (we  saw)  y  con  quienes  liable1  estudian  la  bo- 
tanica,  una  ciencia  de  la  cual  tengo  muy  poco  cono- 
cimiento.  2.  Se  dice  que  el  presidente  esta  aqui  ? 
Quien  lo  dice,  se  engafia.  3.  Los  hombres  a  quienes 
vimos  y  de  quienes  (or  de  los  cuales)  huimos  (we  fled) 
eran  nuestros.  hermanos.  4.  Este  jardin,  que  (that 
which)  no  puede  ser  mas  herrnoso,  no  esta  lejos  de  mi 
casa.  5.  El  arbol  cuya  fruta  esta  madura,  esta  de- 
lante de  la  casa  de  que  V.  habla.  6.  E'l  es,  a  quien 


[  See  §§  141,  142. 


48  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

debo  la  vida.  Pedro  es  el  que  lo  ha  dicho.  7.  He 
estado  en  el  campo,  lo  que  me  ha  hecho  mucho 
bien.  8.  La  cancion  que  cantaba  Maria  es  muy 
dulce.  9.  j  Que  de  dinero  (or  cuanto  dinero)  y  que 
de  cosas  (or  cuantas  cosas)  tienen  W. !  10.  Tenia 
el  desdichado  una  hija,  la  que  todos  los  dias  iba 
(went)  a  la  prision.  11.  Preguntaronle  (they  asked) 
de  donde  era  y  que  hacia  en  aquella  soledad  :  a 
lo  cual  respondio.  12.  Veo  al  hijo  de  su  hermana, 
a  la  cual  (sister)  or  al  cual  (son)  mi  padre  no  conoce. 
13.  Veo  alia  unos  hombres,  cuyos  sombreros  son  ne- 
gros,  <;  quienes  son  ?  14.  Que  quiere  V.  ?  Quiero 
saber  de  quien  (cuyo)  es  este  buque  y  cual  es  su 
precio. 

THEME  X. 

1.  A  man  that  spends  his  life  in  idleness  dies 
(muere)  miserable.  2.  Cervantes,  whose  works  we 
admire,  is  the  greatest  of  Spanish  authors.  3.  Lope 
de  Vega,  who  died  in  1635,  was  a  great  Spanish  poet 
contemporary  with  (de)  Cervantes.  4.  He  does  not 
wish  to  accept  any  (ninguna)  thing  (of  what)  you 
offer  him  to-day.  5.  I  know  the  general  of  the  army 
who  has  sent  you  this  picture.  6.  It  was  certainly 
not  interest  that  inspired  me  with  such  a  desire. 
7.  I  met  (encontr6)  a  week  ago  the  sons  of  that 
woman  whom  I  know  and  esteem.  8.  His  answers 
are  always  favorable  to  the  person  to  whom  he  gives 
them.  9.  It  is  said  that  he  is  in  fact  a  criminal, 
which  I  do  not  at  all  believe  since  this  event.  10.  He 
composed  (compuso)  a  thousand  comedies,  many  of 
which  cost  (costaron)  him  only  one  day  of  work. 
11.  A  soldier  has  come  who  has  handed  me  a  letter 


PRONOUNS.  49 

which  came  (vino)  from  my  father.  12.  It  seems  to 
me  that  he  who  fears  being  (to  be)  deceived  ought 
to  be  so.  13.  The  book  that  I  wish  is  that  which 
treats  of  the  war  of  Germany  and  that  of  Portugal. 
14.  To  whom  have  you  given  the  cloth?  To  the 
child.  To  which  ?  To  the  large  one.  15.  To  whose 
service  is  a  son  under  greater  obligation  (more 
obliged  [obligado])  than  to  that  of  his  father? 
16.  Whose  is  this  watch,  and  to  whom  have  you 
brought  (traido)  it  ?  It  is  my  father's,  and  I  have 
brought  it  to  my  mother. 


LESSON  XL 

INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS1   AND   PRONOMINAL  ADJEC- 
TIVES. 

120.  (a)  Most  of  the  so-called  indefinite  pronouns, 
when  used  with  nouns,  are  more  properly  adjectives. 
(b)  Except  various  compounds  too  numerous  to  men- 
tion, the  most  important  indefinite  pronouns  are  : 

algo,  cualquiera,  nada,  quienquiera, 

alguien,  cuanto,  nadie,  tal, 

alguno,  fulano,  ninguno,  todo, 

ambos,  mismo,  otro,  uno, 

cada,  mucho,  poco,  varies. 

1  In  Spanish  the  following  pronouns  :  nobody,  none,  not  one, 
neither,  nottimg—n&tiLie,  ninguno,  ni  uno,  ni  uno  ni  otro,  nada — 
generally  require  that  the  verb  be  preceded  by  the  negative 
when  they  are  placed  after  it,  but  this  negative  is  suppressed 
when  they  precede  it :  en  nada  puede  sobresalir,  no  puede  sobre- 
salir  en  nada.  Jamas,  never  (adv.),  follows  same  rule. 


50  PKACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

121.  Algo,  something  (as  adverb  somewhat),  is  not  declined 
(alguna  cosa  being  often  used  for  algo),  and  an  adjective  quali- 
fying algo  is  preceded  by  de  :  tengo  algo  (or  alguna  cosa)  que 
decirle.     i  Tiene  V.  algo  de  bueno  ?     Este  libro  es  algo  dificil. 

122.  Alguien  and  alguno  (-a),  (-os),  (-as);  both  mean  somebody 
or  some  one;  alguien,  being  undeclined,  used  only  of  persons 
and  not  allowing  de  immediately  after  it.     Alguno  refers  to 
persons  and  things  :  j  Lo  ha  visto  alguien  (or  alguno)  ?     Quiero 
algun  dinero  y  algunas  letras  de  cambio  (letters  of  exchange). 

123.  Ambos  (-as),  both  (sometimes  entrambos,  though  generally 
los  dos  or  uno  y  otro,  is  used  in  this  sense) :  ambos  (los  dos)  estan 
a  cab  all  o 

124.  Cada,  each  or  every  (invariable),  is  used  when  a  noun 
immediately  follows;  otherwise  cada  uno   (-a),  cada  cual,  are 
used  :    cada  pais  tiene  sus  costumbres ;    doy  a  cada  uno  cuatro 
vestidos. 

125.  (a)  Cualquiera1   (with    plural    cualesquiera),   whatever, 
whichever,  whoever,  may  follow  its  noun  if  singular,  while  all 
that  which  is  rendered  by  todo  lo  que,  etc. :  dame  cualquier  libro 
(or  un  libro  cualquiera) ;    hare  (/  will  do)  todo  lo  que  V.  me 
mande.     (b)  Cual,  such  as. 

126.  Cuanto,  as  much         or  how  much,  as  many  as  or  how 
many  (declined) :  as,  tengo  flores;  i  cuantas  1;  no  se  cuantas. 

127.  Fulano,  such  a  one  ;   fulano  y  zutano,  such  and  such  a 
one ;    fulano,  zutano  y  mengano,  such,  such  and  such  a  one,  all 
take  the  feminine  form  in  a,  but  no  plural  :    fulano  (or  fulano 
de  tal)  ha  venido  a  hablarme;    he  visto  esta  manana  a  fulana,  a 
zutana  y  a  mengana. 

128.  Mismo,  same,  very,  self  (declined)  :  no  soy  la  misma  que 
te  hablo  ayer  ;    mi  hijo  me  ha  escrito  lo  mismo  ;    el  mismo  (very) 
dia  (or  el  dia  mismo)  ella  misma  vino  a  decirmelo. 

129.  Mucho,  much,  many  (declined),  as  pronoun    refers  to 
persons  ;  other  uses  as  in  English  :  muchos  hablan  a  tontas  y  a 
locas  (sillily  and  madly). 

130.  Nada2,  not  anything,  nothing  (not  declined),  takes  adjec- 
tive (often  preceded  by  de)  in  masculine  ;   when  used  before 
an  infinitive  que  precedes  it :  no  dice  nada  (or  nada  dice) ;    no 
tengo  nada  bueno  ni  malo  (or  nada  de  nuevo)  que  decir. 

1  See  §  66.  8  See  note  1,  p.  49. 


INDEFINITE   PKONOUNS.  51 

131.  Nadie1  (not  declined)  and  ninguno  (declined)  both  mean 
nobody,  no  one  ;  nadie  refers  to  persons  only.     Ninguno  only 
(not  nadie)  is  used  with  partitives  (de) :  nadie  (or  ninguno)  esta 
aqui  ;    ninguno  de  esos  soldados  tiene  miedo  (fear)  ;   nadie  ha 
venido  ;  no  espero  (await)  a  nadie. 

132.  Otro,  another,  other  (declined)  :    deme  V.  otro ;    tengo 
otras  cosas  que  hacer. 

133.  Poco2,  little,  few  (declined):    habia  (there  were)  pocas 
mujeres  en  el  teatro  ;    gana  poco  ;   me  dio  un  poco  de  pan  ;  to- 
mare  (I  will  take)  unos  pocos  (or  unos  cuantos). 

134.  Quienquiera,  whoever,  whosoever,  whomever  (not  declined): 
quienquiera  que  sea,  whoever  he  may  be  ;  de  quienquiera  que  V. 
liable,  of  whomever  you  speak. 

135.  Tal,    such,   such    a    one  (takes  plur.) :    tal    ha    reido. 
(laughed)  que  llora  (weeps) ;   un  tal  lo  ha  dicho  (said)  ;    no  tiene 
tales  casas. 

136.  Todo,  all,  every  (declined),  is  extensively  used,  and  about 
as  its  English  equivalents  ;  before  singular  definite  article  or  a 
pronoun,  and  in  el  todo,  it  means  the  whole :   as,  he  comido 
(eaten)  todas  las  peras  ;  el  todo  es  mayor  que  una  de  sus  partes. 

137.  Uno3,  one  (sing.),  some,  a  few  (plur.),  has  many  com- 
pounds (as,  uno  y  otro,  etc.);  is  used  like  se  in  se  dice,  they  say: 
la  gente  (people)  dice  ;  llama  gente  (some  one  calls) ;  no  esta  uno 
siempre  contento  ;  deme  V.  unas  almendras  (almonds). 

138.  Varios  (-as),  several :  mi  padre  tiene  varios  de  estos  lapi- 
ces,  los  he  visto  varias  veces. 

PRETERITE  TENSE  OF  amar. 

ame,  amamos, 

V.  amo,  VV.  amaron, 

amo,  amaron. 

1  See  note  1,  p.  49. 

a  Pocuisimo  (-a),  but  little  :  pocuisimos  (-as),  but  few. 
3  Uno  is  frequently  used  in  connection  with  otro  expressed 
or  understood. 


52 


PRACTICAL   SPAKISH   GEAMMAE. 


VOCABULAEY    XL 


el  apetito,  appetite. 

asunto,  subject. 

baul,  trunk. 

cambio,  exchange. 

cuarto,  farthing. 

deber,  duty. 

esfuerzo,  effort. 

oceano,  ocean. 

pais,  country.      [contrary). 

reves  (al  reves),  'back  (on  the 

romance,  romance. 

tono,  tone. 

verano,  summer. 

vicio.  vice. 
la  a ventura,  adventure. 

ayuda,  aid. 

camisa,  shirt. 

costumbre,  custom. 

cuenta,  account,  bill. 

especulacion  speculation. 

experiencia,  experience. 

faccion,  feature. 

filosofia,  philosophy. 

hazana,  exploit. 

legua,  league. 

locucion,  expression. 

relacion,  narration. 

suerte,  lot. 
a  menudo,  often. 
andar,  to  go. 


atento,  attentive. 
baladi,  frivolous. 
baiiarse,  to  bathe  (one's  self). 
ciego,  blind. 
convertir,  to  change. 
dichoso,  happy. 
dificil,  difficult. 
diligente,  diligent. 
dormir,  to  sleep. 
ensartado,  strung,  linked. 
escribir,  to  write. 
escuchar,  to  listen. 
explicar,  to  explain. 
famoso,  famous. 
funesto,  lamentable. 
ignorar,  to  be  ignorant  of. 
impedir,  to  prevent. 
llevado  a  cabo,  achieved. 
lograr,  to  gain. 
manifestado,  showed. 


nunca, 
pensar,  to  think. 
pintado,  described. 
preguntado,  asked. 
sacrificar,  to  sacrifice. 
sucedido,  happened. 
traido,  brought. 
usar,  to  use. 

verdaderamente,  really. 
vestido,  dressed. 


EXEECISE  XL 

1.  Mas  esta  para  dormir,  que  para  escuchar  a 
nadie.  2.  Nunca  habia  (had)  leido  que  ningnno  lo 
hubiese  (had)  traido  (el  dinero).  3.  <;  Ha  visto  V.  a 
alguno  de  mis  hijos?  Algunos  ninos  estan  en  mi 


INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS.  53 

huerta.  4.  Unos  cantan  y  otros  lloran  ;  no  me  agra- 
dan  ni  unos  ni  otros  ;  uno(s)  y  otro(s)  son  infelices. 
5.  No  tengo  ni  una  camisa  que  ponerme,  ni  un  cuarto 
(para)  con  que  comprarla.  6.  Cada  uno  de  estos  libros 
tiene  seiscientas  paginas.  7.  La  cosa  ha  pasado  todo 
al  reves  de  lo  que  se  cuenta  (relate).  8.  Aunque  es 
soldado  (or  con  ser  soldado),  no  ha  manifestado  mucho 
valor.  9.  Algo  ha  sucedido  que  ignoramos  (we  are 
ignorant  of);  pero  nadie  esta  aqui  para  explicar- 
noslo.  10.  El  apetito  ciego  ;  a  cuantos  precipita 
(hasten) y  que  por  lograr  unfnada,  un  todo  sacrifican  ! 
11.  ;  Que  de  cosas  has  (tliou  hast)  ensartado,  unas  en 
otras  !  me  ha  dicho  mi  padre.  12.  Fulano  le  dice 
a  zutano,  que  mengano  habla  mal  de  sus  vecinos. 
13.  Para  hablar  una  lengua,  no  hay  (there  is)  cosa 
como  saber  los  pron ombres.  14.  Tal  es,  senores,  la 
relacion  de  mi  funesta  historia,  de  mis  hazanas  tales 
cuales  son.  15.  La  filosofia  de  el  es  poco  util  en  si 
misma,  porque  todo  lo  da  a  la  especulacion  y  nada  a 
la  expenencia.  16.  En  el  famoso  romance  de  Cer- 
vantes, Don  Quijote  tiene  por  sefiora  a  una  tal  Dul- 
cinea  de  Toboso.  17.  <;  Cuantas  leguas  tenemos  que 
andar  todavia  ?  No  lo  se  (no  se  cuantas).  18.  Poco 
importa  (imports)  es  una  locucion  que  se  usa  muy 
a  menudo  por  muchos. 

THEME  XL 

1.  We  do  not  require  much  to  be  really  and  always 
happy.  2.  If  we  are  attentive  and  diligent,  little  or 
nothing  can  (puede)  prevent  our  doing  our  duty.  3.  I 
cannot1  write  with  any  of  these  pens,  and  1  have  no 

1  Poder,  §  196. 


54  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

others.  4.  Neither  the  one  nor  the  other  of  the  men 
knows  (sabe)  what  he  is  doing  (hace).  5.  Does  any 
one  know  a  certain  man,  dressed  in  black,  who  passes 
here  every  morning  ?  6.  No  one  can  change  iron  into 
gold,  nor  vice  into  virtue.  7.  All  say  (dicen)  that 
both  have  the  same  features  and  the  same  tone  of 
voice.  8.  Each  of  the  brothers  goes  every  day  in 
summer  to  bathe  in  the  ocean.  9.  Such  as  my 
father  and  my  mother  had  (habian)  described  her  to 
me,  such  I  find  her.  10.  One  ought  not  to  think 
too  much  of  the  most  frivolous  things  that  it  is  as 
important  (importa)  to  be  ignorant  of  as  to  know 
(them).  11.  I  have  asked  the  merchant  how  much 
I  owe  him,  but  I  have  not  yet  received  my  bill. 
12.  Whosoever  writes  (escriba)  to  me  on  this  subject 
will  lose  (perderd)  his  time  and  his  efforts.  13.  It  is 
said  that  such  a  knight  has  achieved  such  and  such 
an  adventure  with  the  aid  of  such  a  one,  his  squire. 
14.  No  one  is  content  with  his  lot ;  each  one  desires 
to  be  happier.  15.  I  know  one,  said  (decia)  the 
child,  who  is  more  beautiful  than  that  lady — my 
mother.  16.  Have  you  some  books  in  your  trunk  to 
read  during  the  summer?  Yes,  I  have  several. 


LESSON  XII. 

VERB-FORMS. 

139.  There  are  three  different  forms  of  inflection 
(called  conjugation)  in  Spanish,  to  which  all  verbs, 
irregular  as  well  as  regular,  belong.  They  are  dis- 


VERB-FORMS.  55 

tinguished  by  the  ending  of  the  infinitive.  Those 
ending  in  ar  (as  hablar)  are  of  the  first ;  those  in  er 
(as  temer)  of  the  second  ;  those  in  ir  (as  recibir)  of 
the  third  conjugation. 

140.  There  are  five  principal  parts  of  a  Spanish 
verb,  from  which  the  other  parts  may  be  obtained  by 
certain  regular  changes   (this  applies  in  general  to 
irregular  as  well  as  regular  verbs  ;  since  the  irregular- 
ities generally  occur  in  the  principal  parts,  and  not 
in  the  parts  obtained  from  them).     The  names  of  the 
five  principal  and  their  obtained  parts  are  : 

i.                           ii.  m. 

INFINITIVE.              PRES.  PART.1  PAST  PART.  - 

(Derived  Parts . )         (No  derived  parts. )  (Derived  Parts. ) 

Imperfect  Indie.  Generally  like  Pres. ;  Compound  tenses. 

Future  Indie.  sometimes  like  Pret., 

Conditional.  or  unlike  both. 

IV.  V. 

PRESENT  INDICATIVE.  PRETERITE  INDICATIVE. 

(Derived  Parts.)  (Derived  Parts.) 

Present  Subjunctive.  1st  Imperfect  Subjunctive. 

Imperative.  2d  Imperfect  Subjunctive. 

Future  Subjunctive. 

141.  Taking  now  the  regular  verb  hablar,  of  the 
first  conjugation,  and  placing  the  forms  as  indicated 
in  §  140,  we  have  the  following  schedule  : 

hablar  habl-ando        habl-ado  habl-o  habl-e 

hablaba  he  hablado  habl-e  habl-ara 

hablar-e  etc.  habl-a  habl-ase 

hablar-ia  habl-are 

All  regular  verbs  in  ar  are  conjugated  as  hablar. 

1  Really  not  Pres.  Part.,  but  GERUND;  called  "Pres.  Part.," 
because  that  name  is  more  familiar. 


56  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

142.  The  general  meaning  of  these  forms  is  as  fol- 
lows : 


i.  H.  ra. 

To  speak  Speaking  Spoken 

I  was  speaking  •   I  have  spoken 

I  shall  speak  etc. 

I  would  speak 

IV.  V. 

I  speak  I  spoke 

I  may  speak  I  might  speak 

Speak  (thou)  I  might  speak 

I  should  speak 

143.  By  observing  the   schedule   of   §   141    (and 
those  of  §§  145  and  147)  it  will  be  seen  that  by  drop- 
ping the  termination  of  the  infinitive   and   adding 
aba  (or  ia)  we  have  the  imperfect  indicative  ;  that 
by  adding  6  to  the  infinitive  form  we  have  the  future 
indicative ;    and  by  adding  ia  to  the  infinitive  we 
have  the   conditional.     The    compound    tenses    are 
formed  by  adding  the  past  participle  to  the  varioui 
forms  of  haber.     By  changing  o  of  the  present  indie 
ative  into  e  (or  a)  we  get  present  subjunctive  ;  and 
by  changing  o  into  a  (or  e)  we  get  present  impera- 
tive.    By  changing  6  (or  i)  of  the  preterite  to  ara  or 
ase  (or  iera  or  iese)  we  get  first  and  second  imperfect 
subjunctive  ;   and  by  changing  the  6  (or  i)  into  are 
(or  iere)  we  get  the  future  subjunctive.    The  6  of  the 
future  indicative  and  the  ia  of  conditional  stand  re- 
spectively for  he,  /  have,  and  habia,  /  had. 

144.  The  following  is  a  conjugation  in  full  of  the 
verb  hablar,  to  speak: 


VBRB-FOEMS. 


57 


FIRST  CONJUGATION. 

habl-ar     hablando 

hablado1    habl-o        habl-e 

-aba 

-as             -aste 

-abas 

-a              -6 

-aba 

-amps         -amos 

-abamos 

-ais            -asteis 

-abais 

-an            -aron 

-aban 

hablar-e 

habl-e        habl-ara, 

•ase 

-as 

-es              -aras, 

-ases 

-a 

-e               -ara, 

-ase 

-emos 

-emos          -aramos, 

-asemos 

-eis 

-eis            -arais, 

-aseis 

-an 

-en              -aran 

-asen 

hablar-ia 

2                        habl-are 

-ias 

habl-a  (thou) 

-ares 

-fa 

habl-e  V. 

-are 

-iamos 



-aremos 

-iais 

hablad  (ye) 

-areis 

-ian 

hablen  VV. 

-aren 

VOCABULAEY    XII. 


el 


la 


el  anillo,  ring. 
auxilio,  help. 
correo,  post  (office). 
empleo,  place,  employment. 
estado,  state. 

extranjero,  stranger,  foreigner. 
huracan,  hurricane. 
ingenio,  mind. 
organo,  organ  (tool). 
polvo,  dust. 
silencio,  silence. 


viaje,  trip,  wyage. 
yerno,  son-in-law. 
alma  (f.),  soul. 
atencion,  attention. 
bondad,  kindness. 
escritura,  writing. 
espada,  sword. 
estima,  esteem. 
hostilidad,  hostility. 
ignorancia,  ignorance. 
inocencia,  innocence. 


1  By  prefixing  the  various  forms  of  haber  we  get  compound 
lenses  of  hablar.     For  conjugation  of  haber  see  §  158. 

2  Other  forms,  if  needed,  are  taken  from  present  subjunctive. 
All  forms  taken  from  subjunctive  when  used  negatively  :  no 
hables,  etc. 


58 


PBACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


la  masa,  mass,  rank. 

nube,  cloud. 

presencia,  presence. 

prudencia,  prudence. 

pureza,  purity. 

rectitud,  rectitude. 
acompaiiar,  to  accompany. 
aconsejar,  to  advise. 
alzar  (se),  to  raise  (itself). 
anoclie,  last  night. 
apenas,  scarcely. 
aprobar,  to  approve. 
asegurar,  to  assure. 
aun,  even. 
bello,  beautiful. 
buscar,  to  look  for. 
casi,  almost. 
cuando,  when,  if. 
cultivar,  to  cultivate. 
desconfiar  (de),  to  distrust. 
diga  V.,  tell. 
Dios  quiera,  God  grant. 
durable,  durable. 
durar,  to  last. 
empezar,  to  begin. 
encontrar,  to  meet. 
floreciente,  flourishing. 
fundado,  founded. 


furioso,  furious. 

gustar,  to  please. 

hacer,  to  make,  do, 

hasta,  until. 
Jose,  Joseph, 
levantar,  to  raise. 
llevar,  to  carry,  to  raise. 

lograr,  to  succeed,  hit  upon. 
maduramente,  maturely. 
mientras  mas,  the  more. 
necesitar,  to  need. 
obrar,  to  work,  act. 
pelear,  to  fight. 
presentar,  to  present. 
prestar,  to  lend. 
procurado,  procured. 
prometer,  to  promise. 
recibir,  to  receive. 
reir,  to  laugh. 
regalar,  to  present. 
remediar,  to  remedy. 
salir,  to  go  out. 
sin,  witliout. 
sino,  except. 
texner,  to  fear. 
tratar,  to  try. 
unido  (-a),  united. 
vivir,  to  live. 


EXERCISE  XII. 

1.  Mi  hermano  acompana  a  mi  padre  en  sus  viajes. 
2.  Los  Arabes  no  peleaban  como  los  Bomanos,  en 
masas  compactas.  3.  Apenas  empezaron  las  hos- 
tilidades,  se  alzo  un  furioso  huracan  que  Ievant6 
grandes  nubes  de  polvo.  4.  El  piensa  (thinks)  que 
V.  le  regalara  el  libro  y  no  el  reloj.  5.  No,  el  pen- 
saba  que  (yo)  se  lo  presentaria,  pero  no  puedo 


VERB-FOKMS.  59 

hacerlo.  6.  Llevando  mi  yerno  una  espada  muy 
larga,  todos  se  reian  de  el.  7.  Ha  hablado  V.  a  su 
yerno  ?  Le  he  hablado,,  y  quiero  hablarle  otra  vez. 
8.  He  de  esperar  (esperare)  hasta  que  hable  del 
asunto.  9.  (a)  Acompana  a  tu  hermana  :  no  acorn- 
panes  a  tus  amigos  esta  tarde.  (b)  Acompane  V.  a 
su  hermana  ;  no  acorn  pane  V.  a  sus  amigos  esta  tarde. 
10.  Su  hermana  de  V.  busco  el  anillo  anoche,  pero"  no 
lo  hallo.  11.  Aun  cuando  tratara  (or  tratase)  de  re- 
inediar  el  mal,  no  podria  lograrlo.  12.  Mi  padre 
desea  que  estudie  la  lengua  espanola,  y  a  mi  me 
gusta  estudiarla.  13.  <;  Aprobaba  V.  que  esos  mucha- 
chos  me  hablasen  asi,  en  su  presencia?  14.  Su  padre 
de  Y.  me  ha  dicho  que  si  V.  estudiare  bien,  le  dara  a 
V.  un  bonito  reloj.  15.  He  visto  a  mi  padre  ;  el 
deseaba  que  yo  lie  vase  esta  carta  al  correo.  16.  Pro- 
metio  darme  el  dinero  que  yo  necesitara  (necesitase). 
17.  <i  Sin  el  auxilio  de  la  escritura,  organo  de  todas 
las  ciencias,  que  hubiera  (1st  imperf.  subj.  of  haber) 
en  el  mundo  sino  ignorancia  ? 

THEME  XII. 

1.  I  speak  to  men  of  my  country.  2.  Mr.  Valdes 
has  procured  an  excellent  place  for  a  son  of  Mrs.  de 
Legarra.  3.  The  physician  advised  me  not  to  go  out 
(saliese)  yesterday.  4.  Tell1  Mr.  Joseph  Mor  de  Fuen- 
tes,  when  you  shall  meet  him,  that  I  wish  to  write  to 
his  son,  but  I  don't  know  where  he  lives.  5.  My 
friend's  teacher  has  assured  me  that  if  my  friend  is 
diligent  and  studies  with  attention,  he  will  not  find 
Spanish  very  difficult.  6.  I  would  esteem  Mr.  B.  if 
he  loved  his  wife  more,  if  he  treated  her  with  more 
attention  and  kindness,  and  if  he  loved  himself  a 


60  PKACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

little  less.  7.  He  promised  to  lend  me  all  the  books 
that  he  should  buy.  8.  Speak  more  softly,  and  let  us 
study  with  more  attention.  9.  A  state  is  not  nourish- 
ing but  by  the  purity  of  its  laws.  10.  Esteem  is 
durable  only  when  it  is  founded  on  virtue.  11.  To 
speak  little,  to  observe  much,  to  think  maturely,  and 
act  prudently,  are  almost  certain  proofs  of  innocence 
of  soul,  rectitude  of  mind,  and  purity  of  manners. 
12.  The  more  foreigners  cultivate  the  Spanish  lan- 
guage, the  more  beautiful  they  find  it.  13.  Silence 
is  the  safest  [part]  for  him  who  distrusts  himself. 
14.  God  grant  that  the  war  may  not  last  long. 


LESSON  XIII. 

SECOND   AND   THIRD    CONJUGATION. 

145.  Following  the  order  indicated  in  §  140,  and 
the  general  meaning  (allowance  being  made  for  dif- 
ferent verb)  of  §  142,  the  synopsis  of  temer  (2d  con- 
jugation) is  as  follows  : 

tem-er  temiendo        temido  tem-o  temi 

tem-ia  lie  tem-ido  tern  a  tem-iera 

temer-e  etc.  tem-e  tern  iese 

temer-ia  tem-iere 

146.  CONJUGATION  IN  FULL  OF  temer,  to  fear  : 

temer          tem-iendo    tem-ido1  tem-o          tem-i 


tem-ia 

-es 

-iste 

-ias 

-e 

-io 

-ia 

-emos 

-imos 

-lamos 

-eis 

-isteis 

iais 

-en 

-ieron 

-ian 

1  Compound  tenses  formed  with  haber  as  auxiliary. 


SECOND  AND  THIRD   CONJUGATION.  61 

temer-e  tem-a         tem-iera,        -iese 

-as  -as              -ieras,       -ieses 

-a  -a                -iera,        -iese 

emos  amos          -ieramos,  -iesemos 

eis  -ais              -ierais,      -ieseis 

-an  -an              -ieran       -iesen 

temer-ia  tem-iere 

-ias  tem-e1               -ieres 

-ia  -a  V            -iere 

-iamos  -ieremos 

-iais  tem-ed              -iereis 

-ian  tem-an  VV.       -ieren 

147.  SYNOPSIS    OF    recibir   (3d    conjugation),  to 
receive  : 

recibir  recib-iendo      recib-ido          recib-o      recib-i 

recib-ia  he  recibido      recib  a      recib-iera 

recibir-e  etc.            recib-e      recib-iese 

recibir-ia  recib  iere 

148.  CONJUGATION  IN  FULL  OF  recibir,  to  receive  : 
recib-ir    recib-iendo  recib-ido  recib-o       recib-i 

recib-ia  -es             -iste 

-ias  -« 

-ia  -imos 

-lamos  -is             -isteis 

-iais  -en            -ieron 
ian 


recibir  e 

recib-a     recib-iera,        -iese 

-as 

-as 

-ieras,      -ieses 

a 

-a 

-iera,        -iese 

-emos 

-amos 

-ieramos,  -iesemos 

-eis 

-ais 

-ierais,     -ieseis 

-an 

-an 

-ieran,      -iesen 

recibir-ia 



recib-iere 

-ias 

recib-e 

-ieres 

-ia 

-aV. 

-iere 

-famos 



-ieremos 

-iais 

recib-id 

-iereis 

-ian 

-an  VV.      -ieren 

1  See  note  to  imperative  mood,  §  144. 


62 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


VOCABULARY  XIII. 


el  cafe,  coffee. 

campo,  country :,  field. 

ejercicio,  exei'tise. 

juego,  game. 
la  destreza,  dexterity. 

dificultad,  difficulty. 

empresa,  undertaking. 

pasion,  passion. 

pistola,  pistol. 

recompensa,  recompense. 

venta,  sale. 
abrir,  to  open. 
ambiguo,  ambiguous. 
arreglar,  to  put  in  order. 
atacar,  to  attack. 
aumentar,  to  augment. 
beber,  to  drink. 
combatir,  to  combat. 
comer,  to  eat. 
consistir,  to  consist. 
con  tal  que,  provided  that. 
decaer,  to  diminish. 
descubrir,  to  discover. 
desistir,  to  desist. 
despues  (de),  after. 


EXERCISE  XIII. 

1.  El  pobre  Felipe  perdio  todo  su  dinero  en  aquella 
especulacion.  2.  Los  Eomanos  vencieron  a  todas  las 
naciones  del  mundo.  3.  Cuando  viviamos  en  el 
campo  estudiabamoe  mucho.  4.  Me  retire  reflec- 
sionando  en  estas  palabras,  que  no  eran  ambiguas. 
5.  Hoy  recibiremos  todo  el  cafe  que  necesitamos  6  yo 
bebere  agua.  6.  Tome  V.  un  coche,  si  V.  no  quiere 
ir  a  pie  esta  manana.  7.  No  me  habl&  V,  de  ese 


enfadar,  to  vex. 
ensenar,  to  teach. 
enviar,  to  send. 
esconder,  to  hide. 
interrumpir,  to  interrupt. 
largo  (a),  long,  large. 
llamar,  to  call. 
mas  vale,  it  is  better. 
menester,  necessary. 
mentir,  to  lie. 
olvidar,  to  forget. 
parecer,  to  seem. 
pasar,  to  pass. 
perder,  to  lose. 
prescribir,  to  prescribe. 
reflexionar,  to  reflect. 
renir,  to  scold. 
retirar,  to  withdraw. 
saber,  to  know. 
suplicar,  to  beg. 
tomar,  to  take. 
vehementemente,  with  force. 
veneer,  to  conquer. 


SECOND   AND   THIKD   CONJUGATION.  63 

asunto,  estoy  enfadado  con  V.  8.  El  maestro  desea 
mucho  que  aprendamos  la  lengua  espanola.  9.  Era 
menester  qne  gastasemos  mucho  dinero  para  arreglar 
la  casa.  10.  Mi  maestro  queria  que  yo  aprendiese 
una  leccion  mas  larga.  11.  Colon  prometio  una 
recompensa  al  primero  que  descubriera  la  tierra. 

12.  Yo  aprenderia  el  frances,  si  V.  me  lo  ensenara. 

13.  No  olvidaremos  nada  de  lo  que  la  amistad  pre- 
scribiere.     14.  Si  encontrare  V.  a  su  padre  manana, 
no  olvide  lo  que  le  he  dicho.     15.  Vengo  (/  come)  a 
ver  si   ha  llegado   de   la  Habana   el   senor  Alvarez. 
16.  La  dificultad  consiste  en  saber  donde  hallar  al 
senor  Komero.     17.  <;  Que  hora  es?     No  puedo  decir- 
selo,  porque  no  lo  se.     18.  Temiendo  (el)  que  le  ata- 
casen  llevo  sus  pistolas,  or,  For  temer  (el)  que  le  ata- 
casen  llevo  sus  pistolas. 

THEME  XIII. 

1.  He  allowed  his  children  games  of  exercise  and 
dexterity.  2.  I  bought  yesterday  two  dozen (s)  (of) 
pears,  and  we  have  eaten  them  already.  3.  Speak 
more  softly;  you  have  already  interrupted  me  twice. 
4.  Open  the  door  for  my  father  ;  he  has  already 
knocked  three  times.  5.  I  fear  that  my  father  and 
mother  may  not  receive  your  letter.  6.  Although  he 
might  read  much,  he  would  learn  but  little.  7.  If  he 
should  pass  (by  here),  I  would  call  him.  8.  You  aug- 
ment your  fortune,  and  mine  diminishes  from  day  to 
day.  9.  We  shall  hide  him  in  order  that  the  soldiers 
may  not  discover  him.  10.  We  shall  live  happy  after 
combating  our  passions.  11.  You  know  [how]  to  lie; 
it  is  better  to  tell  the  truth,  12,  Do  you  wish  that 


64  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

I  (may)  open  the  door?  Yes;  but  do  not  scold.1 
13.  He  would  permit  the  sale,  provided  you  would 
receive  the  money.  14.  He  begged  him  with  force 
that  he  would  desist  from  that  undertaking.  15.  You 
will  send  what  shall  seem  (seems,  parezca)  best  to  you. 


LESSON  XIV. 

EUPHONIC   CHANGES  IN   REGULAR  VERBS. 

149.  All  verbs  ending  in  car,  gar,  or  zar  always 
change  c,  g,  and  z  into  qu,  gu,  and  c,  respectively,  be- 
fore  e   (this   occurs   in   the  first  person  singular  of 
the  preterite  indicative  ;   in  the  present  subjunctive 
throughout ;  and  in  subjunctive  used  as  imperative); 
and  verbs  in  guar  take  diaeresis  before  e  (in  same  po- 
sition): as,  tocar,  to  touch;  pagar,  to  pay ;   avanzar, 
to  advance  ;  aguar,  to  mix  with  water. 

INFINITIVE,         tocar  pagar  avanzar  aguar 

PRETERITE,         toque  pague  avance  ague 

PRES.  SUBJ.,       toque  pague  avance  agile 

SUBJ.  FOR  IMP.,  toque  pague  avance  agile 

150.  When  the  c  of  verbs  ending  in  cer  or  cir  is 
preceded  by  a  consonant  and  would  be  followed  by 
a  or  o,  it  is  changed  into  z ;  but  if  a  vowel 2  precedes 
c,  z  is  inserted  before  it  (c)  in  like  positions;   this 
occurs  in  first  person  singular,  present  indicative  ;  in 
present  subjunctive  throughout,  and  in  subjunctive 

1  Renir,  see  pedir,  §  204. 

2  For  cocer  and  hacer  and  their  compounds,  see  §§  189,  190. 


EUPHONIC   CHANGES   IN   REGULAR   VERBS.        65 

used  for  imperative  :  as,  veneer,  to  conquer  ;  resarcir, 
to  compensate  ;  ofrecer,  to  offer  ;  relucir,  to  glitter. 

INFINITIVE,        veneer  resarcir  ofrecer  relucir 

PBES.  IND.,         venzo  resarzo  ofrezco  reluzco 

PRES.  SUB.,        venza  resarza  ofrezca  reluzca 

SUB.  FOB  IMP.,  venza  resarza  ofrezca  reluzca 

EXCEPTIONS  :  empecer  (offend)  and  mecer  (stir) 
follow  rule  for  cer  preceded  by  consonant. 

151.  Verbs  ending  in  ger  or  gir  change  g  into  j 
before  a  or  o  ;  those  ending  in  guir  drop  u  before  a  or 
o;  and  those  ending  in  quir  also  change  qu  to  c  before 
a  or  o. 

This  applies  to  same  moods,  etc.,  as  in  §  150  :  as, 
escoger,  to  choosey  escojo,  etc.;  dirigir,  to  direct,  dirijo, 
etc. ;  distinguir,  to  distinguish,  distingo,  etc. ;  delin- 
quir,  to  transgress,  delinco,  etc. 

152.  Verbs  having  the  double  consonants  ch,  11,  or 
fi  just  before  the    infinitive    ending,   regularly  lose 
i  of  the  diphthong  ie  and  io  when  they  would  occur 
in  conjugation  (which  would  be  in  pres.  part.;  third 
sing,  and  plur.  of  pret.  ind. ;  imperfects  and  future 
subj.) :  as,  bullir  (to  boil),  bullendo,  etc. 

153.  The  i  of  accented  1  verbal  terminations,  when 
following  a  vowel,  is  changed  to  y:  as,  cre-er,  to  be- 
lieve, creyendo,  crey6,  cre-yera,  etc.;   caer,  to  fall,  ca- 
yendo,  ca-y6,  cayese,  etc. ;  destruir,  to  destroy,  destru- 
yendo,   destruy6,   destruyera,  etc.     And  those  verbs 
ending  in  uir  change  i  to  y1  before  a,  e,  o :  as,  atri- 
buir,  to  attribute,  atribuyo,  atribuyes,  etc. 

1  But  not  when  the  graphic  accent  is  on  the  i,  hence  not  in 
the  imperfect  indicative  :  as,  leia,  etc.,  from  leer,  to  read. 


66 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


VOCABULARY  XIV. 


el  aprieto,  difficulty. 

beneficio,  benefit,  favor. 

camino,  way,  road. 

heno,  hay. 

importe,  amount. 

jabali,  wild  boar. 

medio,  means. 
,  memorial,  memorandum. 

piano,  piano. 

retrato,  portrait. 

rigor,  rigor. 
la  compania,  company. 

deuda,  debt. 

factura,  invoice. 

fatiga,  fatigue. 

naranja,  orange. 

paja,  straw. 

red,  net. 

tranquilidad,  tranquillity. 
acabar,  to  finish. 
acoger,  to  receive. 
aguar,  to  mix  with  water. 
alegrar,  to  please.  \tage. 

aprovechar  (se),  to  take  advan- 
atentamente,  attentively. 
avanzar,  to  advance. 
cargar,  to  charge. 
cazar,  to  hunt,  chase. 
coger,  to  catch. 
comprender,  to  comprehend. 
consentir  (en),  to  consent. 


creer,  to  believe. 
dejar,  to  let,  allow. 
delinquir,  to  transgress. 
dirigir,  to  direct. 
distinguir,  to  distinguish. 
empecer,  to  offend. 
escoger,  to  choose. 
esparcir,  to  scatter. 
frecuentar,  to  frequent. 
gozar,  to  enjoy. 
hacia,  towards. 
honrar,  to  honor. 
huir,  to  escape,  fly. 
instruir,  to  instruct. 
llegar,  to  arrive. 
matar,  to  kill. 
mecer,  to  agitate. 
merecer,  to  merit. 
pagar,  to  pay. 
partir,  to  depart. 
posible,  possible. 
preciso,  necessary. 
preguntar,  to  ask. 
preparar,  to  prepare. 
producir,  to  produce, 
proteger,  to  protect. 
robar,  to  rob. 
seguir,  to  follow. 
sufrir,  to  suffer. 
tocar,  to  touch,  play. 


EXERCISE  XIV. 

1.  Expliquemos  eso,  porque  el  desea  comprender] o. 
2.  Cargueme  V.  el  importe  de  esta  factura,  no  teugo 


EUPHONIC   CHANGES   Itf   REGULAR   VERBS.        67 

el  dinero.  3.  Hablenos  V.  de  su  viaje ;  le  escucha- 
remos  a  V.  con  atencion.  4.  Si  V.  frecuenta  a  la 
gente  honrada  V.  sera  honrado.  5.  El  creera  hon- 
rarle  a  V.  acogiendole  como  V.  lo  merezca.  6.  No 
he  aprendido  a  servirme  bien  de  las  redes,  y  no  cojo 
muchos  pajaros.  7.  No  protejo  a  los  holgazanes. 
8.  Cuando  uno  ha  vivido  como  hombre  honrado,  goza 
una  verdadera  tranquilidad.  9.  ;  Que  delinca  !  si 
quiere  ser  castigado  con  rigor.  10.  Mientras  qne  es- 
parzo  este  heno,  61  esparcira  la  paja  para  V.  11.  El 
padre  del  muchacho  no  cree  que  llegue  esta  manana. 
12.  Si  es  verdad  que  su  padre  llegue  (or  llega)  manana, 
sera  menester  prepararle  un  cuarto.  13.  El  se  apro- 
vecha  del  consejo  de  su  padre,  y  huye  de  la  mala 
compania.  14.  Mandeme  V.  su  memorial,  lo  leere 
atentamente.  15.  Es  preciso  que  yo  pregunte  por 
los  ninos.  16.  Despues  de  haber  seguido  su  camino 
hacia  Paris,  tomo  el  de  Leon. 

THEME  XIV. 

1.  I  played  the  piano  a  little  to  please  (gladden) 
the  ladies.  2.  He  does  not  pay  his  debts  ;  he  wishes 
that  others  may  pay  them.  3.  You  are  looking  for 
your  brother,  but  you  will  not  find  him.  4.  I  fear  that 
we  may  not  arrive  in  time  for  dinner.  5.  I  wish  that 
you  conquer  your  enemies  by  your  favors.  6.  I  shall 
not  consent  to  allow  you  to  depart  if  you  do  not  take 
something.  7.  I  do  not  know  when  I  shall  finish  the 
portrait  of  your  child.  8.  I  do  not  think  that  Por- 
tugal produces  the  best  oranges.  9.  Send  me  your 
son  if  you  wish  that  I  instruct  (sufij.)  him.  10.  I 
choose  this  coat,  which  seems  to  me  the  best  of  all. 


68  PRACTICAL  SPAKISH   GRAMMAR. 

11.  It  is  possible  that  the  letters  may  come  to-day. 

12.  Don  Juan  Morales  of  Madrid  is  the  best  man  that 
I  know.     13.  It  is  necessary  that  you  seek  the  means 
of  getting  out  of  the  difficulty.     14.  I  chased  a  wild 
boar  yesterday,  and  suffered  great  fatigue.     15.  After 
having  robbed  his  master,  he  killed  him.     16.  I  ar- 
rived in  London  in  the  year  1873. 


LESSON  XV. 

THE  COMPOUND  TENSES  AND  haber,  to  have. 

154.  Except  in  the  passive  voice,  the  compound 
tenses  of  all  verbs  are  formed  with  haber,1  to  have: 
as,  ha  aprendido,  he  has  learned ;  ha  llegado,  lie  has 
(is)  come. 

155.  (a)  When  the  auxiliary  to  have  (or  to  be,  in 
the  sense  of  is  to,  must)  precedes  an  infinitive,  it  is 
rendered  by  haber  de  or  tener  que,  deber  or  deber  de : 
as,  he  de  decirle,  tengo   que   decirle.     (#)  When  to 
have  is  not  an  auxiliary,  it  is  rendered  by  tener  :   as, 
tengo  una  pluma,  tengo  la  satisfaccion  de  verla, 

(c)  Kote  following  sentence  :  este  hecho  bubo  de  comprometer 
el  exito  de  la  expedition,  this  fact  was  on  the  point  of,  etc. 
(d)  Haber  in  compounds  of  present  tense  is  better  not  sepa- 
rated from  the  participle  :  Ha  recibido  V.?  (not  ha  V.  recibido  ?). 
But  this  is  allowable  in  2d  siog.  and  1st  and  2d  persons  plural : 
as,  babels  ido  vosotros  1  or  babeis  vosotros  ido  ? 

156.  (a)  Haber2  is   used   impersonally   (3d  person 
sing.)  and  means  there  is,  there  are,  there  were,  etc. : 

1  See  §  234  (c). 

2  So  used  it  takes  que  with  following  infinitive  :    as,  no  hay 
que  temer,  there  is  nothing  to  fear. 


THE  COMPOUND  TENSES  AND  haber,  to  have.    69 

as,  hay  grandes  autores  en  Espaiia.  (b)  Haber  (used 
impersonally)  often  means  since,  ago,  how  far,  etc. : 
as,  hay  cinco  aiios  que  muri6  (died),  cu&nto  hay  de 
aqui  £  la  ciudad?  (c)  Haber  (used  impersonally) 
often  denotes  a  state  which  continues  :  as,  hay  dos 
anos  que  est£  malo. 

157.  SYNOPSIS  OF  haber,  to  have  (irregular  verb): 
haber        hab-iendo1        hab-ido  he  hub  e 

habia  he  habido       haya        hub  iera 

habre  etc.  hub  iese 

habr-ia  hub  iere 

158.  haber  hab  iendo     hab  ido  he      hube 
hab  ia  Comp'd  of  Pres.2  he  habido  has  -iste 

-ias       "       Imp  habia  habido  ha  -o 

-ia        "      Pret  hub  e  habido  hemos       -imos 
-famos  "       Fut.  habr  e  habido  habeis       -isteis 
-lais      "  Cond.  habr  ia  habido  han  -ieron 

-ian      "  Prs.  Sb.  hay  a  habido 

C'p'd  of  1.  Imp.  hub  iera  habido  hay -a  hub  iera,       -iese 
habr-e      "  2.  Imp.        -iese  habido         -as      -ieras,     -ieses 
-as    "  Ft.  Sub.       -iere  habido         -a       -iera,       -iese 
-a  -amos  -ieramos,  iesemos 

-emoa  -ais      -ierais,      ieseis 

-eia  -an      -ieran.       iesen 

-an 

habr  ia  (See  note  3.)       hub  iere 

-ias  -ieres 

-ia  -iere 

-famos  -ieremos 

-fais  iereis 

-ian  -ieren 

1  Used  occasionally  with  past  pan.  of  otner  verbs  :  as,  ha- 
biendo  escrito,  having  written. 

8  These  compound  tenses  are  found  in  all  verbs,  and  each 
one  is  developed  through  different  persons  and  numbers  of 
haber. 

3  Imperative  wanting,  although  habe  and  habed  are  some- 
times given. 


70  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

159.  Haber1  conjugated    as    impersonal  verb  (3d 
sing.): 

hab-er      hab  iendo  hab-ido  hay2        hubo 

hab-ia  Comp.  of  Pres.  Ind.  ha  habido       haya       nub  iera 
habr-a        "  Imp.  habia  habido       haya       hub  iese 

habr-ia      "  Pret.  hubo  habido  hub-iere 

"  Fut  habra  habido 

"          Cond.  habria  habido 
"     Pres.  Sub.  haya  habido 
Comp'd  of  1.  Imp  Sub.  hubiera  habido 
44         2.  Imp.  Sub.  hubiese  habido 
44  Fut,  Sub.  hubiere  habido 

VOCABULARY  XV. 

B!  amo,  master.  abandonar,  to  abandon 

exito,  result.  breve,  short,  brief 

general,  general.  comprometer,  to  compromise. 

gobierno,  government.  concluir,  to  finish. 

influjo,  influence.  considerar,  to  consider. 

modo,  mode,  manner.  deber,  to  be  obliged. 

piloto,  pilot.  despedir,  to  dismiss. 

pleito,  dispute,  lawsuit  entregar,  to  abandon  (to). 

sustento,  sustenance.  f altar,  to  fail. 

trigo,  wheat.  gris,  gray. 

la  armonia,  harmony.  heredar,  to  inherit. 

carestia,  famine.  infeliz,  unhappy. 

cosecha,  harvest.  informar,  to  inform. 

enfermedad,  disease.  nadar,  to  swim. 

(el)  hambre  (f.),  hunger.  podido  (poder),  been  able. 

noticia,  news.  pronto,  soon. 

paz,  peace  saciar,  to  satisfy. 

riqueza,  wealth.  trocar,  to  exchange. 

1  It  will   be   noticed  that   haber  used  impersonally  is  the 
same  as  third  person  of  haber   used  personally,  except  in 
the  present  indicative  and  imperative. 

2  Hay  =  ha  with  Latin  ibi  ii  =  y,  there. 


THE  COMPOUND  TENSES  AND  haber,  to  have.    71 

EXERCISE  XVC 

1.  V.  tiene  el  mismo  modo  de  ver  que  yo.  2.  Hace1 
diez  anos  y  seis  meses  que  esta  en  Inglaterra.  3.  Ha 
habido  una  gran  batalla  en  el  sud  de  Africa. 
4.  £  Cuando  habra  acabado  V.  su  leccion  ?  La  habre 
acabado  en  una  hora.  5.  ^  Quien  ha  heredado 
la  fortuna  del  general?  No  ha  dejado  ninguna. 
6.  <;  Habia  hablado  V.  a  este  hombre?  Yo  le  habia 
hablado  dos  6  tres  veces.  7.  He  de  hacerme  un  ves- 
tido  del  pafio  gris  6  negro.  8.  Aun  cuando  hubiera 
(or  hubiese)  mayor  armonia  entre  los  hombres,habria 
siempre  pleitos.  9.  Trueca  (lie  exchanges}  los  breves 
males  con  (or  por)  los  que  han  de  durar  para  siempre. 
10.  El  ha  de  saber  que  su  padre  esta  malo ;  le  in- 
formare.  11.  El  caballo  esta  en  campo,  donde  no  le 
hade  faltar  el  sustento.  12.  <iQue  hay  que  hacer? 
Que  habia  de  hacer  yo  ?  13.  Tal  fue  (was)  su  con- 
ducta,  que  hube  de  despedirle  de  mi  servicio.  14.  Si 
las  riquezas  hubieran  (or  hubiesen)  podido  saciar- 
me,  las  habria  amado.  15.  Si  hay  (or  hubiere)  noti- 
cias  de  nuestro  pais,  escribame  V.  16.  Envieme  V. 
los  libros  que  haya  (or  hubiere)  en  mi  cuarto. 
17.  Cuando  hubiere  concluido  su  retrato  de  V.  se 
lo  llevare  a  V. 

THEME  XV. 

1.  Although  he  has  been  ill  some  time  (it  is  some 
time  that  he  is  ill),  he  is  not  an  infirm  man.  2.  Shall 
you  have  finished  your  work  this  evening?  3.  I  have 
to  make  soon  a  long  voyage  on  the  ocean  (por  la  mar). 
4.  Even  though  there  were  peace,  there  would  always 

1  From  hacer  used  as  haber,  see  §  156  (c). 


72  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

be  laws  and  governments.  5.  Eiches  and  poverty 
have  a  great  influence  over  men.  6.  If  there  were 
(should  have)  less  idlers,  there  would  be  less  unhappi- 
ness.  7.  If  I  must  (he  de)  make  you  a  faithful  pict- 
ure of  my  master,  I  must  tell  you,  etc.  8.  Consider- 
ing that  hunger  had  to  produce  its  effect,  I  abandoned 
myself  to  my  lot.  9.  We  are  to  work  this  morning, 
and  we  are  to  read  this  evening.  10.  The  pilot 
knows  very  well  what  is  to  be  done.  11.  My  brother 
and  my  cousin  learned  to  swim  long  ago.  12.  If 
there  had  been  a  good  harvest  of  wheat,  there  would 
not  have  been  a  famine.  13.  If  you  had  arrived 
sooner  you  would  have  dined  with  us.  14.  If  there 
is  (or  shall  be)  disease  in  the  ship,  abandon  it. 
15.  Send  me  the  letters  that  there  are  (or  there  may 
be)  in  my  trunk.  16.  When  I  shall  have  finished  my 
letter,  I  shall  take  it  to  the  post. 


LESSON  XVI. 
PASSIVE  VOICE/  ser  AND  estar  (see  §  73). 

160.  The  proper  passive  voice  of  a  verb  in  Spanish 
is  found  by  joining  its  past  participle  (which  must 
agree  with  its  subject  in  gender  and  number)  to  the 
auxiliary  ser  :2  Esta  senora  es  amada  y  estimada  de 
todos  los  que  la  conocen. 

1  For  the  reflexive  verb  used  as  a  passive,  see  §  170. 

2  SYNOPSIS  OF  ser  alabado  : 

ser  alabado  (a)     siendo  alabado  (a)     (sido)  alabado  (-a) 
era  alabado  COMP  OF  PRES.  IND. 

ser  e  alabado  he  sido  alabado  (-a) 

ser  fa  alabado  has  sido  alabado 

ha  sido  alabado 


PASSIVE  VOICE,,  ser  AHD  estar. 


73 


161.  When  the  verb  expresses  what  is  accidental  or 
temporary,  its  past  participle  (which  is  considered 
as  an  adjective  and  must  agree  with  the  subject  in 
gender  and  number)  is  joined  to  the  verb  estar  (some- 
times even  to  andar,  ir,  quedar,  etc.):   as,  est&  sen- 
tado,  lie  is  seated  ;  como  muchas  veces  queda  referido. 

162.  Estar  (never  ser)  is  used  with  the  present 
participle  for  the  progressive  active   form  :    as,  mi 
padre  est£  leyendo  (reading)  en  su  cuarto;    estuvo 
(he  luas)  jugando  (playing)  todo  el  dia. 

163.  With  passive  verbs  ly,  denoting  agency,  is  gen- 
erally expressed  by  por ;  but  when  the  verb  expresses 
an  intransitive  action  or  feeling,  de  is  generally  used  : 
as,  los  ladrones  son  perseguidos  (pursued)  por  el  al- 
guacil,  but  una  tempestad  segnida  de  calma ;    la  sabi- 
duria  es  alabada  de  (or  por)  todos. 

164.  SYNOPSIS  OF  ser: 


ser             siendo             sido 

soy 

fill 

era                                  he  sido 

sea 

fu-era 

ser-e                                 etc. 

se 

fu-ese 

ser-ia 

fu-ere 

165.  CONJUGATION  OF  ser  : 

ser               siendo               sido 

soy 

fui 

era        comp.  of  Pres.  ind.  he  sido 

eres 

fuiste 

eras                                has  sido 

es 

fue 

era                                   ha  sido 

somos 

fuimos 

eramos                       hemos  sido 

sois 

fuisteis 

erais                          habeis  sido 

son 

fueron 

eran                               han  sido 

soy  alabado  (-a) 
sea  alabado 
se    alabado 


hemos  sido  alabado 
habeis  sido  alabado 
han  sido  alabado 
fui  alabado  (-a) 
fuera  alabado 
fuese  alabado 
fuere  alabado 


74 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


-las       sido  seas  -eras,       -eses 

-ia        sido  sea  -era,         -ese 

-iamos  sido  seamos  -eramos,  -esemos 

-iais     sido  seais  -erais,      -eseis 

-ian      sido  seau  -eran,      -esen 


etc. 


ser-e   Comp.  of  imp.  ind.  hab-ia        sido      sea      fu-era,        -ese 
-as 
-a 

-emos 
-eis 
-an 

ser-ia 
-ias 
-ia 

-iamos 
-iais 
-ian 

166.  SYNOPSIS  OF  estar  : 
est-ar          estando  estado 

est-aba  he  estado 

estar-e  etc. 

estar-ia 


fu-ere 

se  -eres 

sea  V.      -ere 

-eremos 

sed          -ereis 
scan  VV.  -eren 


estoy 

este 
esta 


estuve 
estuv-iera 
estuv-iese 
estuv-iere 


167.  CONJUGATION  OF 

estar        est-ando        estado 


est-aba 
-abas 
-aba 
-abamos 
-abais 
-aban 

estar-e 
-as 
-a 

•emos 
-eis 
-an 

estar-ia 
-ias 
-ia 

-iamos 
-iais 
-ian 


he  estado 

has  estado 

ha  estado 

hemos  estado 

habeis  estado 

han  estado 

etc. 


estar  : 

estoy        estuve 
-as 
-a 

-amos 

-ais 

-an 


-iste 

-o 

-imos 

-isteis 
-ieron 


este  estuv-iera,        -iese 
-es  -ieras,       -iese? 

-e  -iera,        -iese 

-emos  -ieramos,  -iesemos 

-eis  -ierais,      -ieseis 

-en  -ieran,      -iesen 

-  estuv-iere 
esta  (be  thou)   -ieres 
este  V.  -iere 

-  -ieremos 
estad  -iereis 
esten  VV.         -ieren 


PASSIVE  VOICE,  ser  ASTD  estar. 


75 


VOCABULAKY   XVI. 


el  baile,  ball  (party). 

banquero,  banker. 

comercio,  commerce. 

convite,  invitation. 

derecho,  right. 

diputado,  deputy. 

duerio,  owner. 

espacio,  (space)  time. 

fruto,  fruit  (on  tree). 

ladron,  robber. 

periodico,  newspaper. 

rayo,  flash  (of  lightning). 

reino,  kingdom. 
la  ambicion,  ambition. 

colocacion,  situation. 

condicion,  condition. 

desigualdad,  inequality. 

igualdad,  equality. 

infancia,  childhood. 

levita,  frock-coat. 

licencia,  license. 

mar,  sea. 

muerte,  death. 

prosperidad,  prosperity. 

revolution,  revolution. 

tempestad,  storm. 
abrigar,  to  shelter. 
aceptar,  to  accept. 
agitar,  to  agitate. 
agrio,  sour. 
alabar,  to  praise. 


alii,  there. 
alto,  high. 
casar,  to  marry. 
colmar,  to  overwhelm. 
comprobar,  to  prove. 
conquistar,  to  conquer. 
convidar,  to  invite. 
desgraciado,  unfortunate. 
desmayado,  fainted. 
desordenado,  lawless. 
docil,  tractable. 
elegir,  to  elect. 
favorecido,  favored. 
incendiar,  to  set  fire  to. 
ir,  to  go. 

presente,  present. 
prevenir,  to  inform. 
prodigo,  prodigal. 
quedar,  to  remain. 
referir,  to  report. 
remendar,  to  mend. 
representar,  to  represent. 
reprimir,  to  repress. 
restablecer,  to  re-establish. 
saludable,  salutary. 
satisfecho,  satisfied. 
sosegado,  quiet. 
suceder,  to  happen. 
supuesto,  granted. 
temprano,  early. 


EXEECISE   XVI. 

1.  Las  ciencias  han  sido  siempre  favorecidas  por  los 
buenos  gobiernos.  2.  No  engafiamos  a  nadie,  pero 
somos  engafiados  muy  a  menudo.  3.  La  licencia  fue 


76  PRACTICAL  SPAKISH   GRAMMAR. 

reprimida  y  la  paz  restablecida  eu  el  pais.  4.  Estoy 
seguro  que  la  carta  no  ha  sido  escrita  (written)  por  el. 
5.  Ha  quedado  (it  has  been)  comprobado  que  eso  no 
es  verdad.  6.  Si  yo  hubiera  (or  hubiese)  sido  convi- 
dado  al  baile  habria  aceptado  el  convite.  7.  Esta 
carta  es  para  V.,  la  hacienda  es  de  ella  (hers),  pero  el 
dinero  es  mio.  8.  gu  hermano  de  V.  esta  aqui  ;  que 
esta  haciendo  ?  Esta  durmiendo  (sleeping).  9.  Se- 
nores,  son  hombres  valientes  los  que  alii  estan  presen- 
tes.  10.  Mi  amigo  es  casado  ;  mi  sobrino  esta  (lives) 
casado  en  Portugal.  11.  Sucediole  lo  que  queda  re- 
ferido,  pero  estaba  prevenido.  12.  Estando  el  en 
alta  mar,  un  rayo  incendio  el  buque.  13.  Donde  ha 
estado  V.  ?  He  estado  escribiendo  en  casa.  14.  La 
ambicion  desordenada  es  la  que  tantas  revoluciones 
produce.  15.  Fue  pequefio  espacio  el  en  que  estuvo 
Transila  desmayada  (Cervantes).  16.  Quiera  Dios, 
que  sus  anos  de  V.  sean  colmados  de  toda  prosperidad. 
17.  Es  temprano,  pero  mi  criado  esta  por  (in  favor 
of)  (or  para,  is  ready)  salir. 

THEME  XVI. 

1.  My  friend  has  been  elected  deputy  of  his  city. 
2.  The  estate  has  been  sold  since  the  death  of  the 
owner.  3.  These  things  were  (have  been)  selected  by 
my  brother  when  he  was  (estaba)  in  Paris.  4.  This 
comedy  has  been  played  twice  in  the  large  theatre. 
5.  The  beautiful  house  of  the  banker  will  be  sold  this 
week.  6.  This  fruit  is  sour  (by  nature),  is  sour  (by 
accident) ;  the  tree  is  tall,  the  fruit  is  high.  7.  He 
was  much  agitated,  but  he  is  much  more  quiet  now. 
8.  He  is  very  teachable,  and  is  satisfied  with  his 
situation.  9.  I  am  not  reading  the  newspaper;  I 


REFLEXIVE   VERBS   AtfD   tend.  77 

am  mending  my  coat.  10.  "Whom  are  you  seeking? 
I  am  looking  for  my  brother.  11.  This  old  house  is 
that  which  sheltered  our  childhood.  12.  "  These  are 
not  days  of  faith  in  which  we  live/'  said  Alcala  Ga- 
liano.  13.  The  fortresses  of  the  whole  kingdom  are 
conquered.  14.  Granted  the  equality  of  rights,  the 
inequality  of  conditions  has  salutary  effects.  15.  If 
I  had  not  been  so  unfortunate,  I  would  already  have 
abandoned  commerce.  16.  If  you  were  not  so  prodi- 
gal, you  would  be  richer. 


LESSON  XVII. 

REFLEXIVE   VERBS   AND   teller. 

168.  While  many  Spanish  verbs  are  used  only  re- 
flexively,  all  transitive  verbs  (having  direct  or  indirect 
object)  and  many  intransitive  ones  (indirect  object) 
may  be  used  reflexively :  as,  maravillar,  maravillarse, 
alabar  and  alabarse,  atribuir  and  atribuirse  (to  attrib- 
ute   to   him-,  her-,  itself  or  themselves),  dormir  (to 
sleep),  dormirse  (to  fall  asleep).    Yo  me  corner^  dos 
panes ;  yo  me  olvido  de  la  leccion,  or  better,  yo  olvido 
la  leccion ;  te  apropiaste  £  ti  6  para  ti  la  capa,  you 
appropriated  the  cloak  to  or  for  yourself. 

169.  (a)  For  the  position  of  subject  pronoun  see  §  155  (d ). 
(b)  For  the  form  and  position  of  the  object  pronoun  see  Les- 
son VII,  and  note  the  following  phrases    yo  me  alegro,  V  se 
ha  alegrado,  or  se  ha  alegrado  V.;    j,  se  ha  alegrado  V.?  ;    noso- 
tros  no  nos  hemos  alegrado  ;  j  no  nos  hemos  alegrado  nosotros  l. 

170.  The  reflexive1  verb,  whether  personal  or  im- 

1  Se  followed  by  other  conjunctive  pronouns,  and  third  per- 
son singular  of  the  verb,  sometimes  takes  the  place  of  reflexive 


78  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

personal,  is  often  used  for  the  passive  voice  :  as,  eso 
no  se  puede  hacer,  or  eso  no  puede  hacerse,  se  dice. 

171.  The  reflexive  verb  is  often  used  reciprocally  ; 
as,  salud£ronse  cortesmente,  they  greeted  each  other 
politely. 

172.  (a)  For  uses  of  tener,  see  §  155  (a)  and  (b).     (b)  When 
in  English  the  verb  to  be  precedes  adjectives  denoting  one's 
feelings,  physical  or  moral,  as  hungry,  cold,  afraid,  ashamed, 
etc.,  tener  is  to  be  used:  as,  tengo  sueiio,  frio,  calor,  hambre, 
sed,  razon,  miedo  y  vergiienza.     (c)  The  same  verb  is  used  in 
reference  to  one's  age  :  as,  i  Que  edad  tiene  ?     Tengo  cincuenta 
anos  de  edad.     (d)  If  a  noun  expressing  sentiment  or  duty 
comes  between  tengo  and  the  following  infinitive,  de  precedes 
the  infinitive  •  as,  tuvo  la  satisfaccion  de  verla.     (e)  What  is  the 
matter  with  you?,  etc.,  { que  tiene  V,1?,  etc      Nothing  is  the 
matter  with  me,  etc  ,  no  tengo  nada,  etc. 

173.  SYNOPSIS  OF  REFLEXIVE  VERB  alegrarse,  to 
rejoice : 

alegrarse    alegrandose    alegrado  (se)  me  alegr-o  me  alegr  e 

me  alegr-aba  me  he  alegrado  me  alegr-e  me  alegr-ara 

me  alegrar  e  etc.  alegrate  me  alegr  ase 

me  alegrar  ia  me  alegr  are 

173.  (a)  CONJUGATION  OF  REFLEXIVE  VERB  ale- 
grarse, to  rejoice : 


me  alegr-aba  alegrandose  alegrado(se)  me  alegro      me  alegr-e 

te 

-abas 

me  he  alegrado    te 

•as  te             aste 

se 

-aba 

te  has  alegrado    se 

-a    se           -6 

(V.  s 

e     -aba) 

se  ha  alegrado      etc. 

etc. 

nos 

-abamos 

etc. 

OS 

abais 

me  alegr-ara 

se 

-aban 

te           -aras 

(VV. 

se  -aban) 

se            ara 

etc.        etc, 

proper,  and  sometimes  of  the  passive  :  parece  que  se  te  ha  ido 
de  las  mientes,  it  appears  that  it  has  gone  out  of  your  mind  ;  se 
me  dice,  I  am  told. 


REFLEXIVE    VERBS   AND   tener. 


79 


174.  SYNOPSIS  OF  tener  (irregular  verb),  to  hold, 
to  have : 


ten-er 
ten-ia 
tendr-e 
tendr-ia 


ten-iendo 


ten-ido 
he  ten-ido 
etc. 


tengo 

teng-a 

ten 


tuv-e 
tuv-iera 
tuv-iese 
tuv-iere 


175.  CONJUGATION  OF  tener,  to  hold,  to  have: 


ten-er       ten  iendo 
ten-ia 

-ias 

-ia 

-iamos 

-iais 

-ian 
tendr-e 

etc. 

tendr-ia 
etc. 


ten-ido        tengo 
he  ten-ido        tienes 

tuv-e 
-iste 

etc,           tiene 

-0 

tenemos 

-imos 

teneis 

-isteis 

tienen 

-ieron 

teng-a 
etc. 

tuv-iera,  -iese 
etc. 



tuv-iere 

ten 

etc. 

tenga  V 

tened 

tengan  VV. 

VOCABULARY  XVII. 


el  cuello,  collar. 
dedo,  finger. 


motive,  reason. 
la  amistad,  friendship. 

confianza,  confidence. 

fortaleza,  fortress. 
(las)  mientes,  thoughts. 

nariz,  the  nose. 

ninerfa,  puerility. 

novedad,  news. 

perfidia,  perfidy. 

precaucion,  precaution. 

rabia,  anger. 


la  razon,  reason  (right). 

rodilla,  knee. 

sed,  thirst. 

vergiienza,  shame. 
acostar  (-se),  to  go  to  bed. 
acusar,  to  accuse. 
anunciar,  to  announce. 
apoderar  ( se),  to  get  possession. 
arrepentir  (  se),  to  repent. 
azul,  blue. 
contar,  to  relate. 
cortar  (-se),  to  cut. 
cortesmente,  politely. 
desmayar  (-se),  to  faint. 


80  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

divertir  (-se),  to  amuse.  maravillar  (-se),  to  wonder. 

equivocar,  to  mistake.  poner  (-se),  to  put  on. 

guardar,  to  keep.  quitar  (-se),  to  take  off. 

jugar,  to  play.  ridicule,  ridiculous. 

lavar,  to  wash.  saludar,  to  greet. 

limpio,  clean.  sentir  (-se),  to  feel. 
maravillar,  to  admire. 

EXERCISE  XVII. 

1.  <;  No  se  equivoca  V.  cuando  (V.)  dice  eso?  No 
me  equivoco.  2.  <i  Como  se  llama  su  amigo  de  V.?  Mi 
amigo  se  llama  Juan.  3.  <;  Se  pasea  V.  todos  los  dias  ? 
Me  paseo  cuando  el  tiempo  esta  bueno.  4.  No  se  lo 
que  tenemos,  pero  no  podemos  dormir  cuando  nos 
acostamos.  5.  No  puedo  acordarme  de  lo  que  dijo 
(said)  este  hombre.  6.  <j  Se  ban  hablado  estas  sefio- 
ras?  Oreo  que  no  se  ban  hablado.  7.  El  hijo  de 
Juan  se  esta  muriendo  (morir);  su  madre  se  desmayo. 
8.  Pongase  V.  otro  cuello ;  el  que  V.  tiene  no  esta 
limpio.  9.  Cuantos  reales  tiene  (hay  en)  un  peso  ? 
Un  peso  tiene  veinte  reales.  10.  No  tengo  tiempo 
para  jugar;  tengo  deseo  de  dormir.  11.  Y  teniendo  yo 
mas  vida,  tengo  menos  libertad  (Calderon).  12.  Que 
se  ha  de  hacer  ? — mafiana  se  vendera  la  casa.  13.  Se 
ban  tornado  las  precauciones  (or)  las  precauciones  ban 
sido  tomadas.  14.  Nos  guardabamos  amistad;  nos 
contabamos  cien  mil  ninerias.  15.  Tengo  escntas 
vanas  cartas  a  mi  madre  y  a  mi  hermana.  16.  Tie- 
nen  rabia  y  estan  acusandose  de  perfidia.  17.  Tengo 
el  ojo  malo  ;  tenemos  los  pies  malos  ;  tiene  la  rodilla 
mala. 

THEME  XVII. 

1.  What  is  your  name,  my  friend  ?  My  name  is 
Edward.  2.  Do  you  get  up  early  ?  I  get  up  at  half- 


IRREGULAR  VERBS— acertar.  81 

past  six.  3.  I  do  not  know  how  to  amuse  myself.  I 
am  not  well ;  I  shall  feel  better  to-morrow.  4.  The 
enemy  (-ies)  took  possession  of  one  of  our  fortresses. 
5.  Why  do  you  ridicule  this  man?  Because  he  is 
very  ridiculous.  6.  My  brother  will  marry  when  he 
has  (subj.)  a  good  situation.  7.  Take  off  your  hat 
in  the  room.  I  always  take  mine  off.  8.  The  boy  has 
cut  his  finger,  and  he  is  washing  his  hand.  9.  Andrew 
had  no  reason  to  (para)  repent  of  his  confidence. 
10.  I  have  the  pleasure  to  announce  the  news  to 
you.  11.  I  am  hungry  ;  he  is  ashamed  ;  we  were 
afraid  ;  they  are  sleepy.  12.  Is  anything  the  matter 
with  your  brother  ?  ~No,  nothing  is  the  matter  with 
him.  13.  He  has  a  long  nose,  blue  eyes,  and  large 
hands  and  feet.  14.  How  old  are  you  ?  I  am  twenty, 
and  my  brother  is  eighteen.  15.  This  house  has  a 
hundred  feet  of  height,  and  the  street  has  fifty  feet  of 
width.  16.  This  room  is  sixty  feet  long  and  (or  by, 
por)  sixteen  wide. 


LESSON  XVIII. 

IRRREGULAR1  VEKBS:  acertar  AND  OTHERS — 1ST  CONJ. 

176.  SYNOPSIS  OF  acertar,  to  succeed  in  guessing, 
to  hit  the  mark : 

acert-ar        acert-ando        acert-ado  aciert-o  acert-e 

acert-aba                        he  acert-ado  aciert-e  acert-ara 

acertar-e                                etc.  aciert-a  acert-ase 

acertar-ia  acert-are 

1  Plegar  (to  fold)  and  desplegar  (to  unfold)  ate  both  regular 
and  irregular  ;  atentar,  in  the  sense  of  to  attempt  a  crime  ; 
aterrar,  as  meaning  to  frighten;  atestar,  in  the  sense  of  to  wit- 
ness, are  regular  ;  so  also  profesar,  to  profess. 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


177.  CONJUGATION 

or  acertar  : 

acert-ar        acert-ando 

acert-ado        aciert-o1        acert-e 

acert-aba 

.as                -aste 

•abas 

-a                  -6 

•aba 
-abamos 

acert-amos             -amos 
-ais                -asteis 

-abais 

aciert-an               -aron 

-aban 

acertar-e 

aciert-e 

acert-ara,        -ase 

-as 

.es 

-aras,        -ases 

-a 

-e 

-ara,         -ase 

-emos 

acert-emos 

-aramos,  -as  emos 

-eis 

-eis 

-arais,      -aseis 

-an 

aciert-en 

-aran,       -asen 

acertar-ia 



acert-are 

-ias 

aciert-a 

-ares 

-ia 

•eV. 

-are 

-iamos 



-aremos 

-iais 

acert-ad 

-areis 

.fan 

aciert-en  VV 

-aren 

178.  SYNOPSIS  OF  acordar,  to  agree: 

acord-ar         acord-audo         acord-ado        acuerd-o  acord-e 

acord-aba  he  acord-ado        acuerd-e  acord-ara 

acordar-e  etc.  acuerd-a  acord-ase 

acordar-ia  acord-are 

179.  CONJUGATION  OF  acordar2: 


acord-ar  acord-ando  acord-ado 

acuerd-o     acord-e 

acord-aba             he        " 

-as            -aste 

-abas          has        " 

-a              -6 

-aba             ha        " 

acord-amos          -amos 

-abamos    hemos      " 

-ais             -asteis     ^^ 

-abais        habeis     " 

acuerd-an            -aron 

-aban           han      " 

1  Where  the  stem -syllable  is  accented,  it  changes. 
8  When  meaning  to  tune,  regular. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS— FIRST   CONJUGATION.        83 


acordar-e 
-as 
-a 

emos 
-eis 
-an 

acordar-ia 
-ias 
-ia 

-iamos 
-iais 
-ian 


acuerd-e 
-es 
-e 

acord-emos 
-eis 

acuerd-en 

acuerd-a 
-eV. 


acord-ara,  -ase 

-aras,  -ases 

-ara,  -ase 

-aramos,  -asemos 

-arais,  -aseis 

-aran,  -asen 

acord-are 
etc. 


acord-ad 
acuerd-en  VV. 


180.  SYNOPSIS  OF  andar,  to  walk: 
and-ar  and-ando  and-ado  and-o 
and-aba  lie  and-ado  and-e 

andar- e  etc.  and-a 

andar-ia 


anduv-e 
anduv-iera 

anduv-iese 
anduv-iere 


181.  CONJUGATION  OF 

andar 

and-ar    and-ando    and-ado 

and-o 

anduv-e 

and-aba              he      " 

-as 

-iste 

-abas            has      " 

-a 

-0 

-aba               ha      " 

-amos           -imos 

-abamos  hemos      " 

-ais 

-isteis 

-abais      habeis      " 

-an 

-ieron 

-aban           han     " 

andar-e 

and-e 

anduv-iera,        -iese 

-as 

-es 

-ieras,       -ieses 

-a 

-e 

-iera,        -iese 

•emos 

-emos           -ieramos,  -iesemos 

-eis 

-eis 

-ierais,      -ieseis 

an 

-en 

-ieran,      -iesen 

andar-ia 



anduv-iere 

-ias 

and-a 

-ieres 

ia 

-e  V 

-iere 

-iamos 



-ieremos 

-iais 

and-ad 

-iereis 

-ian 

-en 

VV.       -ieren. 

PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


182.  CONJUGATION  OF  dar,1  to  give: 

dar        dando        dado 

doy 

di 

d-aba                he     " 

d-as 

-iste 

-abas             has     " 

-a 

-io 

-aba                ha    " 

-amos 

-imos 

-abamos    hemos     " 

-ais 

-isteis 

-abais       habeis    " 

-an 

•ieron 

-aban           han    " 

dar-e 

d-e 

d-iera, 

-iese 

-as 

-es 

-ieras, 

-ieses 

-a 

-e 

-iera, 

-iese 

-emos 

-emos 

-ieramos, 

-iesemos 

eis 

-eis 

-ierais, 

-ieseis 

-an 

-en 

-ieran, 

-iesen 

dar-ia 



d-iere 

-fas 

da 

-ieres 

-ia 

de  V. 

-iere 

-iamos 



-ieremos 

-iais 

dad 

-iereis 

ian 

den  VV. 

-ieren 

183.  CONJUGATION  OF  jugar,  to  play : 
jugar      jug-ando      jug-ado      jueg-o'2      jugu-e 


jug-aba 


he 


-as        jug-aste 


-abas 

has       " 

•a 

-6 

-aba 
-abamos 

ha       " 
hemos       " 

jug-amos 
•ais 

-amos 

-asteis 

-abais 

habeis 

jueg-an 

-aron 

-aban 

han       *' 

jugar-e 
-as 

juegu-e 
-es 

jug-ara, 
-aras, 

-ase 

-ases 

-a 

-e 

-ara, 

-ase 

-emos 
-eis 

jugu-emos 
u-eis 

-aramos, 
-arais, 

-asemos 
-aseis 

-an 

juegu-en 

-aran, 

-asen 

1  The  synopsis  may  be  readily  taken  from  full  conjugation, 
and  should  be  given  orally  for  each  verb. 

2  See  note  1,  p.  82. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS — FIRST   COKJUGATIOtf.         85 

jugar-ia  jug-are 

-ias  juega                 -ares 

-la  juegu-e  V.          -are 

famos  -aremos 

-lais  jugad                 -areis 

-lan  juegu-en  VV.      -aren 

164.  (a)  Errar,  to  err,  takes  y1  before  it  in  the  pres.  indie, 

and  parts  derived  from  it,  except  first  and  second  person 
plur. 

PRINCIPAL  PARTS  ;  errar    err-ando    err-ado    yerr-o    err-e 
PRES.  INDIC.  PRES.  SUBJ.  IMPERATIVE. 

yerr-o  yerr-e 

yerr-as  yerr-es  yerr-a 

yerr-a  yerr-e  yerr-e  V. 

err-amos  err-emos  

err-ais  err-eis  err-ad 

yerr-an  yerr-en  yerr-en  VV. 

(b)  Constar,  to  be  evident ;  antojarse,  to  long,  are  used  only 
in  the  third  person  sing,  and  plur. ;  pesar  in  the  sense  of  to 
regret  is  impersonal  (third  person  sing.). 

VOCABULARY  XVIII. 

el  fuego,  fire.  las  de  Villadiego,  French 

guante,  glove.  acertar,  to  hit  the  mark. 

puiietazo,  blow  with  the  fist,    almorzar,  to  breakfast. 

respeto,  respect.  cegar,  to  blind. 

la  bofetada,  slap.  cerrar,  to  sJiut. 

culpa,  blame.  confesar,  to  confess. 

escopeta,  gun.  costar,  to  cost. 

falta,  fault.  desaprobar,  to  disapprove. 

intencion,  intention.  descontar,  to  discount. 

justicia,  justice.  despertar,  to  awake. 

nacion,  nation.  despoblar,  to  depopulate. 

pelota,  ball  (game).  endeudado,  in  debt. 

pieza,  piece  (play).  entrar,  to  enter. 

promesa,  promise.  gobernar,  to  govern. 

1  This  y  is  for  i  (instead  of  ierro  we  have  yerro,  etc.). 


86  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

helar,  to  freeze.  recomendar,  to  recommend. 

junto,  near.  reprobar,  to  reprove. 

manifestar,  to  manifest.  sentar  (-se),  to  sit  down. 

merendar,  lunch.  sin  embargo,  nevertheless. 

negar,  to  deny.  sorprender,  to  surprise. 

nevar,  to  snow.  temblar,  to  tremble. 

obligar,  to  oblige.  volar,  to  fly. 

EXERCISE  XVIIL 

1.  El  principe  gobierna  sus  estados  con  modera- 
tion y  justicia.  2.  <;  Que  piensa  V.  de  la  pieza  que  se 
represento  ayer  ?  3.  Los  vicios  despueblan  las  nacio- 
nes  mas  que  las  guerras.  4.  "No  me  acuerdo  de  lo 
que  me  ha  dicho  (said),  pero  me  acordare  (de  ello). 
5.  Me  dio  un  punetazo;  le  di  a  el  una  bofetada  muy 
f  uerte.  6.  Si  V.  me  diera  (or  diese)  su  perro,  le  daria  a 
V.  mi  escopeta.  7.  Si  V.  encuentra  (or  encontrare)  a 
un  anciano  saludele  V.  con  respeto.  8.  El  hombre 
manifiesta  buenas  intenciones  y  confiesa  sus  faltas. 
9.  Temo  que  V.  desapruebe  la  action,  sin  embargo  no 
la  niego.  10.  Acuerdese  V.  de  su  promesa  y  reco- 
miendeme  V.  a  su  amigo.  11.  Hiela  (it  freezes)  y 
nieva  mucho  este  afro  en  Ithaca.  12.  j  Acuestese  V. 
amigo  mio  !  Gracias  !  No  tengo  gana  de  acostarme. 
13.  Cuentenos  V.  como  paso  el  (su)  tiempo  ayer  por 
la  manana.  14.  Mi  sobrino  se  echo  a  reir  (laughed 
aloud)  al  tiempo  de  retirarse.  15.  <j  Piensa  V.  ir  al 
baile  esta  noche  ?  Yo  no  pienso  ir.  16.  El  pobre 
pajaro  tiembla  y  no  vuela  en  la  tempestad. 

THEME  XVIIL 

1.  At  what  hour  do  you  breakfast  ?  We  breakfast 
at  six  in  the  morning.  2.  When  do  you  begin  the 
work  that  you  wish  to  write  ?  3.  I  breakfast  at  seven, 


IRREGULAR   VERBS— SECOND   CONJUGATION.      87 

do  not  lunch  in  the  evening,  and  go  to  bed  early. 
4.  We  marched  (pret.)  all  night  in  order  to  surprise 
the  enemy  (-ies).  5.  I  always  give  you  good  advice(s), 
but  you  forget  it  (them)  often.  6.  The  boy  plays  at 
ball  this  morning.  We  do  not  play.  7.  Discount  this 
letter  of  exchange  that  I  have  received  to-day. 
8.  Why  do  you  begin  your  labor  so  late  ?  I  do  not 
awaken.  9.  If  he  gave  less  to  the  poor  he  would  not 
be  so  in  debt.  10.  Sit  down,  sir.  I  do  not  sit  down, 
because  I  have  not  time.  11.  Shut  the  door  of  my 
room.  It  is  already  shut,  sir.  12.  I  am  not  to  (have 
not  the)  blame.  Why  do  you  reprove  me  ?  13.  How 
much  do  these  gloves  cost  ?  They  cost  two  pesetas  a 
pair.  14.  He  reached  for  his  sword,  and  they  took 
French  leave.  15.  It  pleases  me  to  sit  somewhere 
near  the  fire.  16.  The  dust  blinds  me,  and  forces  me 
to  enter  the  house. 


LESSON  XIX. 

IRREGULAR  VERBS  I   atender  AND   OTHERS — SECOND 
CONJUGATION. 

185,  CONJUGATION  OF  atender,  to  mind,  to  heed: 

atend-er      atend-iendo    atend-ido    attend1  -o       atend-i 


atend-ia 

and  atento               -es 

-iste 

-fas 

he  atend-ido              -e 

-io 

-ia 

etc.        atend-emos 

-ixnos 

lamos 

-eis 

-isteis 

-iais 

atiend-en 

-ieron 

-ian 

See  note  1,  p.  82. 


88 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


atender-e  atiend-a        atend-iera,  -iese 

-as  -as  etc. 

-a  -a 

-emos  atend-amos 

-eis  -ais 

-an  atiend-an 
atender-ia  atend-iere 

-ias  atiende  etc. 

-ia  atiend-a  V. 

-iamos 

-iais  atended 

-ian  atiend-an  VV. 

186.  CONJUGATION  OF  mover,  to  move: 


mov-er 
tnov-ia 

etc. 
mover-e 

etc. 
mover-ia 

etc. 


mov-iendo 


.  mov-ido 
he  mov-ido 
etc. 


muev-o 
-es 
-e 

mov-emos 
-eis 

muev-en 

muev-a 
-as 


mov-i 

-iste 

-io 

-imos 

-fsteis 

-ieron 

mov-iera,  -iese 
etc. 


mov-amos 
-ais 

muev-an 


mov-iere 
etc. 


mueve 
mueva  V. 

moved 
muevan  VV. 

187.  CONJUGATION  OF  caer,  to  fall  (idiomatic  to 
look  into) : 

ca-er        ca-yendo  ca-ido        caigo  cai 

ca-ia  he  ca-ido        caes  ca-iste 

etc.  etc.            cae  cay-6 

caer-e  caemos  caimos 

etc.  caeis  caisteis 

caen  caen  cayeron 


IRREGULAR  VERBS— SECOND   CONJUGATION.      89 


caer-ia  caig-a      ca-yera,  -yese 

etc.  etc.  etc. 

ca-yere 

ca-e  etc. 

caig-a  V. 

ca-ed 
caigan  VV. 

188.  CONJUGATION  OF  traer,  to  bring,  to  wear : 
tra-er        trayendo        traido        traig-o        traj-e 
tra-ia  lie  traido 

etc.  etc. 

traer-e 

etc. 
traer-ia 

etc. 


traed 
traigan  VV. 

189.  CONJUGATION  OF  cocer,  to  cook  (to  boil  or  to 

bake) : 


tra-es 
tra-e 
etc. 
traig-a 
etc. 

trae 
traiga  V. 

-iste 

-0 

etc. 
traj-era,  -ese 
etc. 
traj-ere 
etc. 

co-cer 
coc-ia 

etc. 
cocer-e 

etc. 

cocer-ia 
etc. 


cociendo 


cocido 
he  cocido 
etc. 

cuez-o 
cuec-es 
cuec-e 
coc-emos 
-eis 
cuec-en 
cuez-a 
-as 
-a 
coz-amos 
-ais 
cuez-an 

coc-i 
-iste 
-io 

-imos 
-isteis 
-ieron 
coc-iera,  -iese 
etc. 
coc-iere 
etc. 

cuece       coced 
cueza  V.  cuezan  VV. 


90 


PKACTICAL  SPANISH  GRAMMAR. 


190.  CONJUGATION  OF  hacer,  to  do,  to  make: 


hac-er 

hac-iendo        hecho 

hago 

hic-e 

hac-ia 

he  hecho 

haces 

hic-iste 

etc. 

etc. 

hace 

hiz-o 

etc. 

hic-imos 

har-e 

hag-a 

etc. 

-as 

-as 

hic-iera,  -iese 

etc. 

etc. 

etc. 

har-ia 





hic-iere 

-ias 

haz 

haced 

etc. 

etc.  haga  V.  hagan  VV. 

191.  CONJUGATION  OF  satisfacer,  to  satisfy : 


satisfac-er 
satisfac-ia 

etc. 
satisfar-e 

etc. 
satisfar-ia 

etc. 


(-fac-iendo)       (-fecho) 
he  satisfecho 
etc. 


(-fag-o)  (-fic-e) 

(-fac-es)  (     -iste) 

(      -ce)  (-fiz-o) 

etc.  (-fic-imos) 
(-fag-a)  etc. 

(       -as)  (-fic-iera,  -iese) 

etc.  etc. 

(-fic-iere) 

(-face  or -faz)  (-faced)        etc. 
(-fagaV.)  (-faganVV.) 

192.  CONJUGATION  OF  querer,  to  want,  to  will,  to 
wish  ;  also  to  like,  to  love : 
quer-iendo        quer-ido 
he  quer-ido 
etc. 


quer-er 
quer-ia 

etc. 
querr-e 
-as 
etc. 

querr-ia 
-fas 
etc. 


quier-o 

-es 

-e 
quer-emos 

-eis 

quier-en 
quier-a 

-as 

-a 
quer-amos 

-ais 
quier-an 


quis-e 

-iste 

-o 

-imos ' 

-fsteis 

-ieron 
quis-iera,  -iese 

etc. 

quis-iere 
etc. 


quiere  quered 
quiera  V.  quieran  VV. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS— SECOND   CONJUGATION.      91 


VOCABULARY  XIX. 


el  cirujano,  surgeon. 

concierto,  concert. 

corriente,  present  (month). 

costumbre,  custom. 

embarazo,  perplexity. 

estudiante,  student. 

hornillo,  (kitchen)  stove. 

homo,  oven. 

huevo,  egg. 

instante,  instant. 

pantalon,  pantaloon. 

postre,  dessert. 

reformador,  reformer. 

sastre,  tailor. 

socorro,  help. 
la  libreria,  bookstore. 

mercaderia,  goods. 

pregunta,  question. 
aborrecer,  to  hate. 
atender,  to  mind,  heed. 


caer,  to  fall. 

cocer,  to  cook,  to  boil. 

cocer  (-se),  cook,  boil. 

desde,  since. 

despacio,  slowly. 

ento*nces,  then. 

morder,  to  bite. 

mover,  to  move. 

ofrecer,  to  offer.  [sure). 

pasear  (-se),  to  walk  (for  plea- 

pretender,  to  pretend. 

(  to  want,  will,  wish; 
1uerer>  \  to  like,  to  love. 
satisfacer,  to  satisfy. 
sonar,  to  dream. 
trabajar,  to  work. 
traer,  to  bring,  to  wear. 
valuar,  to  appreciate. 
volver,  to  return. 


EXERCISE  XIX. 

1.  Pedro  quiere  a  ese  hombre,  pero  yo  le  aborrezco. 
2.  i  Que  pretenden  los  nuevos  reform  adores  con  su 
sofiada  igualdad?  3.  <iQue  esta  mi  hrjo  haciendo? 
Esta  escribiendo  una  carta.  4.  Mi  hijo  acaba  de 
(has  just)  llegar  ;  se  ha  paseado  (una)  hora  y  media. 
5.  <;  Tiene  el  tiempo  para  (de)  trabajar  ?  Si,  pero  no 
tiene  gana  de  bacerlo.  6.  <j  Ha  hecho  mis  pantalones 
el  sastre  ?  Los  tiene  hechos.  7.  Se  man  da  V.  hacer 
un  vestido  ;  <;  por  quien  le  ha  hecho  hacer  V.?  <;  a 
quien  le  ha  dado  V.  a  hacer?  8.  Tenia  costumbre 
el  rey  de  hacer  esta  pregunta  :  <;  estais  satisf echo  ? 

9.  Dire  al  criado  que  traiga  los  postres  al  instante. 

10.  <;  Conoce  V.  a  este  caballero  ?    Le  conozco  desde 


92  PKACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

muchos  anos.  11.  £  Cuando  quiere  V.  que  hagamos 
este  negocio  para  V.?  12.  Su  perro  de  V.  muerde  a 
todos  los  que  quieren  entrar  en  su  casa.  13.  Es  pre- 
cise que  V.  caiga  en  la  pobreza  para  valuar  el  socorro. 
14.  Hizo  mucho  frio  en  mi  cuarto  ent6nces,  mas 
ahora  hace  calof.  15.  El  tren  se  mueve  muy  despa- 
cio,  y  llegarernos  tarde.  16.  Cuando  vuelva  V.  a  es- 
cribirle,  dele  V.  muchas  memorias  de  mi  parte. 

THEME  XIX. 

1.  I  have  just  heard  (to  say}  that  the  countess  de 
Villegas  has  lost  a  son  ;  it  is  the  queen's  surgeon  who 
has  killed  him.  2.  I  should  like  to  read  some  of  the 
romances  of  Valdes.  3.  I  do  not  believe  that  you 
will  find  them  in  a  small  bookstore.  4.  He  has  of- 
fered to  carry  to  his  mother  the  letter  I  have  written. 
5.  What  has  been  done  with  your  brother  ?  He  be- 
came (made  himself)  doctor.  6.  How  long  has  it 
been  since  (that)  you  have  breakfasted  ?  A  little  time 
since.  7.  I  shall  set  sail  for  Spain  the  twelfth  of  the 
present  month.  8.  How  shall  I  do  to  have  goods 
without  money  ?  9.  Do  you  not  wear  your  coat  any 
more?  I  do  not  wear  it ;  it  is  worn  out.  10.  What 
do  you  wish  ?  We  wish  money  to  go  to  the  concert. 
11.  What  do  you  do  on  Sundays  in  the  afternoon? 
We  take  a  walk.  12.  He  fell  into  a  great  perplex- 
ity when  he  learned  this  news.  13.  What  kind  of 
weather  is  it  to-day  ?  It  is  clear  and  quiet  weather. 
14.  The  students  pay  attention  to  the  words  of  the 
philosopher.  15.  The  eggs  are  cooked  on  the  stove, 
and  the  bread  in  the  oven.  16.  I  have  not  again  seen 
(returned  to  see)  him,  but  they  have  "just  seen  him. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS   OF   SECOND   CONJUGATION.     93 


LESSON  XX. 


IRREGULAR  YERBS  OF  SECOND  CONJUGATION 
(CONCLUDED). 

193.  Caber,1  to  hold,  to  le  contained  in  (en): 
caber        cab-iendo        cab-ido        quep-o        cup-e 
cab-ia 

etc. 
cabr-e 

etc. 
cabr-ia 

etc. 


cabe  cab-ed 

quepa  V.          quep-an  W. 

194.  Oler,  to  smell,  to  scent  : 


he  cab-ido 

cab-es 

-lite 

etc. 

cab-e 

-0 

etc. 

etc. 

quep-a 

cup-iera,  -iese 

-as 

etc. 

-a 

cup-iere 

etc. 

etc. 

ol-er 

ol-ia 

etc. 

oler-e 

etc. 

oler-ia 

etc. 


ol-iendo        ol-ido 


huel-o 
-es 
-e 
ol-emos 
-eis 
huel-en 
huel-a 
-as 
-a 
ol-amos 
-ais 
huel-an 

Ol-l 

-iste 
-io 
etc. 
ol-iera,  -iese 
etc. 
ol-iere 
etc. 

huel-e 
-a  V. 


ol-ed 
huel-an  VV. 


1  Subject  generally  follows  this  verb  :  as,  en  la  catedral  de 
Burgos  cabe  mucha  gente. 


94  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

195.  Placer,1  to  please  (impersonal): 

placer  placiendo  placido  place  plug-o  (plac-io) 

plac-ia  plazc-a  (or  plegue)  plugu-iera,  -iese 

placer-a  (or  plega)  (plac-iera,  -iese) 

placer -ia  plegue  (or  plega)  plugu-iere  (plac-iere) 

196.  Poder,  to  be  able  (a  model  auxiliary  meaning 
can,  may,  could,  might): 

poder       pud-iendo        pod-ido        pued-o        pud-e 
pod-ia  -es  -iste 

etc.  -e  -o 

podr-e  pod-emos      etc. 

-as  .  -eis      pud-iera,  -iese 

etc.  pued-en  etc. 

podr-ia  pued-a        pud-iere 

-fas  -as  etc. 

etc.  -a 

pod-amos 

-ais 
Imperative  wanting.        pued-an 

197.  Poner,  to  place,  to  put: 

poner        pon-iendo        puesto  pong-o  pus-e 

pon-ia  pon-es  -iste 

etc.  etc.  etc. 

pondr-e  pong-a  pus-iera,  -iese 

etc.  -as  etc. 

pondr-ia  etc.  pus-iere 

etc.                             etc. 

pon  pon-ed 

pong-a  V.     pong-an  VV. 


1  Placer  may  be  (though  it  rarely  is)  used  personally  and 
conjugated  throughout  (subject  only  to  the  regular  euphonic 
changes  of  verbs  in  cer).  The  compounds  of  placer  are  reg- 
ular and  not  impersonal. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS   OF   SECOND   CONJUGATION.     95 

198.  Saber,  to  Mow  (things);  also,  to  know  how: 


saber        sab-iendo        sabido 

se           sup-e 

sab-ia 

sab-es          -iste 

etc. 

-e            -o 

sabr-e 

etc.          etc. 

etc. 

sep-a      sup-iera,  -iese 

sabr-ia 

-as           etc. 

etc. 

etc.       sup-iere 



etc. 

sabe 

sabed 

sep-a  V. 

sep-an  VV. 

199.  Valer,  to  le  worth  : 

val-er        val-iendo       val-ido 

valg-o        val-i 

val-ia 

val-es           -iste 

etc. 

-e            -io 

valdr-e 

etc.           etc. 

-as 

valg  a        val  iera,  -iese 

etc. 

as              etc. 

valdr-ia 

etc.         val-iere 

.fas                          

etc. 

etc.                            val,  vale 

val-ed 

valg-a  V. 

valg-an  VV. 

200.  yer,  to  see  : 

ver        viendo       visto 

veo        vi 

ve-ia 

ves        viste 

ve-ias 

ve         vio 

etc. 

vemos   vimos 

ver-e 

veis       visteis 

-as 

ven        vieron 

etc. 

ve-a      viera,  -iese 

ver-ia 

-as             etc. 

etc. 

etc.       viere 

— 

etc. 

ve 

ved 

vea  V. 

vean  VV. 

96  PRACTICAL  SPAXISH   GRAMMAR. 

201.  Yacer,  to  lie  (down) : 

yac-er    yac-iendo    yac-ido    yazc-o  (yazg-o,  yag-o)  yac-i 
yac-ia  yac-es  etc. 

etc.  yac-e  yac-iera,  -iese 

yacer-e  etc.  etc. 

etc.  PRES.  SORT.  yac-iere 

yacer-ia  yazc-a,  yazc-asetc.  etc. 

etc.  yazg-a,  yazg-as  etc. 

yag-a,    yag-as  etc.  IMPERATIVE. 

Rarely  used,  except  in  third  per-  

son  of  present  and  imperfect  in-     yace  or  yaz     yaced 
dicative.  yazc-a  V.        yazc-an  VV. 

202.  DEFECTIVE1  VERBS    OF  SECOND    CONJUGATION.— (a) 
Acaecer,  acontecer,  and  suceder  (each  meaning  to  happen)  are 
used  only  in  the  third  persons  (sing,  and  plural),     (b)  Pacer,  to 
pasture,  not  (or  rarely)  used  in  pres.  subj.  or  first  person  sing, 
of  pres.  ind.    (c)  Raer,  to  erase.    The  forms  in  which  the  stem- 
vowel  comes  before  a  or  o  are   little   used;    but  pres.  ind. 
raigo  or  rayo,  raes,  etc.;    pres.  subj.  raiga  or  raya,  raigas  or 
rayas,  etc.;   imp.  ind.  raia,  etc.;   pret.  ind.  rai,  etc.;   rayera, 
etc.;  rayese,  etc.;  rayere,  etc.     (d)  Roer,2  to  gnaw.     Pres.  ind. 
roo  (roigo  or  royo),  roes,  roe,  etc.;    pres.  subj.  roa,  roiga  or 
roya,  roas,  roigas  or  royas,  etc. — Corroer,  corroe,  corroen,  co- 
rroa,  cor  roan,  are  the  most  common  forms  of  corroer.     (e)  Re- 
poner  (in  the  sense  of)  to  reply,  used  only  in  pret.  ind.:  repuse, 
etc.     (/)  Salve,3  God  bless  you,  has  no  other   form  than  this 
(second  singular  imperative),     (g)  Soler,  to  be  accustomed  to, 
has  in  general  use  only  the  following  forms  : 


soler 

soliendo               solido               suelo 

solia 

sueles 

etc. 

etc. 

1  Some,  as  will  be  noted,  are  simply  impersonal. 

2  Generally  marked  defective  in  pres.  subj.  and  first  person 
of  pres.  ind. 

3  Salve  (and  vale,  see  [i])  not  in  general  use 


IRREGULAR   VERBS   OF   SECOND   CONJUGATION.     97 

(h)  Taner,  to  play  (music),  obsolete  in  first  person  sing.  pres. 
ind.,  which  was  formerly  tango. — Ataiier,  to  appertain,  used 
only  in  third  person  sing,  and  plur.  (i)  Vale,  farewell  (see 
salve).  Vale  is  generally  treated  as  a  noun  or  interjection. 

VOCABULARY  XX. 

el  alto,  halt.  la  silla,  chair. 

arroyo,  brook.  vaca,  cow. 

banco,  bank.  a  todo  lo  largo  de,  all  along. 

carnero,  sheep.  ausente,  absent. 

los  caudales,  funds.  caber,  to  be  contained. 

el  circo,  circus.  defender,  to  defend. 

cofre,  trunk.  doler,  to  pain. 

florero,  flowerpot.  inmediatamente,  immediately. 

juez,  judge.  luego  que,  as  soon  as. 

porvenir,  future.  obedecer,  to  obey. 

sepulcro,  sepulchre.  oler,  to  smell,  scent. 

la  bolsa,  purse.  (en)  otra  parte,  elsewhere. 

cabra,  goat.  pacer,  to  pasture. 

calidad,  quality.  placer,  to  please. 

cama,  bed.  poner,  to  place. 

legumbre,  vegetable.  proximo,  next.       . 

lista,  list  (menu).  soler,  to  be  accustomed. 

opinion,  opinion.  valer,  to  be  worth. 

sabana,  sheet.  yacer,  to  lie. 

EXERCISE  XX. 

1.  Podra  V.  comenzar  sus  lecciones  de  nadar  ma- 
fiana.  2.  Me  parece  que  todavia  no  puedo  comen- 
zar ;  no  tengo  tiempo.  3.  Hay  mucha  gente  que 
pierden  mucho  en  darse  a  conocer.  4.  La  cabeza 
me  duele  y  quiero  acostarme  ahora  mismo.  5.  Puede 
ser  que  yo  le  vea  la  primavera  prfJxima  en  su  casa. 
6.  jPluguiera  a  Dios  que  yo  pudiera  ir  a  Europa  con 
VV.I  7.  Nos  pusimos  en  camino  a  las  cinco  e1  hici- 
mos  alto  a  las  doce.  8.  En  el  teatro  de  Burdeos 

1  y  before  initial  i  or  hi  is  e. 


98  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

caben  dos  mil  personas.  9.  <;  Piensa  V.  que  el  pano  de 
Sedan  valga  mas  que  el  de  Louviers  ?  10.  Estas  le- 
gumbres  son  de  una  buena  calidad,  huelen  bien  y  se 
cuecen  bien.  11.  Luego  que  supe  que  su  mujer  habia 
llegado  f  ui  (/  went}  a  visitarle.  12.  <;  Que  ve  V.? 
Nada,  pero  veremos  el  sol  en  algunos  *ninutos. 

13.  Las  vacas   pacen  en  el   campo  junto  al  arroyo. 

14.  No  he  visto  a  mi  amigo.     ^  Sabe  V.  lo  que  le  ha 
sucedido  ?     15.  Defiendo  a  mis  amigos  cuando  estan 
ausentes.     16.  Cuando  veamos  a  este  hombre  le  dire- 
mos  nuestra  opinion. 

THEME  XX. 

1.  Who  put  the  flowerpot  here  ?  The  servant  put 
it  on  the  chair.  2.  Now  let  us  read  the  menu  (list) 
and  know  what  we  are  (have)  to  eat.  3.  I  know  that 
he  can  be  useful  to  you  if  he  wishes.  4.  I  know  your 
judges ;  they  will  do  for  you  all  that  they  can.  5.  He 
is  accustomed  to  write  to  his  father  every  (all  .the) 
week(s).  6.  Put  your  funds  in  the  bank;  they  will 
be  more  safe  there  than  elsewhere.  7.  Know  that  1 
wish  that  they  obey  me  immediately.  8.  Many  more 
garments  would  go  in  this  trunk  if  you  would  arrange 
them  well.  9.  This  horse  will  be  worth  three  hun- 
dred dollars  in  the  spring,  10.  Let  them  prepare 
me  a  good  bed  and  let  them  put  on  a  clean  sheet. 
11.  If  we  knew  (subj.)  the  future  we  should  be  very 
unhappy.  12.  He  has  just  arrived,  and  his  friend 
lies  in  the  sepulchre.  13.  The  sheep  and  the  goats 
pasture  all  along  the  road.  14.  This  theatre  holds 
two  hundred  more  persons  than  the  circus.  15.  He 
knows  that  I  can  be  useful  to  him  if  I  wish  to  be  so. 
16.  This  purse  contains  more  gold  but  less  silver  than 
mine. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS   OF  THIRD   CONJUGATION.      99 


LESSON  XXI. 


SOME   IRREGULAR  VERBS   OF   THE  THIRD   CONJUGA- 
TION. 

203.  CONJUGATION  OF  sentir,  to  feel,  to  perceive  : 

sentir        sint-iendo        sent-ido        sient-o        sent  i 
sent-ia 
etc. 


sentir  e 

etc. 
sentir-ia 

etc. 


he  sent-ido 

-es 

-iste 

etc. 

-e 

sint-io 

sent  imos 

sent-imos 

-is 

-isteis 

sient  en 

sint  ieron 

sient  a 

sint  iera,  -iese 

•as 

etc. 

-a 

sint-iere 

IMPERATIVE. 

sint  amos 

etc. 





-ais 

sient  e 

sentid 

sient  an 

sient-a  V. 

sient-an  VV. 

204.  Pedir,  to  ask  : 


pedir 

ped-ia 

etc. 
pedir-e 

etc. 

pedir  ia 
etc. 


pidiendo        ped-ido 
he  ped-ido 
etc. 


IMPERATIVE. 


pide  ped-id 

pid-a  V.      pid-an  VV. 

205.  Conducir,  to  conduct: 
conduc-ir  conduc-iendo  conduc  ido 
conduc-ia  he  conduc  ido 

etc.  etc. 


pid-o        ped-i 

-es  -iste 

-e        pid  io 
ped  imos  ped  imos 

-is  -isteis 

pid- en      pid-ieron 
pid-a         pid  iera,  -iese 

-as  etc. 

etc.        pid-iere 
etc. 


conduzc-o 

conduc-es 
etc. 


conduj-e 

-iste 
etc. 


100 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


conducir  e  IMPERATIVE. 

conducir-ia    conduc-e         conduc  id 

etc.        conduzc-a  V.  conduzc  an  VV. 

206.  Decir,  to  say,  to  tell : 


conduzc  a     conduj-era,  -ese 
conduzc-as  etc. 

etc.        conduj-ere 
etc. 


decir 

die  iendo 

dich-o 

digo 

dij-e 

dec-ia 

he  dich-o 

dic-es 

-iste 

etc. 

etc. 

dic-e 

-0 

dir-e 

dec-imos 

-imos 

dir-as 

dec-is 

-isteis 

etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

die  en 

-eron 

diria 





dig-a 

dij-era,  -ese 

dir-ias 

di 

decid 

-as 

etc. 

etc. 

dig-a  V. 

dig  an  VV. 

etc. 

dij-ere 

etc. 

207.  Heir,  to  laugh  : 

reir      ri  endo  (riyendo)1      re  ido 
re-ia  he  re-ido 

etc.  etc. 

reir-e 

etc. 
reir-ia 

etc.  IMPERATIVE. 

ri-e  re-id 

ri-a  V.       ri-an  VV. 

208.  Instruir,  to  instruct  : 
instruir    instru-yendo     instru-ido    instruy-o 


ri-o 
-es 
-e 
re  -imos 
-is 
ri-en 
ri-a 
-as 
etc. 

re-i 
-iste 
rio 
re  -imos 
-isteis 
ri-eron 
ri-era,  -ese 
etc. 
ri-ere 
etc. 

instru-ia 

etc. 
instruir-e 

etc. 
instruir-ia 

etc. 


he  instru-ido 
etc. 


IMPERATIVE. 


instruy-e        instru-id 


-a  V.   instruy-an  VV. 


-e 

instru-imos 

-is 

instruy-en 
instruy-a 
-as 
etc. 


instru-i 

-iste 

-yo 

-imos 

-isteis 

-yeron 
instru-yera,  -yese 

etc. 

instru-yere 
etc. 


1  Old  form. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS   OF  THIRD   CONJUGATION.    101 

209.  Venir,  to  come: 

venir        vin-iendo        ven-ido  veng-o  vin-e 

ven  ia                       he  ven-ido  vien-es  -iste 

etc.                            etc.                    -e  -o 

vendr-e  ven-imos  -imos 

etc.                                                      -Is  -isteis 

vendr-ia  vien-en  -ieron 

etc.                IMPERATIVE.  veng-a  vin-iera,  -iese 

-as  etc. 

ven            ven-id                etc.  vin-iere 

veng-a  V.  veng-an  VV.  etc. 

VOCABULARY  XXL 

el  abogado,  lawyer.  conducir,  to  conduct. 

peligro,  peril.  conseguir,  to  obtain. 

la  cocina,  kitchen.  durante,  during. 

comida,  (repast)  meal.  generalmente,  generally. 

conducta,  conduct.  maldecir,  curse. 

leccion,  lesson.  obtenir,  obtain. 

opera,  opera.  pedir,  to  ask. 

peninsula,  peninsula.  preferir,  to  prefer. 

acaso,  perhaps.  provenir,  to  arise. 

aguardar,  to  wait.  traducir,  to  translate. 

amparar,  to  protect.  vulgarmente,  commonly. 

EXERCISE  XXL 

1.  <:  V.  dijo  que  yo  no  habia  hecho  mi  deber,  es  ver- 
dad  ?  2.  El  no  ha  venido,  porque  V.  no  le  ha  convi- 
dado.  3.  (i  Puede  V.  decirme  cual  es  el  asunto  de 
esta  opera?  4.  <;  Que  se  dice  vulgarmente  de  las  ig- 
lesias  de  Castilla?  5.  <iQue  libro  traducen  VV.  del 
frances  al  espafiol  ?  Gil  Bias.  6.  Dice  que  no  tiene 
dinero  ahora,  y  es  precise  aguardar  hasta  el  mes  proc- 
simo.  7.  <;  Porque  no  le  dice  V.  a  su  sastre  que  V. 
no  puede  pagarle  ahora  ?  8.  <;De  donde  viene  eso? 
Viene  de  la  casa  vieja  del  valle.  9.  Mi  padre  vino  a 
este  pais  cuando  tenia  veinte  anos.  10.  Yo  no  siento 


102  PKACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

nada  ahora  ;  acaso  lo  sentire  mas  tarde.  11.  El  no 
le  pedira  a  V.  mas  dinero  durante  esta  semana. 
12.  ^1  es  quien  sirve  a  la  mesa ;  no  servimos  mas  que 
el  cafe.  13.  Me  rio  porque  con  tantas  lecciones  V.  ha 
hecho  tan  (poco  progreso)  pocos  adelantos.  14.  El 
prefirio  el  empleo  de  juez  al  de  presidente  y  se  arre- 
piente  ahora.  15..  Los  malos  maldicen  aim  a  los  que 
los  amparan.  16.  El  abogado  instruye  a  su  hijo  en 
las  leyes  del  pais. 

THEME  XXL 

1.  What  do  you  wish  that  I  say  (subj.)  except  that 
it  is  bad  weather  ?  2.  What  are  you  doing  in  the 
kitchen  ?  I  am  cooking  the  meat  for  dinner.  3.  Come : 
I  wish  to  present  you  to  my  cousin  who  has  just  ar- 
rived. 4.  In  what  year  did  the  Komans  come  to  the 
Spanish  peninsula?  5.  Where  are  you  conducting 
this  child  ?  I  am  conducting  him  home.  6.  What  do 
you  ask  for  this  horse?  I  do  not  ask  except  what  it  is 
worth.  7.  Can  you  translate  this  ?  I  don't  translate 
very  well.  8.  I  asked  a  hundred  dollars  from  (£)  my 
father  and  they  came  to  me  to-day.  9.  We  are  sorry 
(feel  it)  that  you  do  not  come  with  us  to  the  concert. 
10.  How  do  you  feel  ?  I  feel  very  well  to-day,  (many) 
thanks.  11.  I  do  not  think  he  will  obtain  (subj.)  the 
employment  that  he  asks.  12.  The  misfortunes  of 
men  arise  generally  from  their  bad  conduct.  13.  You 
do  not  merit  that  I  give  you  the  news  from  your  friend. 
14.  The  stranger  began  to  laugh  at  the  time  of  retir- 
ing (himself).  15.  I  compete  for  this  employment 
with  him,  but  I  doubt  that  I  obtain  it.  16.  I  fear 
my  friend  does  not  inform  (subj.)  himself  of  the 
dangers  of  the  place. 


DEFECTIVE    VERBS   OF  THIRD   CONJUGATION.    103 


LESSON  XXII. 

CONCLUSION   OF   IRREGULAR  VERBS   OF  THIRD   CON- 
JUGATION.— DEFECTIVE   VERBS   OF  THIRD 
CONJUGATION. 

210.  Adquirir,  to  get,  to  acquire: 

adquir  ir   adquir-iendo    adquir-ido    adquier-o    adquir  i 
adquir-ia 

etc. 
adquirir-e 

etc. 
adquirir-ia 

etc. 


adquier-e 

adquier-a  V.  adquier-an  VV.    adquier-an 

211.  Asir  (used  figuratively),  to  seize: 

as-ir        as-iendo        as-ido 
as  ia  he  as-ido 

etc.  etc. 

asir-e 

etc. 
asir  ia 

etc. 

Rarely  used  in  first 
person    singular     of 
pres.  ind.,  or  in  any        as  e 
person  of  pres.  subj.         asg-a  V. 


lie  adquir-ido 
etc. 

LTIVE. 

adquir  -id 

-es             -iste 
-e               -id 
adquir-  imos           -imos 
-is                -isteis 
adquier  en             -ieron 
adquier  a    adquir-iera,  -iese 
-as             etc. 
-a    adquir-iere 
adquir-  amos        etc. 
-ais 

as  go 

as-i 

es 

-iste 

e 

-16 

-imos 

•imos 

-is 

isteis 

-en 

-ieron 

asg-a 

as  iera,  -iese 

-as 

etc. 

etc. 

as-iere 



etc. 

as-id 

asg-an 

VV. 

104 


PRACTICAL  SPAH1SH  GRAMMAR. 


212.  Dormir,  to  sleep: 


dormir 

dorm  fa 

etc. 
dormir  e 

etc. 
dormir  ia 

etc. 


durm  iendo         dorm  ido 
k                       he  dorm  ido 
etc. 
e 

ia 

IMPERATIVE. 

duerm  e       dorm-id 
duerm-a  V.  duerm-an  W. 

duerm-o 
-es 
-e 
dorm  imos 
-is 
duerm-en 
duerm-a 
-as 
-a 
durm-amos 
-ais 
duerm-an 

dorm-i 
iste 
durm-io 

dorm  imos 
-is 
durm-ieron 
durm-iera,  -iese 
etc. 
durm-iere 
etc. 

213.  Erguir,1  to  hold  up  (the  head,  etc.): 


erguir 
ergu-ia 

etc. 
erguir-e 

etc. 

erguir-ia 
etc. 

PRET.,  etc. 
ergu-i 

-iste 
irgu-io 
ergu-imos 
-isteis 
irgu-ieron 
irgu-iera,  -iesa 

etc. 

irgu-iere 
etc. 


irgu  iendo        ergu  ido 
he  ergu-ido 
etc. 


irgo  or 
irgues 
irgue 
erguimos 
erguis 
irguen 
irg-a  or 
-as 


yergo 
yergues 
yergue 
erguimos 
erguis 
yerguen 
yerg-a 
-as 


irgamos 
irgais 
irg-an         yerg-an 


irgue  or  yergue 
irga  V.   yerga  V. 


erguid 

irgan  VV.  yergan  VV. 


1  Little  used  in  pres.  ind.  and  pres.  subj. 


DEFECTIVE  VERBS  0£  THIRD   CONJUGATION.    105 


214.  Ir,  to  go : 


ir 

yendo          ido 

voy 

fui 

iba 

he  ido 

vas 

-iste 

ibas 

etc. 

va 

-e 

iba 

vamos 

-imos 

ibamos 

vais 

-isteis 

ibais 

van 

-eron 

iban 

vay-a 

fu-era,  -ese 

ire 

IMPERATIVE. 

-as 

etc. 

etc. 



etc. 

fu-ere 

ir-ia 

ve             id 

etc. 

etc.        vaya  V.     vayan  VV. 


215.  Morir,  to  die  : 

morir    mur-iendo        muerto 
mor-ia  lie  muerto 

etc.  etc. 

morir-e 

etc. 
morir-ia 

etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 
muer-e       mor-id 


muer  o 

-es 

-e 
mor-imos 

-is 

muer-en 
muer-a 

-as 

-a 

mur-amos 
-ais 


mor-i 

-iste 
mur-io 
mor  imos 

-isteis 
mur-ieron 
mur-iera,  -iese 

etc. 

mur-iere 
etc. 


muer-a  V.  muer -an  VV.       muer-an 


216.  Oir,  to  hear: 


oir        oyendo        oido 

oigo 

01 

o-ia                    he  oido 

oy-es 

o-iste 

etc.                    etc. 

-e 

-y6 

oir-e 

o  imos 

-imos 

etc. 

o-is 

-isteis 

oir-ia 

oy-en 

-yeron 

etc.         IMPERATIVE. 

oig-a 

o-yera,  -yese 



-as 

etc. 

oy-e          oid 

etc. 

o-yere 

oig-a  V.    oig-an  VV. 

etc. 

106 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


217.   Podrir  or  pudrir,  to  decay,  to  rot  : 


podrir        or 
(podr-ia)      " 

etc. 
(podrir-e)     " 

etc. 
(podrir  ia)    " 

etc. 

PRES.IND.  pudr-o 
-es 
-e 
pudr  (podr)-imos 

-is 

pudr-en 
pudr-a 
-as 
etc. 


pudrir        pudr  iendo 
pudr-ia 

etc. 
pudrir-e 

etc. 
pudrir- ia 

etc. 
PRET.  IND.  etc.  pudr-i 

-iste 


podr-ido 
he  podr-ido 
etc. 


or  podr-i 

-iste 
pudr-io 

-imos  or         -imos 
-isteis  "          -isteis 
pudr-ieron 
pudr-iera,  -iese 

etc. 
pudr-iere 

etc. 

pudr  e        pudr-id  (podr-id) 
pudr-a  V.  pudr-an  VV. 

(Forms  beginning  pu  preferred  by  Sp.  Ac.  Grammar  to  those 
beginning  po,  except  in  pres.  inf.  and  past  part.) 

218.  Salir,  to  go  out: 

sal-i 
-iste 
-io 

-imos 
-isteis 
-ieron 

sal-iera,  -iese 
etc. 

sal-iere 
salg-a  V.    salg-an  VV.  etc. 

219.  DEFECTIVE    VERBS    OF    THIRD    CONJUGATION. — (a) 
Several  verbs  are  used  only  in  those  forms  whose  personal 
endings  begin  with  i  (but  the  future  is  used,  however) ;   they 
are  then  defective  in  the  present  indicative  (first  and  second  per- 


sal-ir 

sal  -iendo        sal-ido 

salg-o 

sal-ia 

he  sal-ido 

-es 

etc. 

etc. 

-e 

saldr-e 

-imos 

-as 

-is 

etc. 

-en 

saldr-ia 

IMPERATIVE. 

salg-a 

-ias 



-as 

etc. 

sal              sal-id 

etc. 

DEFECTIVE   VERBS   OF  THIRD   CONJUGATION.    10? 

sons  plural  only  being  used) ;  in  the  imperative  (the  second 
plural  only  being  found),  and  are  without  the  pres.  subj. 
Other  forms  are  regular  ;  they  are  :  abolir,  aguerrir,1  arrecirse, 
aterirse,1  colorir,  desmarrirse,  despavorir,  embair,  empedernir,2 
garantir,  manir.  (b)  Concernir,  conjugated  like  sentir,  §  203, 
is  practically  defective  in  future  ind.  and  in  cond.  and  imp. 
moods,  and  used  elsewhere  only  in  third  person  sing,  and  plur. 

VOCABULARY  XXII. 

el  anciano,  old  man.  asir,  to  seize. 

arzobispo,  archbishop.  bendecir,  to  bless. 

calor,  heat.  concernir,  to  concern. 

congreso,  congress.  desconocido,  unknown. 

ministro,  minister.  erguir,  to  hold  up. 

la  carcel,  prison.  evitar,  to  avoid. 

decision,  decision.  ir,  to  go. 

diligencia,  diligence.  morir,  to  die. 

libra,  pound  (money).  oir,  to  hear. 

manera,  manner.  podrir,  )  .        . 

abolir,  to  abolish.  pudrir,  ) 
adquirir,  to  acquire. 

EXERCISE  XXII. 

1.  Esta  casa  me  sale  (stands  me)  en  mas  de  mil 
libras.  2.  Se  quedo  dormido  y  su  hermano  no  le  ha 
despertado.  3.  <?  De  cuantos  anos  murio  su  tia  de  V.? 
Murio  de  treinta  y  tres  anos.  4.  No  puedo  salir  hoy; 
tengo  un  fuerte  dolor  de  cabeza.  5.  V.  adquiere 
conocimientos  estudiando  con  atencion  y  diligencia. 
6.  El  arzobispo  de  Toledo  estuvo  (was  on  the  point) 
para  morir  anoche.  7.  Lo  siento  mucho  ;  ire  a  verle 
mafiana  por  la  mafiana.  8.  <i  Va  V.  al  concierto  esta 
noche?  No  senor,  voy  a  casa.  9.  Mi  amigo  fue  una 
vez  a  la  catedral  y  una  vez  al  museo.  10.  Deseo  que 

1  In  parts  used  like  sentir,  §  203. 

2  In  parts  used  like  pedir,  §  204. 


108  PRACTICAL  SPAXISH   GRAMMAR. 

V.  vaya  a  su  casa,  porque  puede  ser  que  el  vaya  a 
Paris.  11.  <i  Oyo  V.  lo  que  dijo  este  hombre  ?  Oi 
todo  lo  que  dijo.  12.  Aqui  yace  un  hombre  que 
murio  pobre  y  desconocido.  13.  Cuando  V.  venga  a 
Paris  vaya  V.  a  ver  al  ministro.  14.  ^Donde  iba  V. 
ayer  cuando  le  encontre  a  V.  en  la  plaza  ?  15.  Muchos 
han  dejado  podrirse  a  sus  parientes  en  la  carcel. 
16.  Esta  decision  del  juez  concierne  a  los  intereses  de 
V. 

THEME  XXII. 

1 .  The  books  he  has  bought  stand  him  in  a  thou- 
sand pesetas.  2.  Are  you  asleep  ?  I  am  not  asleep 
now.  What  have  you  to  say  to  me?  3.  In  (de) 
what  manner  do  we  acquire  useful  knowledge(s)  ? 
4.  Whom  has  the  old  man  blessed  ?  He  blessed  his 
sons.  5.  Your  father  has  just  gone  out ;  he  will 
return  in  two  hours.  6.  At  what  hour  do  you  go  out 
every  day  ?  I  go  out  at  ten  o'clock.  7.  Do  you  hear 
what  I  say  ?  I  hear  very  well,  but  I  have  to  go  out. 
8.  At  what  hour  did  you  go  (repeatedly)  to  the  house 
of  the  doctor?  At  eleven.  9.  Our  father  does  not 
wish  that  we  sleep  so  late.  10.  The  general  has  died ; 
he  died  a  year  since  in  a  battle.  11.  He  was  born  in 
eighteen  hundred  and  died  in  eighteen  hundred  and 
thirty-six.  12.  We  have  gone  out  early  this  morning 
to  avoid  the  heat.  13.  I  shall  go  out  to-morrow  at 
six  o'clock  ;  I  shall  go  to  see  some  friends.  14.  Do 
you  wish  that  we  go  (subj.)  to  hunt  ?  Yes,  we  shall 
go  to-morrow.  15.  Congress  has  abolished  the  laws 
against  the  blacks.  16.  My  sister  is  dead  ;  it  was 
yesterday  that  I  went  to  see  her. 


IMPERSONAL  VERBS.  109 


LESSON  XXIII. 

IMPERSONAL  VERBS1 — VERBS  USED   NEGATIVELY   AND 
INTERROGATIVELY. 

220.  The  following  impersonal  verbs  are  used  only 
as  such : 

concierne,  it  concerns.  deshiela,  it  thaws. 

importa,  it  imports.  llueve,  it  rains. 

aborea,  it  becomes  day,  dawn,     llovizna,  it  drizzles. 

2  i  it  becomes  morning,  mollizna,  it  rains. 
amanece,    j-  th&  day  breakSt          nieva,  it  snows. 

anocheee,  it  becomes  night.          obscurece,  it  becomes  dark. 
diluvia,  it  rains  heavily.  relampaguea,  it  lightens. 

escarcha,  it  makes  frost.  truena,  it  thunders. 

graniza,  it  hails.  ventea,  it  blows. 

hiela,  it  freezes.  ventisca,  it  storms  (with  snow). 

(a)  God  is  sometimes  placed  as  subject  of  these  verbs.  Llo- 
ver,  amanecer,  and  anochecer  are  occasionally  used  personally. 
(b)  Mela  and  nieva  are  used  in  Exercise  XVIII,  sentence  11. 

221.  Acaecer,2  to  happen;    acontecer,  to  happen;    bastar,  to 
suffice  ;   suceder,  to  happen,  are  used  both  impersonally  and 
personally  (third  person  sing,  or  plur.). 

222.  (a)  Besides  being  used  impersonally  the  fol- 
lowing verbs  are  used  personally  and  in  all  persons 
and  both  numbers : 

me  admira,  it  surprises  me.  toca,  to  touch  (concern). 

conviene,  it  suits.  es,  it  is. 

me  interesa,  it  interests  me.  esta,  it  is. 

parece,3  it  seems.  hay,5  there  is,  there  are. 

me  pesa,  it  grieves  me.  hace,  it  is,  etc. 

puede,4  it  is  possible. 

1  Haber  is  conjugated  impersonally,  §  159.  Other  impersonal 
verbs  are  conjugated  analogously,  the  conjugation  to  which 
they  belong  being  taken  into  account.  8  See  §  202  (a). 

3  See  Exercise  XX,  sent.  2.       4  See  Exercise  XX,  sent.  5. 

5  Though  hay  is  not  used  personally,  its  verb,  haber,  is  so 
used. 


110  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

(b)  Here  belong  all  impersonally  used  reflexive  verbs :  as,  se 
dice  no  se  ve  a  las  cinco.  The  third  person  plural  is  sometimes 
used  impersonally  :  as,  nos  escriben. 

223.  (a)  The  verb  is  made  negative  by  placing  no 
before  it  (and  before  its  auxiliary,  and  the  conjunc- 
tive object  pronoun) :  as,  yo  no  he  podido  venir,  no  he 
podido  yo  venir,  no  he  podido  venir  yo  (never  no  yo 
he  podido  venir).     (b)  Two  negatives  do  not  generally 
destroy  each  other  in  Spanish  as  they  do  in  English, 
but  add  strength  each  to  the  other  :  as,  no  lo  he  visto 
jamas,  /  have  never  seen  it ;  no  deseo  verla  nunca,  I 
never  wish  to  see  her.     (c)  When  the  other  negative 
is  brought  before  the  verb,  the  no  is  omitted:  as,  na- 
die  lo  sabe.     (d )  With  some  time-phrases  :  as,  en  mi 
vida,  en  toda  mi  vida,  en  toda  la  noche,  etc.,  when 
placed  before  the  verb,  the  no  is  omitted  :  as,  en  toda 
mi  vida  me  han  sacado  diente  ni  muela  de  la  boca,  in 
all  my  life  they  have  not  taken  a  front  toothy  nor,  etc. 
(e)  The  no  is  occasionally  pleonastic  and  should  be 
omitted  when  doubt  would  arise  :    as,  61  es  m&s  rico 
que   no   ella ;   temia  no  entrara,  /  feared  he  might 
come  in. 

224.  (a)  The  verb   is   often  used  interrogatively 
with    interrogative   adverbs  :    such   as,    c6mo,   cual, 
cn£nto,  eu£ndo,  d6nde,  por  qu6,  etc.  (and,  of  course, 
with  interrogative  pronouns:  as,  qui6n,  etc.):  as,  qu.6 
tal  van  los  asuntos?  how  do  affairs  go?    (b)  No  often 
introduces  questions  ( j  no  tiene  V.  algo  que  darnos  ?) 
or  is  used   elsewhere   in   interrogative   phrases:    as, 
;  cuan  dulce  no  es  la  esperanza !     (c)  While  the  sub- 
ject generally  follows  the  verb  in  interrogative  sen- 
tences, it  does  not  always  do  so :  as,  j  sabe  61  que  estoy 
aqui?    £Este  es  el  rostro  que  yo  vi  traspasado  (nfflict- 
ed)?    ^Elhaidoalld? 


IMPERSONAL   VERBS. 


Ill 


VOCABULARY  XXIII. 


el  aire,  air,  wind. 

bledo,  wild  amaranth. 

cielo,  heaven. 

descanso,  rest. 

lamento,  lamentation. 

partido,  course. 

remedio,  resource,  part. 

requisite,  requisite. 

rostro,  face. 
la  alegria,  J0#. 

enhoramala,  ill-luck. 

esperanza,  hope. 

luna,  moon. 

misericordia,  mercy. 

pretension,  pretension. 

sena,  sign. 

voluntad,  will. 
antiguo,  old. 
bastar,  to  be  enough. 
convencer,  to  convince. 


degradar(-se),  to  degrade  (oneself) 

desanimar   (-se),    to  be  discour- 

despreciable,  despicable,      [aged. 

dictar,  to  dictate. 

emborrachar  (-se),  to  get  drunk. 

fuera  (de),  out  (of). 

importa,  imports. 

lastimar,  to  grieve. 

Hover,  to  ram. 

necesitar,  to  need. 

nublado,  cloudy. 

oscuro,  dark. 

pesar  (-se),  to  weigh,  distress 

que  tal,  how. 

relampaguear,  to  lighten 

repetir,  to  repeat. 

sacar,  to  pull  out. 

seco,  dry,  meagre. 

traspasado,  afflicted. 

tronar,  to  thunder. 


EXERCISE  XXIII. 

1.  El  abogado  me  ha  dicho  lo  que  en  este  negocio 
importa.  2.  El  cielo  muchas  veces  suele  Hover  sus 
misericordias  en  el  tiempo  que  estan  mas  secas  las  es- 
peranzas.  3.  Si  todas  estas  senasno  bastan,nopuedo 
convencerla.  4.  "Me  pesa  de  mis  trabajos,"  me  ha 
dicho  su  padre.  5.  No  puede  ser  que  jamas'  hayan 
servido  para  cosa  alguna.  6.  Con  todos  los  requisi- 
tes que  son  necesarios  es  menester  no  desanimarse. 

7.  Esta  nublado  y  esta  nevando  y  helando  esta  tarde. 

8.  Hara  luna  esta  noche  ;   hace  sol  y  hace  mas  aire 
que  hace  un  ano.     9.  Ayer  trono  y  relampagueo  re- 
petidas  veces,  y  llovio  un   poco.      10.  Acontecieron 
esas  desgracias  sin  esperarlas.     11.  Se  necesita  des- 


112  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

canso  despues  (no  antes)  del  trabajo.  12.  <;  Conoce  V. 
a  aquella  buena  anciana  ?  Conozco  a  aquella,  no  buena, 
pero  si  anciana.  13.  Hace  tan  oscuro  que  no  se  si 
vengo  6  no  fuera  de  camino.  14.  A  ninguno  impor- 
taba  un  bledo  que  la  ciudad  hubiese  sido  lo  que  ya 
no  era,  ni  habia  de  volver  a  ser  nunca.  15.  <;  No  te 
lastiman  mas,  los  lamentos  de  todos  esos  infelices? 
16.  Mi  querido  principe,  donde  se  fueron  vuestras  ale- 
grias  antiguas  ? 

THEME  XXIII. 

1.  It  is  necessary  that  you  wait  (suty.)  for  my 
brother.  2.  It  is  necessary  to  study  much,  to  learn  a 
language  well.  3.  There  is  no  other  resource  ;  you 
have  to  come  soon  to  go  to  the  store.  4.  It  has  fro- 
zen to-day ;  but  it  was  fine  weather  yesterday  when  I 
came.  5.  How  long  (much  time)  since  you  were  in 
Paris  ?  6.  How  many  years  (are  there)  have  you 
been  (are)  in  the  city  ?  7.  Reason  demands  that  man 
(may)  follow  more  the  prudent  counsels  than  his  own 
will.  8.  If  that  happens,  we  shall  take  the  resolution 
that  prudence  dictates  to  us.  9.  There  is  nothing  so 
despicable  as  a  man  who  degrades  himself  [by]  get- 
ting drunk.  10.  It  is  necessary  that  you  desist  from 
your  pretensions.  11.  Formerly  things  pleased  me 
which  at  present  disgust  me.  12.  It  appears  that  men 
forget  that  they  have  to  die.  13.  Do  you  not  know 
to  whom  to  sell  your  horse  ?  14.  May  ill  luck  be  for 
me  if  from  to-day  on  (mas)  I  give  advice  to  any  one! 
15.  In  my  whole  life  I  have  not  spoken  to  him  ;  I  do 
not  know  him.  16.  Have  you  not  been  well  ?  The 
whole  night  I  have  not  been  able  to  sleep. 


LIST  OF  IKBEGULAK  AKD   DEFECTIVE   VERBS.    113 


ALPHABETICAL    LIST    OF    ALL    THE    IR- 
REGULAR AND   THE   PRINCIPAL 
DEFECTIVE  VERBS. 

Except  the  irregular  participles  frito,  preso,  provisto,  and 
roto,  all  irregular  participles  are  used  as  adjectives  when  there 
is  a  regular  participle  for  the  same  verb. 

(References  are  to  sections.) 

abastecer,  see  150      [and  149    acrecentar,  see  acertar,  176,1 77 
abnegar,  see  acertar,  176, 177,    acrecer,  see  150 
abolir,  see  219  (a)  adecentar,  see  acertar,  176,177 

aborrecer,  see  150  [reg.     adestrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 

,  (p.p.)  abierto,  otherwise    adherir,  see  sentir,  203 
absolver,  (p.  p.)  absuelto,  see    adolecer,  see  150 

•^  mover,  186  adormecer,  see  150 

absonar,  see  acordar,  178,  179    adormir,  see  dormir,  212 
absorver,  absorvido,  absorto        adquirir,  see  210 
abstenerse,  see  tener,  174, 175    aducir,  see  conducir,  205 
abstraer,1  see  traer,  188  advertir,  see  sentir,  202 

abuiiolar,  see  acordar,  178, 179    aficionarse,  aficionado,  afecto 
acaecer,  see  202  (a)  and  150     ^afijar  (obs.),  afijado  or  afijo 

-yaceptar,  see  aceptado  and  acep-    afligir,  afligido,  or  aflicto 
acertar,  see  176, 177  [to    afollar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 

aclocarse,  see  acordar,  178, 179    aforar,2  see  acordar,  178,  179 
and  149  agorar,3  see  acordar,  178,  179 

acollar,  see  acordar,  178,  179    ^agradecer,  see  150 
acontecer,  see  202  (a),  150  aguerrir,  see  219  (a) 

acordar,  see  178,  179  aguzar,  see  aguzado,  agudo 

acornar,  see  acordar,  178,  179     ahitarse,  ahitado,  ahito 

-^acostar,  see  acordar,  178,  179      alebrarse,  see  acertar,  176,177 

1  abstraer,  abstraido,  abstracto.      2  Reg.  in  sense  of  to  gauge. 
3  Takes  diaeresis  in  irregular  forms. 


114 


PKACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


alentar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
alertarse,  alertado,  alerto 
aliquebrar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
almorzar,  seeacordar,  178,179, 
and  149  [.and  149 

alongar,  see  acordar,  178,179, 
amanecer,  see  150,  220 
amoblar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
amolar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
amollecer,  see  150 
amorecer,  see  150 
amortecer,  see  150 
amover,  see  mover,  186 
-andar,  see  180,  181 
angostar,  angostado,  angosto 
anochecer,  see  150,  220 
antedecir,  see  decir,  206 
anteponer,  see  poner,  197 
antever,  see  ver,  200 
antojar,  see  184  (b) 
apacentar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
aparecer,  see  150 
apercollar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
apernar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
apetecer,  see  150 
apostar,1  see  acordar,  178,  179 
apretar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
aprobar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
argiiir,2  see  instruir,  208 
arrecirse,  see  sentir,  203 
arrendar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
arrepentirse,  see  sentir,  203 


ascender,  see  atender,  185 
asentar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
asentir,  see  sentir,  203 
aserrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
asir,  see  211 

asolar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
asoldar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
asonar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
asosegar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
astringir,  (obs.)  astringo,  (obs.) 

astricto 

ataner,  see  202  (h),  152 
atender,  see  185 
atenerse,  see  tener,  174,  175 
atentar,3  see  acertar,  176,  177 
aterirse,  see  sentir,  203,  219  (a) 
aterrar,4  see  acertar,  176,  177 
atestar,5  see  acertar,  176,  177 
atraer,  see  traer,  188 
atravesar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
atribuir,  see  instruir,  208, 153 
atronar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
avalentar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
avanecerse,  see  150 
avenir,  see  venir,  209 
aventar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
avergonzar,*  see  149 
azolar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 

bendecir,  (p.p.)bendecido,  ben- 

dito,  see  decir,  206 
bienquerer,  see  querer,  192 


1  Regular  when  it  means  to  post  guards. 

2  Loses  diaeresis  before  y. 

3  Regular  when  meaning  to  attempt  crime. 

4  Regular  in  sense  of  to  terrify. 

5  When  meaning  to  cram  ;  otherwise  regular. 

6  Takes  diaeresis  in  irregular  forms. 


LIST  OF   IRREGULAR   A^D   DEFECTIVE   VERBS.    115 


blanquecer,  see  150 
bregar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
bruiiir,  see  152 
bullir,  see  152 

caber,  see  193 

caer,  see  187 

calentar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 

canecer,  see  150 

carecer,  see  150 

cegar,  see  acertar,176,177,149 

cenir,  see  pedir,  204,  152 

cerner,  see  atender,  185 

cerrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 

cimentar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 

circuir,  see  instruir,  208 

circuncidar,  circuncidado,  cir- 

cunciso 

clarecer,  see  150 
clocar.see  acordar,178,179,149 
cocer,  see  189 

colar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
colegir,  see  pedir,  204,  151 
colgar,see  acordar,  178, 179, 149 
colorir,  see  219  (a) 
combarse,  combado,  combo 
comedir,  see  pedir,  204 
^comenzar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
compadecer,  see  150   [and  149 
comparecer,  see  150 
compeler,  compelido,  compulso 
competir,  see  pedir,  204 
complacer,  see  150 
complanir,  see  152 
completar,completado,  completo 
componer,  see  poner,  197 
comprender,  comprendido,  com- 

prenso  [preso 

comprimir,    comprimido,   com- 


comprobar,  see  acordar,  178,179 
concebir,  see  pedir,  204 
concernir,  see  219  (b) 
concertar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
concluir,  (p.p.)  concluido,  con- 

cluso,  see  instruir,  208 
concordar,  see  acordar,  178,179 
concretar,  concretado,  concrete 
condescender,  see  atender,  185 
condolerse,  see  mover,  186 
conducir,  see  205 
conferir,  see  sentir,  203 
confesar,  (p.p.)  confesado,  con- 

feso,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
confluir,  see  instruir,  208 
confundir,  confundido,  confuso 
-rconmover,  see  mover,  186 
conocer,  see  150 
conseguir,  see  pedir,  204,  151 
yconsentir,  see  sentir,  203 
consolar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
consonar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
constar,  see  184  (b) 
constituir,  see  instruir,  208 
constrenir,  see  pedir,  204,  152 
construir,  see  instruir,  208 
consumir  (-se),  consumido,  con- 

sunto 

contar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
contender,  see  atender,  185 
contener,  see  tener,  174,  175 
contentar    (-se),    contendado, 

contento 

contorcerse,  see  cocer,  189 
contracordar,  see  acordar,  178 

179 

contradecir,  see  decir,  206 
contraer,  contraido,  contracto, 

see  traer,  188 


116 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH  GRAMMAR. 


contrahecer,  see  hacer,  190 
contraponer,  see  poner,  197 
contravenir,  see  venir,  209 
contribuir,  see  instruir,  208 
controvertir,  see  sentir,  203 
contundir,  contunclido,  contuso 
convalecer,  see  150 
convencer,  convencido,convicto 
convenir,  see  venir,  209 
convertir,    (p.  p.)  convertido, 

converse,  see  sentir,  203 
corregir,  (p.p.)  corregido,  cor- 

recto,  see  pedir,  204,  151 
corroer,  see  202  (d) 
corromper,    corrompido,     cor- 

rupto 

corvar,  corvado,  corvo 
costar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
-crecer,  see  150 
oreer,  see  153 
crespar,  crespado,  crespo 
cruentar,(obs.)  cruentado,(obs.) 

cruento 

cuadrar,  cuadrado,  cuadro 
cubrir,cubierto(other\vise  reg.) 
cultivar,  cultivado,  culto 

dar,  see  182 
decaer,  see  caer,  187 
decentar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
decir,  see  206 
decrecer,  see  150 
deducir,  see  conducir,  205 
defender,  see  atender,  185 
defenecer,  see  150 
deferir,  see  sentir,  203 
degollar,  see  agorar,113  (page) 


demoler,  see  mover,  186 
demostrar,  see  acordar,  178,179 
denegar,  see  acertar,  176,  177, 
denegrecer,  see  150      [and  149 
denostar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
densar,  densado,  denso 
dentar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
deponer,  see  poner,  197 
derrenegar,    see    acertar,    176, 
177,  149  [177,  149 

derrengar,   see  acertar,    176, 
derretir,  see  pedir,  204 
derrocar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
derruir,  see  instruir,  208 
desabastecer,  see  150 
desacertar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
desacollar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
desacordar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
desadormecer,  see  150 
desadvertir,  see  sentir,  203 
desaferrar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
desaforar,1  see  acordar,  178, 179 
desagradecer,  see  150 
desalentar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
desamoblar,  see  acordar,  178,179 
desandar,  see  andar,  180,  181 
desaparecer,  see  150 
desapretar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
desaprobar,  see  acordar,178, 179 
desarrendar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
desasentar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
desasir,  see  asir,  211 
desasosegar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
desatender,  see  atender,  185 
desatentar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
desaterrar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
desatraer,  see  traer,  188 


1  Regular  when  meaning  to  redeem  a  heritage. 


LIST  OF   IRREGULAR   AND   DEFECTIVE   VERBS.    117 


desatravesar,  see  acertar,  1 76, 
desavenir,  see  venir,  209  [177 
desaventar,  see  acertar,  176, 
desbastecer,  see  150  [177 

desbravecer,  see  150 
descabullirse,  see  152 
descaecer,  see  150 
descalzar,  descalzado,  descalzo 
descender,  see  atender,  185 
descenir,  see  pedir,  204,  152 
descolgar,    see    acordar,  178, 

179,  149  [152 

descollar,see  acordar,  178,179, 
descomedirse,  see  pedir,  204 
descomponer,  see  poner,  197 
desconcertar,  see  acertar,  176, 
desconocer,  see  150  [177 

desconsentir,  see  sentir,  203 
desconsolar,see  acordar,  178, 179 
descontar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
desconvenir,  see  venir,  209 
descordar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
descornar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
descrecer,  see  150 
desdar,  see  dar,  182 
desdecir,  see  decir,  206 
desdentar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
desembebecerse,  see  150 
desembellecer,  see  150 
desembravecer,  see  150 
desempedrar,  see  acertar,  176, 
desempobrecer,  see  150      [177 
desencarecer,  see  150 
desencerrar,  see  acertar,  176, 

177  [179 

desencordar,  see  acordar,  178, 
desencrudecer,  see  150 
desencruelecer,  see  150 
desenfurecerse,  see  150 


desengrosar,   see  acordar,    178, 
desenmohecer,  see  150         [179 
desenmudecer,  see  150 
desensoberbecer,  see  150 
desentenderse,  see  atender,  185 
desenterrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
desentorpecer,  see  150 
desentristecer,  see  150 
desentumecer,  see  150 
desenvolver,  see  186 
desertar,  desertado,  desierto 
deservir,  see  pedir,  204 
desfallecer,  see  150 
desfavorecer,  see  150 
desferrar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
desflaquecerse,  see  150 
desflocar,  see  acordar,  178,  179, 
desflorecer,  see  150  [149 

desfortalecer,  see  150 
desgobernar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
desguarnecer,  see  150 
deshacer,  see  hacer,  190 
deshelar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
desherbar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
desherrar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
deshombrecerse,  see  150 
deshumedecer,  see  150 
desimponer,  see  poner,  197 
desinvernar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
desleir,  see  reir,  207 
deslendrar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
deslucir,  see  150 
desmajolar,  see  acordar,  178,179 
desmarrirse,  see  219  (a) 
desmedirse,  see  pedir,  204 
desmelar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
desmembrar,   see    acertar,  176, 
desmentir,  see  sentir,  203    [177 
desmerecer,  see  150 


118 


PEACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


desmullir,  see  152 
desnegar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
desnevar,  see  acertar  (but  im- 
personal) 

desnudar,  desnudado,  desnudo 
desobedecer,  see  150 
desobstruir,  see  instruir,  208 
desoir,  see  oir,  216 
desolar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
desoldar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
desollar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
desosar,1  see  acordar,  178,  179 
desovar,2  see  acordar,  178,179 
desparecer,  see  150 
despavorir,  see  219  (a) 
despedir,  see  pedir,  204 
despedrar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
desperecer,  see  150 
despernar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
despertar,  (p.  p .  )despertado,  des- 
pierto,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
despezar,3  see  acertar,  176, 177, 
desplacer,  see  150  [149 

desplegar,  see  acertar,  176, 177, 

and  149 

despoblar,see  acordar,  178,179 
desproveer,  (p.p.)  desproveido, 

desprovisto,  see  creer,  153 
destenir,  see  pedir,  204,  152 
destentar,  see  acertar,  176.177 
desterrar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
destituir,  see  instruir,  208 
destorcer,  see  cocer,  189    [149 
destrocar,see  acordar,  178, 179, 


destruir,  see  instruir,  208 
desvanecer,  see  150 
desventar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
desverdecer,  see  150 
desvergonzarse,4  see  149 
desvolver,  (p.p.)  desvuelto,  see 

mover,  186 

detener,  see  tener,  174,  175 
detraer,  see  traer,  188 
devolver,  (p.p.)  devuelto,  see 

mover,  186 

dezmar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
diferir,  see  sentir,  203 
difluir,  see  instruir,  208 
difundir,  difundido.  difuso 
digerir,  see  sentir,  203 
diluir,  see  instruir,  208 
dirigir,  dirigido,  direct o 
discerner,  see  atender,  185 
discernir,  see  sentir,  203 
disconvenir,  see  venir,  209 
discordar,  see  acordar,  178,179 
disentir,  see  sentir,  203 
disminuir,  see  instruir,  208 
disolver,   (p.p.)  disuelto,   see 

mover,  186 

disonar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
dispersar,  dispersado,  disperso 
dispertar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
displacer,  see  150 
disponer,  see  poner,  197 
distender,  see  atender,  185 
distinguir,  distinguido,distinto 
distraer,  see  traer,  188 


1  Takes  h  in  irregular  forms ;  not  to  dare,  regular. 
*  Takes  h  in  irregular  forms. 

3  Regular  when  meaning  to  make  the  end  thinner  (smaller). 

4  Takes  diaeresis  in  irregular  forms. 


LIST   OF   IRREGULAR   AKD   DEFECTIVE   VERBS.    119 


distribuir,  see  instruir,  208 
divertir,  see  sentir,  203 
dividir,  dividido,  diviso 
doler,  see  mover,  186 
-^dormir,  see  212 

educir,  see  conducir,  205 
elegir,  elegido,  electo,  see  pe- 

dir,  204, 151 
embair,  see  219  (a) 
embarbecer,  see  150 
embastecer,  see  150 
embebecer,  see  150 
embellecer,  see  150 
embermejecer,  see  150 
embestir,  see  pedir,  204 
emblandecer,  see  150 
emblanquecer,  see  150 
embobecer,  see  150 
embosquecer,  see  150 
embravecer,  see  150 
embrutecer,  see  150  [177 

emparentar,  see  acertar,  176, 
empedernir,  see  pedir,  204,  also 

219  (a) 

empedrar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
empellar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
empequenecer,  see  150 
empezar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
emplastecer,  see  150 
emplumecer,  see  150 
empobrecer,  see  150 
empodrecer,  see  150 
empoltronecerse,  see  150 
emporcar,  see  acordar,178,179, 
enaltecer,  see  150  [149 

enardecer,  see  150 
encabellecerse,  see  150 
encallecer,  see  150 


encalvecer,  see  150 
encandecer,  see  150 
encanecer,  see  150 
encarecer,  see  150 
encarnecer,  see  150 
encender,  see  atender,  1*85 
encentar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
encerrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
enclocar,  see  acordar,  178, 179, 
encloquecer,  see  150  [149 

encomendar,  see  acertar,  176, 

177 

encontrar,  see  acordar, 178, 179 
encorar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
encordar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
encorecer,  see  150 
encornar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
encovar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
encrudecer,  see  150 
encruelecer,  see  150  [177 

encubertar,  see  acertar,  176, 
endentar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
endentecer,  see  150 
endurecer,  see  150 
fenfierecerse,  see  150 
inflaquecer,  see  150 
aafranquecer,  see  150 
enfurecer,  see  150 
engorar,  see  agorar 
engrandecer,  see  150 
engreirse,  see  reir,  207 
e^grosar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
engrumecerse,  see  150 
engullir,  see  152 
enhambrecer,  see  150         [177 
enhambr entar ,  see  acertar,  1 76, 
enhestar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
enjugar,enjugado,enjuto    [149 
enlenzar,  see  acertar,  176,177, 


120 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


enllentecer,  see  150 
enloquecer,  see  150 
enlucir,  see  150 
enmagrecer,  see  150 
enmalecer,  see  150 
enmarillacerse,  see  150 
enmelar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
enmendar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
enmerdar.  see  acertar,  176,177 
enmohecer,  see  150 
enmollecer,  see  150 
enmudecer,  see  150 
ennegrecer,  see  150 
ennoblecer,  see  150 
ennudecer,  see  150 
enorgullecer,  see  150 
enrarecer,  see  150 
enriquecer,  see  150 
enrobustecer,  see  150 
enrodar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
enrojecer,  see  150 
enronecer,  see  150 
enronquecer,  see  150 
enruinecerse,  see  150 
ensalmorar,  see  acordar,  178, 
ensandecer,  see  150  [179 

ensangrentar,  see  acertar,  176, 
ensoberbecer,  see  150  [177 
ensonar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
ensordecer,  see  150  • 

entallecer,  see  150 
entender,  see  atender,  185 
entenebrecer,  see  150 
enternecer,  see  150 
enterrar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
entigrecerse,  see  150 
entontecer,  see  150 


entorpecer,  see  150 
entortar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
entredecir,  see  decir,  206 
entregerir,  see  sentir,  203 
entrelucir,  see  150 
entremorir,  see  morir,  215 
entreoir,  see  oir,  216 
entreparecerse,  see  150      [177 
entrepernar,  see  acertar,  176, 
entreponer,  see  poner,  197 
entretener,  see  tener,  174, 175 
entrever,  see  200 
entristecer,  see  150 
entullecer,  see  150 
entumecer,  see  150 
envanecer,  see  150 
envejecer,  see  150 
enverdecer,  see  150 
envestir,  see  pedir,  204 
envilecer,  see  150 
envolver,1  see  mover,  186 
enzurdecer,  see  150 
equivaler,  see  valer,  199 
erigir,  erigido,  erecto 
erguir,  see  213 
errar,  see  184  (a) 
escabullirse,  see  152 
escandecer,  see  150  [177 

escarmentar,  see  acertar,  176, 
escarnecer,  see  150 
esclarecer,  see  150 
escocer,  see  cocer,  189 
escolar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
^escribir,  (p.p.)  escrito,  other- 
'     wise  regular  [149 

esforzar,  see  acordar,  178,179, 
espesar,  espesado,  espeso 


volver  and  its  compounds  have  part,  vuelto. 


LIST  OF  IRREGULAR   AND   DEFECTIVE   VERBS.    121 


stablecer,  see  150 
,  see  166,  167 
estatuir,  see  instruir,  208 
estrechar,  estrechado,  estrecho 
estregar,  see  acertar,  176,177, 
estremecer,  see  150  [149 

estrenir,  (p.p.)  estrenido,    es- 

tricto,  see  pedir,  204,  152 
exceptuar,  exceptuado,  excepto 
excluir,  (p.p.)  excluido,  exclu- 

so,  see  instruir,  208 
excretar,  excretado,  excreto 
exentar,  exentado,  exento 
eximir,  eximido,  exento 
expedir,  see  pedir,  204 
expeler,  expelido,  expulso 
exponer,  see  poner,  197 
expresar,  expresado,  expreso 
extender,  (p.p.)  extendido,  ex 

tenso,  see  atender,  185 
extinguir,   (p,p.)  extinguido, 

extinto,  see  157 
extraer,   (p.p.)  extraido,    ex- 
tract o,  see  traer,  188 
extrenir,  see  pedir,  204,  152 

fallecer,  see  150 
faltar,  faltado,  falto 
favorecer,  see  150 
fechar,  fechado,  fecho 
fenecer,  see  150 
ferrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
fijar,  fijado,  fijo 
fingir,  fingido,  ficto 
florecer,  see  150 
fluir,  see  instruir,  208 
foliar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
fortalecer,  see  150  [149 

forzar,  see  acordar,  178,  179, 


fregar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
freir,  (p.p.)  freido  and  frito, 
see  reir,  207 

ganir,  see  152 
garantir,  see  219  (a) 
gemecer,  see  150 
gemir,  see  pedir,  204 
gobernar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
gruir,  see  instruir,  208 
grunir,  see  152 
guaiiir,  see  152 
guarecer,  see  150 
guarnecer,  see  150 

haber,  see  157,  158,  159 
hacendar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
nacer,  see  190 
liartar,  hart  ado,  harto 
heder,  see  atender,  185 
helar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
henchir,  see  pedir,  204,  152 
bender,  see  atender,  185 
henir,  see  pedir,  204,  152 
herbar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
herbecer,  see  150 
herir,  see  sentir,  203 
herrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
hervir,  see  sentir,  203       [149 
holgar,  see  acordar,  178,  179, 
hollar,  see  acordar,  178,  178, 
huir,  see  instruir,  208       [149 
humedecer,  see  150 

iludir,  (obs.)  iludido,(obs.)  iln- 
imbuir,  see  instruir,  208      [so 
impedir,  see  pedir,  204 
imponer,  see  poner,  197 
imprimir,  imprimido,  impreso 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


improbar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
improvisar,    improvisado,    im- 
provise 

incensar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
incluir,    incluido,    incluso,    see 

instruir,  208 

incurrir,  incurrido,  incurso 
indisponer,  see  poner,  197 
inducir,  see  conducir,  205 
infartar,  infartado,  infarto 
infectar,  infectado,  infecto 
inferir,  see  sentir,  203 
infernar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
inficionar,  inficionado,  infecto 
influir,  see  instruir,  208 
infundir,  infundido,  infuso 
ingerir,  (p.p.)  ingerto,  see  sen- 
tir, 203 

inhestar,  see  acertar,  176,- 177 
injerir,  (p.p.)  injerido,  injerto, 

see  sentir,  203 
injertar,  injertado,  injerto 
inquirir,  see  adquirir,  210 
inscribir,  inscribido,  inscrito 
inseguir,  see  pedir,  204,  151 
insertar,  insertado,  inserto 
instituir,  see  instruir,  208 
instruir,  see  208 
interdecir,  see  decir,  206 
interponer,  see  poner,  197 
interrumpir,  interrumpido,  in- 

terroto 

intervenir,  see  venir,  209 
introducir,  see  conducir,  205 
intrusarse,  intrusado,  intruso 
invernar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
invertir,  invertido,  inverse,  see 

sentir,  203 
investir,  see  pedir,  204 


ir,  see  214 

[149 

jamerdar,  see  acertar,  176,  177, 
jimenzar,  see  acertar,  176,  177. 
jugar,  see  183  [149 

juntar,  juntado,  junto 

languidecer,  see  150 
-leer,  see  creer,  153 
limpiar,  limpiado,  limpio 
liquefacer,  see  satisfacer,  191 
Hover,  see  mover,  186,  220 
lobreguecer,  see  150 
lucir,  see  150 
luir,  see  instruir,  208 

maldecir,  (p.p.)  maldecido,  mal- 

dito,  see  decir,  206 
malherir,  see  sentir,  203 
malquerer,  see  querer,  192 
malquistar,  malquistado,    mal- 

quisto 

malsonar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
maltraer,  see  traer,  188 
mancornar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
manifestar,  (p.p.)  manifestado, 

manifiesto,see  acertar,  176, 177 
manir,  see  219  (a) 
mantener,  see  tener,  174,  175 
marchitar,     marchitado,     mar- 

chito 

mecer,  see  150,  exception 
medir,  see  pedir,  204 
melar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
mentar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
mentir,  see  sentir,  203 
merecer,  see  150 
merendar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
moblar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 


LIST  OF   IRREGULAR   AKD   DEFECTIVE   VERBS. 


mohecer,  see  150 

moler,  see  mover,  186 

morder,  see  mover,  186 
^morir,  see  215 
^mostrar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
x^mover,  see  186 

muir,  see  instruir,  208 

mullir,  see  152 

munir,  see  152 

nacer,(p.p.)nacido,nato,see  150 
negar,  see  acertar,  176, 177,149 
negrecer,  see  150 
nevar,  see  acertar,  176, 177, 220 

obedecer,  see  150 

obscurecer,  see  150 
*)bstruir,  see  instruir,  208 
-obtener,  see  tener,  174,  175 

ocultar,  ocultado,  oculto 

ofrecer,  see  150 

oir,  see  216 

oler,  see  194 

omitir,  omitido,  omiso 

oponer,  see  poner,  197 

oprimir,  oprimido,  opreso 

orinecerse,  see  150 

oscurecer,    (p.  p.)    oscurecido, 
oscuro,  see  150 

pacer,  see  150,  202  (6) 
padecer,  see  150 
palidecer,  see  150 
parecer,  see  150,  222  (a) 
pasar,  pasado,  paso 
pedir,  see  204 

pensar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
perder,  see  atender,  185 
perecer,  see  150 


perfeccionar,  perfeccionado,  per- 

fecto 

permanecer,  see  150  [(obs.) 
permitir,  permitido,  permiso 
perniquebrar ,  see  acertar,  176, 

177 

perseguir,  see  pedir,  204,  151 
pertenecer,  see  150 
pervertir,  (p.p.)pervertido,  per- 

verso,  see  sentir,  203 
pesar,  see  184  (b) 
pimpollecer,  see  150 
placer,  see  195 
planir,  see  152 
plastecer,  see  150 
plegar,  see  acertar,  176,177,149 
poblar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
poder,  see  196 
podrecer,  see  150 
podrir,  see  217 

polucionar,  polucionado,  poluto 
,poner,  see  197 
poseer,    (p.p.)   poseido,    poseso. 

see  creer,  153 
posponer,  see  poner,  197 
preconocer,  see  150 
predecir,  see  decir,  206 
predisponer,  see  poner,  197 
preferir,  see  sentir,  203 
prelucir,  see  150 
premorir,  see  morir,  215 
prender,  prendido,  preso 
preponer,  see  poner,  197 
prescribir,     prescribido,     pre- 

scrito 

presentir,  see  sentir,  203 
presumir,  presumido,  presunto 
presuponer,  see  poner,  197 
pretender,  preten^o,  pretenso 


124 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


preterir l 

prevalecer,  see  150 
prevaler,  see  valer,  199 
prevenir,  see  vinir,  209 
prever,  see  ver,  200 
probar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
producir,  see  conducir,  205 
proferir,   (p.p.)  proferido,  pro- 

ferto  (obs.),  see  sentir,  203 
profesar,      profesado,      profeso 

(obs.) 

promover,  see  mover,  186 
propender,  propendido,  propenso 
proponer,  see  poner,  197 
proscribir,  proscribido,  proscrito 
proseguir,  see  pedir,  204,  151 
prostituirse,  (p.p.)  prostituido, 

prostitute,  see  instruir,  208 
proveer,  (p.p.)   proveido,  pro- 

visto,  see  creer,  153 
provenir,  see  venir,  209 
pudrir,  see  217 

quebrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
querer,  see  192 

raer,  (p.p.)raido,  raso,  see  202  (c) 

ranciarse,  ranciado,  rancio 

r  ar  ef acer ,  (p.p.)  r  ar  ef acido,  r  ar  e- 

facto,  see  satisfacer,  191 
reagradecer,  see  150 
reaparecer,  see  150 
reapretar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
reaventar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
rebendecir,2  see  decir,  206 
reblandecer,  see  150 


rebullirse,  see  152 

recaer,  see  caer,  187 

recalentar,  see  acertar,  176,177 

recenir,  see  152 

recentar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 

recluir,  (p.p.)recluido,  recluso, 

see  instruir,  208 
recocer,  see  cocer,  189 
recolar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
recolegir,  see  pedir,  204,  151 
recomendar,  see  acertar, 176, 177 
recomponer,  see  poner,  197 
reconducir,  see  conducir,  205 
reconocer,  see  150 
reconstruir,  see  instruir,  208 
recontar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
reconvalecer,  see  150 
reconvenir,  see  venir,  209 
recordar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
recostar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
recrecer,  see  150 
recrudecer,  see  150 
redarguir,3  see  instruir,  208 
redoler,  see  mover,  186 
reducir,  see  conducir,  205 
reelegir,  see  pedir,  204,  151 
reencomendar,  see  acertar,  176, 
referir,  see  sentir,  203         [177 
reflejar,  reflejado,  reflejo 
reflorecer,  see  150 
refluir,  see  instruir,  208     [149 
reforzar,  see  acordar,  178,  179, 
refregar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
refreir,  (p.p.)  refreido,  refrito, 

see  reir,  207 
refringir,  refringido,  refracto 


1  Law-term  aod  defective  verb. 
3  Loses  diaeresis  before  y. 


5  See  also  bendecir  of  this  list. 


LIST  OF   IRREGULAR   AND   DEFECTIVE   VERBS.    125 


reganir,  see  152 
regar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
regimentar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
regir,  see  pedir,  204,  151 
rigoldar,1  see  acordar,  178,  179 
regrunir,  see  152 
rehacer,  see  hacer,  190        * 
rehenchir,  see  pedir,  204,  152 
reherir,  see  sentir,  203 
reherrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
rehervir,  see  sentir,  203 
rehollar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
rehuir,  see  instruir,  208 
rehumedecer,  see  150 
^reir,  see  207 
rejuvenecer,  see  150 
relentecer,  see  150  [150 

rellentecer,  see  relentecer,  also 
relucir,  see  150 
remaldecir,  see  decir,  206 
remanecer,  see  150  [204 

remedir,  see  medir,  also  pedir, 
remendar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
rementir,  see  sentir,  203 
remolar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
remoler,  see  mover,  186 
remorder,  see  mover,  186 
remover,  see  mover,  186 
remullir,  see  152 
renacer,  see  150 
rendir,  see  pedir,  204 
renegar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
reiiir,  see  152,  204 
renovar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
repacer,  see  150,  202  (b) 
repadecer,  see  150 
repedir,  see  pedir,  204 


repensar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
repetir,  see  pedir,  204 
replegar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
repletar,  repletado,  repleto 
repoblar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
repodrir,  see  podrir,  217 
reponer,  see  poner,  197,  202  (e) 
reprobar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
reproducir,  see  conducir,  205 
repudrir,  see  pudrir,  217 
requebrar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
requerer,  see  querer,  192 
requerir,  see  sentir,  203 
resaber,  see  saber,  198 
resalir,  see  salir,  218 
resegar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
resembrar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
resentirse,  see  sentir,  203 
resolver,    (p.p.)    resuelto,    see 

mover,  186 

resollar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
resonar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
resplandecer,  see  150 
resquebrar,  see  acertar,  176,177 
restablecer,  see  150 
restituir,  see  instruir,  208  [149 
restregar,  see  acertar,  176,177, 
restringir,  restringido,  restricto 
restrinir,  see  152 
retallecer,  see  150 
retemblar,  see   acertar,  176,177 
retener,  see  tener,  174,  175 
retentar,    see  acertar,  176,  177 
retenir,  see  152,  204 
retiiiir,  see  152 
retonecer,  see  150 
retorcer,  see  cocer,  189 


1  Takes  diaeresis  in  irregular  forms. 


126 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


retostar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
retraer,  see  traer,  188 
retribuir,  see  instruir,  208 
retronar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
retrotraer,  see  traer,  188 
revejecer,  see  150 
revenirse,  see  venir,  209 
reventar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
rever,  see  ver,  200 
reverdecer,  see  150 
reverter,  see  atender,  185 
revestir,  see  pedir,  204 
*evolar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
revolcarse,  see  acordar,  178, 179, 
149  [mover,  186 

revolver,   (p.p.)    revuelto,    see 
rizar,  rizado,  rizo 
robustecer,  see  150 
rodar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
roer,  see  202  (d) 
rogar,  see  acordar,  178,179,149 
romper,  rompido,  roto 

jaber,  see  198 
salir,  see  218 

salpimentar,  see  acertar,  178, 179 
salpresar,  salpresado,  salpreso 
salpullir,  see  152 
salvar,  salvado,  salvo 
salve,  see  202  (/) 
sarmsntar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
sarpullir,  see  152 
satisfacer,  see  191 
secar,  secado,  seco 
seducir,  see  conducir,  205 
segar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
seguir,  see  pedir,  204,  151 
selegir,  selegido,  selecto 
sembrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
sementar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 


sentar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
sentir,  see  203 
sepultar,  sepultado,  sepulto 
ser,  see  164,  165 
serrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
servir,  see  pedir,  204  [149 

simenzar,  see  acertar,  176,  177, 
situar,  situado,  sito 
sobrecrecer,  see  150 
sobreentender,  see  atender,  185 
sobrentender,  see  atender,  185 
sobreponer,  see  poner,  197 
sobresalir,  see  salir,  218     [177 
sobresembrar,  see  acertar,  176, 
sobresolar,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
sobrevenir,  see  venir,  209 
sobreventar,  see  acertar,  176, 177 
sobreverterse,  see  atender,  185 
sobrevestir,  see  sentir,  203 
sofreir,  (p.p.)  sofreido,    sofrito, 

see  reir,  207 

solar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
soldar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
soler,  see  202  (g) 
sollar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
soltar,    (p.p.)   soltado,    suelto, 

see  acordar,  178,  179      [186 
solver,  (p.p.)  suelto,  see  mover, 
somover,  see  mover,  186 
sonar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
sonar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
sonreir,  see  reir,  207 
sonrodarse,  see  acordar,  178, 179 
sorregar,  see  acertar,  176,  177. 

149  [149 

sosegar,  see  acertar,  176,  177, 
sostener,  see  tener,  174,  175 
soterrar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
subarrendar,   see  acertar,  176, 

177 


LIST   OF   IRREGULAR  AKD   DEFECTIVE    VERBS.    127 


subentender,  see  atender,  185 
subseguir,  see  pedir,  204,  151 
substituir,  see  instruir,  208 
substraer,  see  traer,  188 
subtender,  see  atender,  185 
subvenir,  see  venir,  209 
subvertir,  see  sentir,  203 
suceder,  see  202  (a) 
sugerir,  see  sentir,  203 
sujetar,  sujetado,  sujeto 
superponer,  see  poner,  197 
supervenir,  see  venir,  209 
suponer,  see  poner,  197 
suprimir,  suprimido,  supreso 
surgir,  surgido,  surto 
suspender,  suspendido,  suspense 
sustituir,  (p.p.)  sustituido,  sus- 

tituto,  see  instruir,  208 
sustraer,  see  traer,  188 

tallecer,  see  150 

taner,  see  202  (h) 

temblar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 

tender,    (p.p.)  tendido,    tenso, 

see  atender,  185 
tener,  see  174,  175 
teiiir,  (p.p.)  tenido,  tinto,  see 

pedir,  204,  152 
tentar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
torcer,    (p.p.)    torcido,  tuerto, 

see  cocer,  189,  150 
tostar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
traducir,  see  conducir,  205 
traer,  see  188 

transcender,  see  atender,  185 
transfregar,  see   acertar,   176, 
translucirse,  see  150   [177,  149 
transponer,  see  poner,  197 
trascender,  see  atender,  185 
trascolar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 


trascordarse,  see  acordar,  178, 
179  [149 

trasegar,  see  acertar,  176,  177, 
trasferir,  see  sentir,  203 
trasfregar,    see    acertar,    178, 
traslucir,  see  150         [179,  149 
trasoir,  see  oir,  216 
trasonar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
trasponer,  see  poner,  197     [149 
trastrocar,  see  acordar,  178,179, 
trasverter,  see  atender,  185 
trasvolar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
travesar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
trocar,  see  acordar,  178,179,149 
tronar,  see  acordar,  178,179,220 
tropezar,  see  acertar,  176,  177, 
tullir,  see  152  [149 

tumefacerse,  see  satisfacer,  191 

vaciar,  vaciado,  vacio 
valer,  see  199 
yenir,  see  209 

ventar,  see  acertar,  176,  177 
ver,  see  200 
verdecer,  see  150 
verter,  see  atender,  185 
vestir,  see  pedir,  204 
volar,  see  acordar,  178,  179 
volcar,  see  acordar,  178,   179, 
149  [186 

volver,  (p.p.)vuelto,seemover, 

yacer,  see  201 
yuxtaponer,  see  poner,  197 

zabullir,  see  152 
zafarse,  zafado,  zafo 
zaherir,  see  sentir,  203 
zambullirse,  see  152 


128  PRACTICAL  SPANISH  GKAMMAR. 

LESSON  XXIV. 

USE  OF  THE  TENSES.      SIMPLE   TENSES. 

225.  The  simple  tenses  are  preferred  to  the  com- 
pound in  many  cases  where  the  latter  would  be  used 
in  English:  as,  /  have  read,  I  do  not  know  where; 
yo  lei  no  s6  donde.     /  have  met  him  this  morning, 
and  have  come  to  an  agreement  with  him  about  the 
affair ;  le  encontr6  esta  manana,  y  trat6  con  61  del 
asunto.    It  has  been  five  years  since  I  was  in  Madrid  ; 
hace  cinco  anos  que  estuve  en  Madrid. 

226.  (a)  The  present  tense  of  the  indicative  ex- 
presses in  Spanish,  as  in  English,  what  exists,  hap- 
pens, or   is  being   done:   as,  el  es  coronel;  ella  se 
levanta  tarde ;  la  luna  acompana  4  la  tierra.    (b)  The 
progressive   present   (am  writing,  etc.)  is   rendered 
in  Spanish  by  estar  with  present  participle  :  as,  estoy 
escribiendo ;  est£n  leyendo. 

227.  The  English  emphatic  present  (do  write,  etc.) 
does  not  admit  of  a  literal  translation  into  Spanish ; 
but  instead,  the  verb  is  sometimes  modified  by  an 
adverb:  as,  canta  nmy  Men,  de  v6ras  (realty);  she 
does  sing  very  well.     Si  lo  creo,  /  do  believe  it. 

228.  (a)  When  the  auxiliary  do  is  used  for  a  verb 
previously  expressed,  the  affirmative  si  or  the  negative 
no  is  used  for  do  in  Spanish,  provided  do  and  its  pre- 
ceding verb  are  of  the  same  number  and  person :  as, 
61  no  se  queja,  pero  ella  si ;  he  does  not  complain,  but 
she  does.    V.  no  le  conoce,  pero  nosotros  le  conocemos: 
you  do  not  know  him,  but  we  do. 


USE   OF   THE  TEKSES.      SIMPLE   TENSES-          129 

(&)  Do,  not  as  an  auxiliary  but  a  principal  verb,  is  hacer. 
as,  Harelo  que  V.  me  manda,  I  will  do  what  you  order  me  to  do. 

229.  The  present  is  sometimes  (not  frequently)  used  for  a 
near  future  :  as,  viene  al  instante  ;  partimos  manana. 

230.  The  present  (historical)  is  sometimes  used  for  the  pre- 
terite :  as,  llega  Cortes  y  habla  a  los  suyos. 

231.  (a)  The  imperfect  tense  denotes  a  progressive 
(continuing)  or  repeated  past  action  or  state :  as,  iba 
muy  d  menudo  al  concierto,  cuando  estaba  en  Paris. 
(b)  This  tense  often  denotes  a  state  continuing,  or  an 
action  going  on,  when  something  else  happened  to 
interrupt   it;  and   estar,  with  present  participle,  is 
often  used  for  the  simple  imperfect  tense :  as,  Andres 
leia  (or  estaba  leyendo)  cuando  entr6,  Andrew  ivas 
reading  when  I  entered,     (c)  The  imperfect  tense  is 
used  in  describing  the  permanent  qualities  of  persons 
and  things;    hence  is  called  the  descriptive  tense: 
as,  los  Romanes  eran  grandes  guerreros.     (d)  Paren- 
thetical or  explanatory  remarks   in  a  narrative  are 
expressed  by  the  imperfect:  as,  sent6se  bajo  un  sauce 
6  imit6  su  ejemplo  otro  moro  que  le  acompanaba,  etc. 

(e)  The  imperfect  sometimes  takes  the  place  of  the  condi- 
tional :  as,  si  le  hubiera  dicho  la  verdad,  me  exponia  a  un  re- 
gano,  if  I  had  told  him  the  truth  1  should  have  exposed  myself 
to  a  scolding,  (f)  For  the  emphatic  form  did,  see  do,  227  and 
228.  VV.  no  le  vieron,  pero  yo  le  vi,  you  did  not,  etc. ;  VV.  no 
le  vieron,  pero  ellos  si  (they  did). 

232.  (a)  The  preterite  tense  refers  to  an  entirely 
past  action  or  state,  and  hence  is  called  the  historical 
tense:  as,  fui  (/  went)  al  concierto  anoche ;  los  Ro- 
manes conquistaron  &  la  Bretaiia.    (b)  When  an  action 
or  state  is  broken  in  upon  by  something  else,  that 
which  interrupts  is  put  in  the  preterite  tense:  as, 
mientras  yo  revolvia  el  asador  (spit),  61  dispuso  la 
mesa.     $,  D6nde  estabas,  cuando  preguntS  por  ti  ? 


130 


PEACTICAL  SPANISH   GKAMMAE. 


VOCABULAKY   XXIV. 


el  asador,  spit  (stick). 

asalto,  assault. 

bosque,  woods. 

cateto,  side  of  right  angle. 

clasico,  classic. 

coronel,  colonel. 

cuadrado,  square. 

ejemplo,  example. 

estrago,  ravage. 

exponer,  to  expose. 

guerrero,  warrior. 

indicio,  indication. 

lecho,  bed. 

moro,  moor. 

regano,  scolding. 

sauce,  willow. 

viento,  wind. 
la  abuela,  grandmother. 

cnesta,  hill. 

epidemia,  epidemic. 

hipotenusa,  hypotenuse. 

mirada,  glance. 

mocedad,  youth. 

salida,  exit. 

suavidad,  gentleness. 

suma,  sum  (amount). 


la  vista,,  prospect. 

atrever  (-se),  to  venture. 

componer,  to  compose. 

correr,  to  run. 

democratic©,  democratic. 

erudito,  learned. 

girar,  to  turn. 

herir,  to  wound. 

igual,  equal. 

imitar,  to  imitate. 

intentar,  to  attempt. 

magnifico,  magnificent. 

a  mediados,  about  the  midst  of, 

percibir,  to  perceive. 

pintar  (-se),  to  paint. 

a  principios,  early. 

prorumpir,  to  break  forth. 

quejar  (-se),  to  complain. 

al  rededor,  about. 

rondar,  to  go  round. 

solicito,  solicitous. 

soplar,  to  blow. 

subir,  to  ascend,  mount. 

tender  (-se),  to  stretch  (one's  self). 

de  veras,  really. 

viajar,  to  travel. 


EXEKCISE  XXIV. 

1.  El  gobierno  de  los  Estados  Unidos  es  democra- 
tico.  2.  Hace  echo  dias  que  rondan  la  calle  donde 
vivo.  3.  Yo  estoy  viajando  y  mi  amigo  est£  compo- 
niendo  una  obra.  4.  Corre  a  la  puerta,  se  la  hace  abrir 
y  halla  a  su  amigo  lierido.  5.  Xosotros  nos  vamos 
mafiana  y  ellos  salen  el  dia  despues.  6.  Ella  ha  es- 


USE   OF  THE   TENSES.      SIMPLE  TENSES.          131 

crito  y  viene  aqui,  su  hermana  va  alii.  7.  <;  Puedo  yo 
coiitar  con  (upon  it)  que  V.  vendra  ?  Voy  al  instante. 
8.  Cuando  percibi  a  mi  hermano  corri  al  instante  a 
el.  9.  En  sus  miradas  pintabanse  l  la  amistad  ma's 
solicita,  y  el  interes  mas  vivo.  10.  Iba  todos  los  dias 
a  la  libreria;  fue  a  la  libreria  ayer.  11.  Cervantes 
nacio  a  mediados  del  siglo  diez  y  seis;  y  murio  a  prin- 
cipios  del  diez  y  siete.  12.  Llegue  a  Londres  en  el 
ano  de  1838;  <;no  es  verdad  ?  13.  No  se  atrevieron 
los  enemigos  a  subir  la  cuesta.  14.  Copernico  probo 
que  la  tierra  giraba  al  rededor  del  sol.  15.  Cuando 
tu  recorrias  la  Francia,  estaba  yo  en  Italia.  16.  Mi- 
entras  que  referia  sus  desgracias,  prorumpieron  en 
lagrimas.  17.  A  la  salida  de  Viena  aun  seguia  haci- 
endo  estragos  la  epidemia. 


THEME  XXIV. 

1.  Good-day,  sir;  how  long  have  you  been  in  Madrid  ? 
2.  The  square  on  (of)  the  hypotenuse  is  equal  to  the 
sum  of  the  squares  on  the  other  two  sides.  3.  They 
were  going  when  we  were  coming.  4.  He  is  a  man 
that  likes  and  does  not  like  the  same  person.  5.  They 
write  that  they  are  selling  everything  that  they  have. 
6.  Some  learned  men  are  translating  the  Latin  clas- 
sics. 7.  Men  are  speaking  of  war,  and  yet  they  desire 
peace.  8.  The  general  armed  himself,  mounted  his 
horse,  and  sallied  forth.  9.  When  I  was  in  Vienna,  I 
went  to  the  concert  every  evening.  10.  I  called  to 
the  servants,  who  were  still  in  bed.  11.  I  used  to 
travel  much  when  I  was  younger.  12.  I  knew  Mr. 

1  There  were  painted  (descriptive),  or  used  to  be  painted. 


132  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

Benot,  but  they  did  not  know  him.  13.  The  enemy 
(-ies)  did  not  give  any  indication  of  attempting  the 
assault.  14.  The  wind  blew  gently  (with  gentleness), 
and  the  heavens  presented  a  magnificent  prospect. 
15.  The  ancients  used  to  stretch  themselves  on  couches 
at  the  table.  16.  His  grandmother  was  very  beautiful 
in  her  youth.  17.  The  woods,  says  Galatea,  were 
formerly  my  companions. 


LESSON  XXV. 

SIMPLE  TENSES   CONCLUDED   AND   COMPOUND 

TENSES. 

233.  (a)  The  future  tense  indicates  that  something 
will  exist  or  take  place  in  the  future :  as,  el  sera  ele- 
gido ;  enviar6  la  carta  manana.     (b)  The  future  ex- 
presses a  mild  command:  as,  no  dirSs  de  esto  nada  £ 
nadie.     (c)  The  future  is  sometimes  used  instead  of 
the  present  when  doubt  is  implied:  as,  vendrd  (he 
comes)  quiz£,  para  amenazarme.     (d)  The  future  is 
sometimes  used  for  the  present  or  past  in  questions 
where   a   contradictory   reply   is   not   expected:    as, 
jhabra  disgracia  mayor  que  la  mia? 

(e)  When  shall  and  will  are  not  signs  of  the  future  they  must 
be  translated  by  equivalent  verbs :  as,  will  you  lend  me  your 
penknife?  i  quiere  V.  prestarme  su  cortaplumas  ?  ;  it  shall  be 
as  I  say,  ha  de  ser  como  digo. .  (/)  Shall  and  will  used  as  sub- 
stitutes for  the  verbs  they  represent  must  be  treated  as  do  (see 
227,  228) :  as,  /  shall  not  proceed,  but  he  will;  yo  no  procedere, 
pero  el  procedera. 

234.  (a)  The  compound1  of  the  present  (perfect 

1  Very  frequent  in  letters. 


SIMPLE   TEASES   A^D   COMPOUND  TEKSES.      133 

tense)  represents  a  past  action  or  state  of  being  as 
completed  at  the  present  time.  /  have  written  to 
him  three  times  this  week,  le  he  escrito  tres  veces 
esta  semana.  Han  anunciado  para  hoy  una  comedia 
muy  buena.  (b)  This  tense  often  denotes  an  action, 
or  state  in  a  period  of  time  of  which  the  present  forms 
a  part,  and  so  used;  to-day,  this  week,  etc.,  are  often 
added,  see  234  (a). 

(c)  Note  that  tener  is  sometimes  (with  transitive  verbs)  used 
as  auxiliary  instead  of  haber  :  as,  las  cartas  que  tiene  escritas  ; 
como  yo  tengo  dieho  ;  limpiaronle  el  rostro  que  cubierto  de  polvo 
tenia.  (d)  The  progressive  form  is  used,  but  the  time  of  the 
state  or  action  must  be  expressed  or  easily  understood  :  as, 
i  donde  ha  estado  V.  escribiendo  esta  maiiana  ? 

235.  The  compound  of  the  imperfect  (or  pluperfect 
tense)  represents  a  state  or  action  as  completed  in 
some  indefinite  period  before  another  action  or  state 
expressed  or  easily  understood :  as,  ya  habia  oido  la 
noticia ;  habia  hablado  V.  al  m6dico  (at  the  time  we 
are  speaking  of). 

236.  The  compound  of  the  preterite  (past  anterior 
tense)  represents  a  state  or  action  as  completed  in 
some  tolerably  definite  period  before  another  state  or 
action  expressed  or  easily  understood  (and  words,  as 
cuando,  despues  de,  etc.,  are  always  used  with  this 
tense) :  as,  ap6nas  me  hubo  visto,  cuando  me  Ilam6. 

237.  The  compound  of  the  future  (or  future  per- 
fect tense)  bears  the  same  relation  to  the  future  that 
the  compounds  of  the  imperfect  and  preterite  do  to 
these  tenses  :  as,  habr6  acabado,  esta  noche ;  ya  habra 
oido  muchas  veces  decir,  etc.,  you  will  often  have  heard 


134  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


VOCABULARY  XXV. 

el  capitan,  captain.  avisar,  to  inform. 

hospital,  hospital.  cubrir,  to  cover. 

hugrfano,  orphan.  desaparecer,  to  disappear. 

julio,  July.  escapar  (-se),  to  run  off. 

mensagero,  messenger.  exclamar,  to  exclaim. 

merito,  merit.  franco,  frank. 

orden,  order  (m.  &  f.)  horroroso,  frightful. 

reinado,  reign.  humilde,  humble. 

ruego,  request.  leal,  loyal. 

temporal,  storm.  limpiar,  to  clean. 

la  constancia,  constancy.  primoroso,  fine. 

fuerza,  force.  proceder,  to  proceed. 

maravilla,  wonder.  quiza,  perhaps. 

suplica,  petition.  super ar,  to  surpass 

tarea,  task.  terminal,  to  terminate. 
amenazar,  to  threaten. 

EXERCISE  XXV. 

1.  Sefiores,  hemos  visto  muchas  maravillas  en 
siglo.  2.  ;  Que  palabras  hallaremos  que  no  se  hayan 
ya  usado!  3.  ^  Serviremonos  de  ruegos  y  de  humildes 
suplicas?  4.  <;Se  habra  visto  cosa  mas  primorosa 
en  este  mundo  ?  5.  (La)  Espana  produjo  grandes 
hombres  en  los  r.einados  de  Carlos  I,  y  Felipe  II. 
6.  Cuando  vuelva  a  mi  pais  habra  cambiado  sin  duda 
el  orden  de  cosas  que  alii  deje.  7.  Habia  acabado  de 
almorzar  antes  que  el  viniera.  8.  No  bien  hube  aca- 
bado de  escribir  cuando  entro  ella.  9.  Muchas  obras 
de  merito  han  sido  escritas  durante  el  presente  siglo. 

10.  No  le  he  visto  hoy,  ni  en  todo  este  mes  de  julio. 

11.  Fingio  creer  que  todo  aquello  era  suyo  y  que  yo 
se  lo  habia  quitado.     12.  La  mujer  conocio  que  me 


SIMPLE   TEASES   AND   COMPOUND   TENSES.      135 

habia  escapado  del  hospital  de  huerfanos.     13.  Ya 
habre  terminado  la  tarea  cuando  llegue  el  verano. 

14.  A  los  capitanes  tengo  avisado  lo  que  ban  de  hacer. 

15.  Hace  cuatro  anos  que  el  esta  aqui  en  el  ejercito. 

16.  Habia  (or  haefa)  dos  boras  que  yo  estaba  escri- 
biendo  cuando  llego  mi  padre. 

THEME  XXV. 

1.  Rome  made  herself  mistress  of  the  world;  Eng- 
land has  made  herself  mistress  of  the  sea.  2.  He  was 
in  the  city  yesterday,  but  he  has  returned  to  the  coun- 
try to-day.  3.  Greece  produced  great  orators  and 
poets,  Spain  has  produced  great  men.  4.  I  had  al- 
most believed  that  his  conduct  was  frank  and  loyal. 
5.  He  encountered  many  and  grave  difficulties  in  his 
undertaking,  but  by  force  of  constancy  he  had  over- 
come them  all.  6.  She  will  wait  for  her  father  here, 
but  I  shall  not.  7.  To-morrow  at  this  hour  we  shall 
have  learned  the  news.  8.  I  had  already  received  his 
letter  when  I  wrote  mine.  9.  This  year  the  storms  in 
the  Mediterranean  have  been  frightful.  10.  Thus  is 
named  he  whom  I  have  (hold)  mentioned  in  my  let- 
ter. 11.  Oh,  Heaven!  I  exclaimed,  is  there  a  condi- 
tion more  wretched  'than  mine?  12.  Next  week  we 
shall  have  lived  together  six  months.  13.  He  has  been 
in  the  United  States  for  these  five  years.  14.  His 
father  died  two  years  ago,  and  I  have  not  seen  him 
since.  15.  The  clouds  had  almost  disappeared  when 
it  began  to  rain,  16.  I  had  been  waiting  an  hour 
when  the  messenger  arrived. 


136  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

LESSON  XXVI. 

THE  IMPERATIVE  MOOD.      THE   CONDITIONAL  MOOD. 

238.  (a)  The  imperative  mood  is  used  to  express 
commanding,  exhorting,  entreating,  or  permitting 1 : 
as,  confieselo  V. ;    que  ella  vaya ;   venga  V. ;  vamos. 
(b)  The  imperative  forms  proper  are  the  second  per- 
sons singular  and  plural  (as,  ama,  amad ;  come,  corned ; 
recibe,  recibid,  etc.),  which  cannot  be  used  with  a 
negative.    For  all  persons  except  the  second  singular 
and  plural,  and  for  these  when  negative,  the  subjunc- 
tive is  used  for  the  imperative  :  as,  dice,  decid ;  no 
digas,  no  digais ;  diga  V.,  digamos,  que  digan,  digan 
VV.,  no  diga  V.,  etc. 

(c)  Kote  that  let  (as  sign  of  imperative)  with  third  person  may 
be  translated  by  que :  as,  que  digan,  let  them  say.  (d)  The 
future  of  the  indicative  is  sometimes  used  for  the  imperative, 
see  233  (b).  (e)  The  infinitive  with  a  sometimes  has  the  force 
of  the  imperative  :  as,  a  ver,  let  us  see. 

239.  (a)  When  the   conditional   mood  is  used,  a 
condition  is  usually  expressed  or  understood  in  the 
sentence,  the  conditional  mood  being  used  in  the  con- 
clusion and  some  conjunction  (frequently  si2)  being 
generally  used  in  the  condition  :    as,  iria  con  V.  si 

1  Also  a  wish :  as,  sea  su  nombre  bendito,  may  Jiis  name  be 
blessed.     Thus  used  even  the  first  person  singular  is  found : 
as,  viva  el  y  viva  yo,  may  Tie  and  I  live. 

2  Si,  meaning  whether,  is  followed  by  the  conditional  mood  : 
as,  no  se  si  me  lo  concederia  6  no. 


THE  IMPERATIVE  MOOD.    THE  CONDITIONAL  MOOD.  13? 

tuviese  (or  tuviera)  dinero;  si  tuviese  (or  tuviera) 
dinero  iria  con  V ;  ;  daria  todo  lo  que  tengo  para 
verle!  (Z>)  The  conjunction  that  naturally  intro- 
duces a  conditional  sentence  cannot  be  omitted 
at  will  as  in  English  :  as,  si  tuviera  papel,  escribiria 
una  carta;  we  cannot  say  tuviera  papel,  etc. 
(c)  When  the  principal  verb  l  of  the  sentence  de- 
notes supposition,  hope,  fear,  promise  or  affirma- 
tion, and  precedes  the  conjunction  que  *,  the  condi- 
tional may  be  used :  as,  pensaba  que  su  criado  acudiria 
a  la  hora  seiialada.  (d)  A  modest  request  or  wish  is 
often  expressed  by  the  conditional  mood  :  as,  desearia 
ver  los  muebles  en  casa  de  V.,  but  querer  (in  subj. )  is 
more  usual.  If,  however,  an  interjection  is  used,  the 
conditional  cannot  be :  as,  ojala  no  le  hubiera  (or 
hubiese)  yo  conocido.  (e)  The  conditional  is  often 
used  in  modest,  approximate,  or  uncertain  statements: 
as,  serian  las  diez  de  la  noche.  (/)  It  is  also  used  in 
interrogative  expressions  of  politeness  (see  d)]  and 
of  doubt,  concerning  possibility  or  fitness  :  as,  jme 
atreveria  yo  a  pedir?  j,seria  verdad?  (g)  In  indirect 
quotations  after  verbs  in  the  past  or  conditional,  the 
conditional  is  used:  as,  dijo  que  vendria. 

(h)  Could,  when  a  condition  is  expressed  or  implied,  is  ren- 
dered by  the  conditional  of  poder :  as,  yo  podria  ir  si  quisiera. 
{i)  Might,  expressing  power  or  ability,  is  also  rendered  by  the 
conditional  of  poder :  as,  el  podria  venir,  si  quisiera.  (j)  Should, 
meaning  ought  to,  is  rendered  by  the  conditional  of  deber:  as, 
V.  deberia  venir  conmigo.  (k)  The  preposition  a,  followed  by 
an  infinitive,  is  sometimes  used  to  form  a  conditional  sentence: 
as,  a  ser  cierta  la  noticia,  me  alegraria  mucho  ;  si  fuese  cierta 
la  noticia,  me  alegraria  mucho. 

1  Not  always  expressed. 


138  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


VOCABULARY  XXVI. 

el  canto,  singing.  acudirl^  come 

credito,  credit.  (to  come(by  appointment}. 

delirante,  raver.  afirmar,  to  affirm. 

delito,  crime.  avenir,  to  agree,  to  join. 

extravio,  frenzy.  cometer,  to  commit. 

favor,  favor.  contentar,  to  content. 

idioma,  language.  hebreo,  Hebrew. 

individuo,  individual,  person,  inevitable,  inevitable. 

marroqui,  morocco  leather.  jurar,  to  swear. 

mueble,  furniture.  navegar,  to  navigate. 

plato,  dish.  ofrecer,  to  offer. 

la  aldea,  hamlet.  osar,  to  dare. 

cadena,  chain.  permitir,  to  permit. 

chinela,  slipper.  radical,  radical. 

nave,  ship.  vano,  vain. 

ocasion,  occasion. 


EXERCISE  XXVL 

1.  Permita  V.  que  diga  lo  que  he  oido  sobre  ego. 
2.  No  vaya  V.  tarcje,  es  preciso  que  V.  este  alii  tem- 
prano.  3.  Los  individuos  que  deseen  aprender  el 
idioma  hebreo  acudiran  a  la  calle  de  D.  4.  Ama  a 
tu  projimo,  como  a  ti  mistfio.  5.  Leeria  los  libros 
que  estan  aqui,  si  tuviera  el  tiempo.  6.  Aun  cuando 
me  hubiera  ofrecido  otro  tanto,  yo  no  iria.  7.  Si  yo 
tuviese  una  casa  de  campo,  viviria  siempre  en  ella. 
8.  Puesto  (caso)  que  durmiese,  y  no  despertase  ;  en 
vano  seria  mi  canto.  9.  Si  V.  se  hubiese  levantado 
mas  temprano,  habria  almorzado  con  nosotros.  10.  No 
fui  tan  simple,  que  tomase  el  camino  de  Toledo;  por- 
que  (by  which)  me  expondria  a  encontrarme  con  el. 
11.  Desearia  un  par  de  chinelas  y  las  quisiera  en  (de) 


THE  IMPERATIVE  MOOD.     THE  CONDITIONAL  MOOD.  139 

marroqui.  12.  Con  todo  eso,  osaria  afirmar  y  jurar  que 
son  radicales.  13.  Tendria  en  aquel  tiempo  la  ciudad 
sesenta  mil  vecinos.  14.  <;  Es  posible  que  los  extravios 
de  un  delirante,  cuya  razon  evidentemente  descon- 
certaria  la  proximidad  de  la  muerte,  hayan  encon- 
trado  credito  ?  15.  ^Deberia  yo  dar  ocasion  a  que 
cometiese  otros  nuevos  delitos  ? 

THEME  XXVI. 

1.  The  war  is  inevitable,  and  let  it  come !  I  repeat 
it,  let  it  come !  2.  Do  not  suffer  that  they  betray  you 
with  promises.  3.  Do  me  the  favor  to  tell  me  where 
the  doctor  lives.  4.  Speak  to  this  man;  and  ask  him 
what  you  wish.  5.  He  would  certainly  be  [the]  son 
of  a  grandee,  if  this  had  been  in  his  power.  6.  I 
would  have  given  him  the  watch  and  the  chain,  if  he 
merited  them.  7.  If  I  had  known  that  you  were  not 
at  home,  I  would  not  have  come.  8.  He  would  have 
much  more  wealth  (-s),  if  he  had  not  spent  it  (them) 
in  voyages.  9.  I  would  have  invited  him,  if  he  under- 
stood the  German  language.  10.  It  seems  to  me  that 
we  would  not  agree  badly  living  together.  11.  I 
would  content  myself  with  any  (whatever)  of  these 
dishes.  12.  It  was  about  two  o'clock  in  the  after- 
noon, when  they  reached  the  village.  13.  They  might 
have  sailed  two  hours  when  they  discovered  a  power- 
ful ship.  14.  Would  you  have  the  kindness  to  tell 
me  where  the  post  [office]  is  ?  15.  The  gentleman 
said  that  you  might  know  the  truth,  if  you  wished. 
16.  Could  you  find  your  way  in  the  city  without  me  ? 


140  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

i 

LESSON  XXVII. 

THE   SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD. 

240.  (a)  The  subjunctive  mood  in  independent  sen- 
tences  expresses  command,   exhortation,  wish,   con- 
cession, uncertainty:  as,  pagueseme  lo  que  se  me  debe; 
hagame  V.  el  favor ;  sepamos  caal  es  mas  looo ;  venga 
esta  dueiia  y  pida  lo  que  quisiere ;  viva  61  y  viva  yo ; 
saiga  lo  que  saliere  (come  what  may},     (b)  The  sub- 
junctive in  independent  sentences  is  really  used  as  an 
imperative,  see  238  and  Exercise  XXVI. 

241.  The  subjunctive  mood  is  used  in  dependent 
sentences  whose  meaning  is  represented  rather  as  a 
conception  than  a  reality;  and  which  are  connected 
(either  as  subject  or  object)  with  the  principal  sen- 
tence1 by  que2;  or  as  object  by  an  interrogative  pro- 
noun or  conjunction. 

Note  the  following:  aunque  estaba  alii  (ind.) ;  aunque  estu- 
viese  alii  (subj.);  though  lie  was  there  (sure);  though  he  might  be 
there  (doubtful);  aunque  viene  hoy,  no  le  vere  (he  surely  comes)\ 
aunque  viniese  hoy,  no  le  veria  (coming  not  sure). 

242.  This  dependent  subjunctive  is  used:  (a)  After 
expressions  that  deny  or  question  the  reality  or  possi- 
bility of  the  statement  in  the  dependent  sentence  : 
as,  no  es  verdad  que  lo  haya  dicho.     j  Es  verdad  que 
lo  haya  dicho?    Dudo  que  venga;  dud6  que  viniese 
(but  no  dudo  que  vendra) ;  no  dudo  que  seas  mi  amigo. 
(b)  After  expressions  (that  represent  the  statement  in 
the  dependent  sentence  as  a  subject)  of  fear,  hope,  or 

1  Sometimes  understood  or  placed  after  the  subjunctive. 

2  Generally  que  or  a  compound  of  que,  rarely  others. 


THE   SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD.  141 

expectation  :  as,  temia  descubriese  la  trampa ;  espe- 
rando  se  cumpla  el  numero  del  vapuleo ;  but  temo  (/ 
fear  =  I  am  sure)  no  ha  de  llegar  el  dia.  (c)  After 
expressions  (that  represent  the  statement  in  the 
dependent  sentence  as  a  subject)  of  command,  wish, 
concession,  etc.:  as,  guardaos  de  que  no  os  enga-^ 
nen;  conjiirote  que  me  digas  quien  eres;  concede 
que  todo  lo  que  dices  sea  verdad.  (d)  After  expres- 
sions of  feeling,  emotion,  etc. :  as,  le  agradecer6  a  Vr- 
que  me  d6  un  poco  de  papel;  me  alegraria  de  que  61 
viniese  (viniera).  (e)  After  impersonal  expressions, 
representing  what  follows  them  as  an  idea  or  concep- 
tion of  the  speaker  or  writer:  as,  lo  mejor  es  que  no 
corran;  es  necesario  que  vaya.  (/)  Generally  after 
saber  used  negatively  or  interrogatively:  as,  no  s6  qu6 
diga.  (g)  Sometimes  after  decir l  and  in  some  other 
constructions,  where  we  might  expect  the  conditional : 
as,dijo  que  lo  hiciera,  si  no  fuera  prohibido :  but  the  sub- 
junctive of  indirect  statement  is  not  a  regular  Spanish 
construction:  as,  dije,-pens6  (dijo,  pens6)  que  era  ver- 
dad. (h)  After  verbs  of  causing,  occasioning,  accom- 
plishing, etc.:  as,  consigues  que  seas  respetado:  but 
after  such  followed  by  de  manera  que,  de  suerte  que, 
or  tan  made  prominent,  the  result  must  be  a  future 
one  to  be  expressed  by  the  subjunctive :  as,  se  porta 
de  manera  que  es  amado  de  todos;  portate  de  manera 
que  seas  amado  de  todos. 

243.  DISTINCTION  IN  USE  BETWEEN  FIRST  (ending  in  ra) 
AND  SECOND  (ending  in  se)  IMPERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE.— (a) 
When  the  imperfect  subjunctive  is  preceded  by  si,  con  tal  que, 
cuando,  or  by  an  interjection  expressing  desire,  either  the  first 
or  the  second  subjunctive  may  be  used  :  as,  si  tuviera,  or  tu- 

1  See  under  conditional  mood. 


142  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

viese,  dinero,  comprarialibros;  ojalafuera,  or  fuese  cierto.  (b)  In 
cases  similar  to  these  in  (a),  but  without  the  conjunction,  either 
the  first  subjunctive  or  the  conditional  is  used  :  as,  de  buena 
gana  saliera,  or  saldria.  [NOTE.— From  (a)  and  (5)  it  follows 
that  ra  (1st  subj.)  may  sometimes  take  the  place  of  se  (2d 
subj  )  or  of  ria  (conditional),  but  that  se  and  ria  differ.]  (c)  Se 
is  generally  used  if  a  relative  pronoun  precedes:  as,  premiare  a 
todos  los  que  hubiesen  hecho  su  deber.  (d)  Ra  is  generally  used 
in  exclamations  :  as,  quien  lo  hubiera  pensado !  or,  habria  pen- 
sado !  (e)  Partial  list  of  impersonal  expressions  generally  tak- 
ing the  subjunctive  mood  after  them : 
es  necesario  es  malo  conviene 

es  precise  es  justo  es  bien 

es  menester  es  injusto  es  hora 

es  fuerza  es  lastima  lo  mejor  es 

es  bueno  es  verguenza  menos  mal  es,  etc. 

VOCABULARY  XXVII. 

el  destine,  destiny.  cumplir  (-se),  to  complete,  fulfil. 

nfLmero,  number.  desterrar,  to  banish. 

perro,  dog.  determinar,  to  determine. 

puesto,  place,  position.  dudar,  to  doubt. 

sacrificio,  sacrifice.  espantar,  to  frighten. 

uso,  use.  fiar  (-se),  to  trust. 

vapuleo,  whipping.  ladrar,  to  bark. 

la  burla,  jest,  sport.  loco,  foolish,  simple. 

duda,  doubt.  mantener,  to  keep. 

duena,  lady  (married).  ojala,  would  that. 

las  letras,  learning.  permanecer,  to  persist,  remain. 

la  patria,  native  land.  premiar,  to  reward. 

trampa,  trap,  fraud.  prohibir,  to  prohibit. 

advertir,  to  inform.  proseguir,  to  pursue. 

agradecer,  to  thank.  respetar,  to  respect. 

alcanzar,  to  reach.  separar,  to  separate. 

apear  (-se),  to  dismount.  ya,  now. 
conjurar,  to  entreat. 


THE   SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD.  143 

EXEKCISE    XXVII. 

1.  Ojala  la  tierra  se  me  abriera  antes  que  me  viese 
puesto  en  esta  condicion.  2.  Sea  el  que  fuere  el  uso 
que  V.  hiciere  de  mi  papel,  no  dudo  que  lo  aprobare. 
3.  Aunque  ladren  los  perros,  no  me  despertaran  en 
este  cuarto.  4.  Que  no  se  espante  V.  de  verme,  que 
no  se  muera  V.  al  (de)  verme.  5.  No  puede  ser  que 
mi  destino  se  separe  del  tuyo  6  del  suyo.  6.  Tengo 
determinado  que  vaya  V.  por  una  parte  del  monte  y 
yo  por  otra.  7.  Mi  amigo  estaba  contento  con  que 
(ivlien)  me  hallase  en  casa.  8.  Es  hora  que  prosigamos 
nuestro  camino — sale  el  sol.  9.  Entre  tan  alegre  como 
si  supiera  adonde  habia  de  ir  a  comer.  10.  Te  juro 
que  si  pudiera  subir  6  apearme  (que)  yo  te  hubiera 
vengado.  11.  Aun  cuando  tratara  (or  tratase)  de  re- 
mediar  el  mal,  etc.  12.  Le  advirtio  que  a  cuanto  ella  le 
dijese,  le  respondiese  (-ra).  13.  Aunque  me  lo  haya 
dicho  el  otro  dia,  no  me  acuerdo  ya  de  ello.  14.  Le 
hubiera  ido  a  ver  ayer,  si  hubiese  sabido  esta  noticia. 
15.  Si  permaneciere  aqui  algun  tiempo  se  lo  avisare 
a  V.  16.  Si  el  hubiere  dejado  Granada  antes  que  le 
alcance  mi  carta,  etc. 

THEME  XXVII. 

1.  Do  not  think  that  my  destiny  can  ever  be  sepa- 
rated from  thine.  2.  Either  it  was  to  gain  my  con- 
fidence or  to  make  fun  of  me.  3.  That  he  may  keep 
the  place,  I  have  made  many  sacrifices.  4.  There  is 
no  doubt  that  you  might  be  deceived  by  that  letter. 
5.  Our  destiny  has  not  wished  that  we  should  die  in 
our  native  land.  6.  I  did  not  wish  (imp.)  that  any 


144  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

one  should  know-that  I  had  money.  7.  I  am  astonished 
to  see  that  a  man  so  without  letters  (education)  says 
such  things.  8.  It  is  necessary  that  you  know  and  do 
your  task  and  your  duty.  9.  I  do  not  know  what  I 
would  do  then;  this  I  know,  what  I  wish  to  do  now. 
10.  It  would  be  well  that  they  should  banish  that  old 
criminal.  11.  I  called  him  that  he  might  go  out  with 
me.  12.  There  was  no  one  in  the  city  that  trusted 
them.  13.  I  shall  not  return  until  they  have  delivered 
me  the  money.  14.  He  would  have  paid  me,  if  he 
had  had  money  at  home.  15.  I  will  bring  you  what 
(-ever)  they  may  give  me.  16.  Even  if  he  should  have 
written  him  before  he  (might)  arrive,  etc. 


LESSON  XXVIII. 

THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  IN  DEPENDENT  SENTENCES 
(CONTINUED).     SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES. 

244.  The  subjunctive  mood  is  used  after  certain 
conjunctions.  The  important  ones  used  with  the 
subjunctive  are  l  : 

a  fin  de  que,  to  the  end  that,      como  quiera  que,  notwithstanding. 

a  menos  que,  unless.  como  si,  as  if. 

antes  que,  before.  con  tal  que,  provided  that. 

apenas,  scarcely.  cual  si,  as  if. 

asi  que,  so  that.  cuando,  when. 

aunque,  although.  dado  que,  granted  that. 

bien  que,  although.  en  caso  de  que,  in  case  that. 

como,  as,  when.  en  vez  de  que,  instead  of. 

1  The  same  conjunction  will  be  followed  by  the  indicative 
or  subjunctive  mood  according  to  the  sense  in  which  it  is  used, 
see  241. 


THE   SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD.  145 

hasta  qua,  until  para  que, )  fe  ^^  ^ 

hast  a  donde,  as  far  as.  porque,      > 

luego  que,  as  soon  as.  por...que,  however. 

mientras,  while.  siempre  que,  whenever. 

no  sea  que,  lest.  sin  que,  without. 

ojala,  would  that.  supuesto  que,  supposing  that. 

NOTE.— Other  conjunctions  are  sometimes  used  with  the 
subjunctive. 

245.  (a)  The  subjunctive  is  used  in  relative  senten- 
ces, when  the  relative  pronoun  or  adverb  refers  to  a 
negative  idea:  as,  no  habia  quien  les  creyese.    (Z>)  When 
the  relative  refers  to  an  unknown  or  indefinite  person 
or  thing :  as,  yo  le  dir6  cosas  que  le  admiren.    (c)  Often 
when  the  relative  has  a  general  force  (as,  any  one 
whatever,  anywhere  whatever,  etc.):   as,  V.  hara  lo 
que  mejor  le  pareciere  (or  parezca).     (d)  The  relative 
referring  to  a  superlative1  does  not  require  the  sub- 
junctive :  as,  la  ingratitud  es  uno  de  los  mayores  peca- 
dos  que  se  conoce.     (e)  When  the  relative  expresses  a 
purpose,  the  subjunctive  is  used :   as,  quiso  irse  donde 
sus  ojos  no  la  viesen  jamas. 

246.  (a)  The  future  of  the  subjunctive  is  but  little 
used,  the   present   subjunctive   generally  taking  its 
place :  as,  todo  lo  que  me  den,  all  thai  they  may  give 
me;  cuando  vengan,  when  they  should  come,     (b)  But 
when  used  it  is  only  in  sentences  beginning  with  si, 
cuando,  mientras,  or  a  relative  adverb  or  pronoun :  as, 
saldr6  si  no  lloviere  (or  llueva).     (c)  The  compound 
of  the  present  subjunctive  is  generally  used  for  the 
compound  of  the  future  subjunctive :  as,  cuando  haya 
acabado  mi  tarea,  etc. 

1  The  superlative  relative  is  found  with  the  subjunctive,  but 
it  is  not  the  superlative  as  such  that  requires  it. 


146  PEACTICAL  SPANISH  GRAMMAR. 

247.  SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES,  (a)  Verbs  in  the  pres- 
ent or  future  indicative  or  the  present  subjunctive 
are  generally  followed  by  the  present  subjunctive  or 
compound  of  the  present  :  as,  manda  que  se  haga 
luego;  me  alegro  que  lo  haya  vencido;  desear6  que  V.  se 
divierta.  (b)  Verbs  in  any  of  the  past  tenses,  simple  or 
compound,  of  the  indicative,  conditional  or  subjunc- 
tive, or  in  the  compound  future  of  the  indicative,  are 
generally  followed  by  the  imperfects  of  the  subjunc- 
tive, simple  or  compound:  as,  he  mandado'  que  lo 
llevara  (or  llevase)  V. ;  me  alegraba  que  lo  hubiera 
visto. 

VOCABULARY  XXVIII. 

el  caballero    andante,    knight-  confundir,  to  confound. 

cura,  priest.  [errant,  consultar,  to  consult. 

ganapan,  porter.  decidir,  to  decide. 

ignorante,  ignorant  (one).  devolver,  to  return.  . 

insensate,  stupid  (one).  dispensar,  to  excuse. 

oficio,  office.  disponer,  to  dispose. 

pecado,  sin.  inducir,  to  lead  (induce). 

sello,  seal.  luego,  presently,  immediately. 

vencedor,  conqueror.  morar,  to  dwell. 

la  accion,  action.  ofender,  to  offend. 

ingratitud,  ingratitude.  para  que,  in  order  that. 

insula  (isla),  island.  procurar,  to  try. 

mentira,  lie.  resolver  (-se),  to  resolve. 

profesion,  profession.  suplicar,  to  supplicate. 

serial,  sign. 

EXERCISE  XXVIII. 

1.  Los  describio  a  fin  de  que  los  ignorantes  no  los 
confundan  con  los  verdaderos  sabios.  2.  Me  escape 
sin  que  me  viesen.  3.  V.  habla  como  si  la  profesion  de 
las  armas  fuese  oficio  de  ganapanes.  4.  Lo  digo  para 


THE   SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD.  147 

que  (a  fin  que)  V.  lo  sepa.  5.  Me  suplico  que  le 
hablase  de  modo  que  se  resolviese.  6.  Buscaba  a  su 
amo  por  largo  tiempo,  sin  que  le  hallase.  7.  <;  Cuando 
quiere  el  banquero  que  yo  le  devuelva  el  dinero? 
8.  Quien  la  oiga,  creera  que  esta  ya  decidido  que  me 
quedo.  9.  Cualquiera  palabra  6  accion  que  pueda 
inducir  a  otros  en  error  es  mentira.  10.  Haced  bien 
a  los  que  os  hayan  ofendido.  11.  Deme  V.,  dijo  el 
estudiante  un  libro  que  pueda  consultar.  12.  En  cual- 
quiera  figura  que  haya  sido,  he  quedado  vencedor  de 
mi  enemigo.  13.  Con  la  mas  minima  sefial  que  me 
haga  V.  pondre  un  sello  en  mi  boca.  14.  <i  Quien 
le  habia  de  dar  a  V.  senor  insulas  que  gobernase? 
15.  Me  maravillo  que  hayan  creido  una  noticia  tan 
improbable.  16.  El  general  le  habria  ordenado  que 
volviera  (or  volviese). 

THEME  XXVIII. 

1.  He  who  responds  before  he  hears  shows  that  he 
is  a  stupid  [one].  2.  What  a  gentleman  once  prom- 
ises, he  tries  to  fulfil  although  it  costs  him  his  life. 
3.  If  Heaven  shall  dispose  of  the  king,  I  swear  that  I 
will  give  you  my  hand.  4.  I  place  the  paper  in  your 
hands,  in  order  that  you  may  make  use  of  it.  5.  I 
shall  keep  it  for  [a]  relic,  as  long  as  life  shall  last. 
6.  What  will  your  master  say  when  he  sees  what  you 
have  done  ?  7.  He  will  give  me  money  until  I  have 
found  a  good  situation.  8.  An  American  who  goes  for 
the  first  time  to  Boston  will  be  [a]  stranger.  9.  My 
mother  needs  a  servant  who  knows  how  to  cook  well. 
10.  Work  makes  for  men  houses  where  they  may 
dwell.  11.  I  rejoice  (I  regret)  to  have  been  the  first 


148  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GEAMMAR. 

who  said  it.  12.  Is  there  a  hamlet  priest  that  can 
say  what  my  master  has  said  ?  13.  He  is  the  most 
loyal  squire  that  ever  served l  a  knight-errant.  14.  All 
his  friends  said  to  him  that  he  should  say  what  he 
wished.  15.  I  beg  that  you  will  (may)  excuse  me 
from  coming  to-morrow.  16.  I  doubted  that  he  would 
convince  him  (or)  that  he  would  have  convinced  him. 


LESSON  XXIX. 

THE  INFINITIVE   MOOD. 

248.  (a)  The  infinitive  is  sometimes  used  exactly  as 
a  noun  and  may  take  an  article  (the  masculine  el)  be- 
fore it,  may  form  a  plural,  be  limited  by  an  adjective 
or  possessive  or  by  de  with  its  noun,  may  be  subject 
or  object  of  a  verb,  or  governed  by  a  preposition :  as, 
evitad  el  hablar  demasiado ;  los  pesares  de  la  vida; 
el  dulce  murnmrar ;  al  romper  (d)el  dia  ;  el  cantar 
de  las  aves  es  nrny  agradable;  tu  saber.     (V)  Some- 
times its  verbal  force  is  kept  when  used  as  noun,  and 
it  may  be  qualified  by  an  adverb  or  take  an  object 
after  it :    as,  el  hablar  corrientemente,  etc. ;  el  leer 
buenos  libros,  etc. 

249.  (a)  The  infinitive  as  subject  is  generally  used 
with   the   article   or  other  qualifiers,  but  sometimes 
without:  as,  el  cazar  es  buen  ejercicio;  hablar  mucho 
es  un  vicio.     (b)  The  infinitive  as  subject  sometimes 
precedes,  as  in  (a),  and  sometimes  follows  its  verb : 
as,  no  es  mi  tristeza  haber  caido  en  tu  poder,  /  am 

1  Use  preterite  indicative. 


THE 


MOOD. 


149 


not  sad  for,  etc.  (c)  due  with  a  personal  form  of  the 
verb  (indicative  or  subjunctive)  is  used  instead  of 
the  infinitive  when  its  subject  cannot  be  inferred  from 
the  rest  of  the  sentence:  as,  basta  que  sepas,  it  is 
enough  that  thou  knowest;  but,  me  basta  saber,  le 
basta  a  V.  saber,  etc.  (d)  Sometimes,  however,  the 
infinitive  is  retained  and  the  personal  pronoun  or 
other  subject  placed  near  it :  as,  el  oirlo  yo,  me  causa 
lastima;  el  dar  el  si  manana  la  hermosa  Julia. 

250.  The  infinitive  without  a  preposition,  generally 
as  direct  object,  is  used  after  many  verbs,  of  which 
the  principal  are  : 


aconsejar 

declarar 

manifestar 

procurar 

acostumbrar 

dejar 

mas  vale 

prohibir 

afirmar 

desear 

merecer  3 

prometer 

alegrar  (-se) 

determinar 

mostrar 

protestar 

andar  l 

esperar 

necesitar 

querer 

celebrar 

fingir 

negar 

saber 

concebir 

gustar 

oir 

sentir 

confesar 

haber  menester 

osar 

soler 

conocer 

hacer 

parecer 

temer 

contar 

holgar 

pensar 

tener 

conviene 

imaginar  (-se) 

poder 

vedar 

creer 

impedir 

preferir 

venir  4 

deber2 

intentar 

presumir 

ver 

decir 

mandar 

pretender 

VOCABULARY  XXIX. 


el  aliento,  breath. 
banquete,  banquet. 
euidado,  care. 
lacayo,  servant. 


el  manjar,  dish  (food). 
milagro,  miracle. 
muro,  wall. 
musico,  musician. 


1  Andar  buscar,  to  go  to  seek.  2  De  is  sometimes  used  •  as, 
por  aqui  cerca  debe  de  estar  alguna  fuente.  3  Merece  ser  alab«.&a. 
4  Viene  adorar — a  omitted  for  euphony — lie  comes  to  adore. 


150 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


el  punto,  point. 

termino,  limit. 

tesoro,  treasure. 
la  admiracion,  wonder. 
lasartes,  intrigues. 
la  cuestion,  question. 

dama,  lady. 

diferencia,  difference. 

doctrina,  doctrine. 

estrella,  star. 

fuente,  spring. 

labradora,  working  woman. 

lastima,  pity. 

locura,  folly. 

naturaleza,  nature. 

ola,  wave. 

renta,  income. 

tristeza,  grief,  sadness. 


la  utilidad,  profit. 
aderezar,  to  prepare  (victuals). 
cansar,  to  weary. 
causar,  to  cause. 
comer,  to  eat. 
comparar,  to  compare. 
considerar,  to  consider. 
corrientemente,.  fluently. 
curioso,  curious. 
demasiado,  too  much. 
encantar,  to  delight. 
entristecer,  to  sadden. 
facilitar,  to  facilitate. 
lugubre,  gloom. 
murmurar,  to  murmur. 
perfecto,  perfect. 
por  en  cima,  on  topt  over. 
romper,  to  break. 


EXERCISE  XXIX. 

1.  Gastar  en  un  banquete  la  renta  de  un  afio  es 
locura.  2.  El  decir  tu  si  y  el  acabarseme  la  vida,  ha 
de  ser  todo  a  un  punto.  3.  Le  entristecia  ver  que 
Altisidora  no  le  habia  cumplido  la  palabra.  4.  Se  te 
ha  ido  de  las  mientes  haber  visto  a  Dulcinea  conver- 
tida  en  labradora.  5.  Es  decir;  se  me  ha  olvidado 
decir.  6.  El  suceso  que  yo  he  tenido  en  ver  a  V.?  es 
imposible  ser  malo.  7.  El  hablar  nosotros  pasa  de  los 
terminos  de  la  naturaleza.  8.  Es  mas  milagro  darme 
a  mi  un  poeta  un  peso  que  yo  recibirle.  9.  La  dife- 
rencia que  hay  del  animal  bruto  al  hombre,  es  ser  el 
hombre  animal  racional  y  el  bruto  irracional.  10.  Es- 
perando  6  por  mejor  decir  temiendo  perder  la  vida, 
fue,  etc.  11.  Pasabanle  las  olas  por  (en)  cima,  no  solo 
impidiendole  ver  el  cielo  sino  (pero)  negandole  el 


THE   IKFIKITIVE   MOOD.  151 

poder  pedirle  ayuda.  13.  Son  artes  que  nuestros 
mayores  prohibieron  aprenderse.  14.  El  reino  de 
Dios  no  es  comer  ni  beber  sino  (inas)  paz  y  justicia. 
15.  Quiero  imitar  al  pueblo  en  el  vestido,  en  las  cos- 
tumbres  solo  a  los  mejores.  16.  La  que  (ella)  decia 
ser  mi  madre  esta  alia. 


THEME  XXIX. 

1.  It  would  be  curious  to  compare  this  doctrine 
with  the  other.  2.  To  take  from  a  knight  his  lady 
is  to  take  from  him  his  eyes.  3.  Let  it  not  weary 
you  to  hear  me  relate  what  happened  to  me.  4.  It 
is  not  my  sadness  that  (I  am  not  sad  because)  my 
friend  has  fallen  in  your  power.  5.  You  shall  con- 
quer the  stars ;  for  it  is  possible  to  conquer  them. 
6.  I  seem  to  see  her  enter  (between)  the  gloomy  walls 
of  this  prison.  7.  It  will  not  be  lost  care  to  consider 
this  question.  8.  Your  saying  this  (el  decirlo  tu)  and 
my  hearing  it  causes  me  new  wonder.  9.  Where  is 
that  trembling  [of]  all  before  him  and  that  speaking 
to  him  on  the  knees?  10.  The  general  determined  to 
put  them  at  (in)  liberty.  11.  The  doctor  has  no  need  to 
go  to  seek  help.  12.  The  horses  need  to  take  breath 
in  order  not  to  fall  on  the  way.  13.  The  perfect 
playing  of  this  musician  delights  one.  14.  He  knows 
how  to  prepare  and  cook  many  good  dishes.  15.  The 
profit  of  the  kingdom  counselled  facilitating  for  both 
cities  the  commerce  with  America.  16.  If  I  should 
get  a  servant  like  you,  I  should  believe  [myself]  to 
have  found  a  treasure. 


152  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

LESSON  XXX. 

THE  INFINITIVE  (CONCLUDED). 

251.  The  infinitive  (generally  in  independent  con- 
struction) is  used  after  the  prepositions,  a,  antes  de, 
con,  despues  de,  en,  en  cuanto  a,  en  vez  de,  hasta,  para, 
por,  sin,  sobre  and  many  compounds  of  de  :  as,  al 
perder  el  cuerpo  la  vida ;  a  ser  otra  cosa ;  le  gan6  a 
correr;   junto  con  ser  cruel  era  encantador;   hasta 
verte ;  no  se  siguitf  el  alcance  por  ser  noche ;  sin  yo 
pensarlo ;  a  pesar  de  (or)  sin  embargo  de  (or)  no  ob- 
stante  de  haberle  yo  pagado,  no  estuvo  satisfecho. 

252.  (a)  The  infinitive  in  dependent  constructions 
is  used  after  the  prepositions  a  and  de,  also  after  con, 
en,  para,  por,  and  so  used,     (b)  A,  with  the  infini- 
tive, follows  verbs  of  motion,  and  others  with  which 
the  idea  of  direction  toward  an  end  is  united. 

The  principal  verbs  are  :  animar,  aprender,  aspirar,  ayudar, 
comenzar,  condenar,  consentir,  convidar,  conviene,  dar,  echar, 
empezar,  ensenar,  enviar,  habituar,  inclinar,  invitar,  ir,  mostrar, 
obligar,  pasar,  salir,  tender,  venir,  volver.  El  vino  a  visitarme ; 
sail  a  ver  los  soldados ;  el  me  ensena  a  cantar ;  nos  convido  a 
comer  con  el. 

(b')  A  with  the  infinitive  follows  other  verbs,  parti- 
ciples, or  adjectives  whose  meaning  naturally  require 
to  (a) :  such  as,  bastar,  esforzarse,  obligar,  precisar,  etc. : 
as,  se  esfuerza  a  hacerlo ;  no  estas  tu  obligado  a  saber 
latin.  (#")  Besides  esforzarse,  etc.  (see  b'),  atreverse, 
decidirse,  negarse,  ponerse,  resistirse,  are  so  used:  as, 
no  me  atrevo  a  hablarle.  (c)  De,  with  the  following 


THE   lOTItflTIVE   MOOD.  153 


infinitive,  may  follow  substantives  or  adjectives:  as, 
es  tiempo  de  dormir;  es  bueno  de  coiner,  (c')  After 
verbs  of  emotion,  etc.  ;  after  verbs  denoting  removal, 
cessation,  etc.  ;  after  to  be  used  impersonally,  and 
after  haber  (and  often  tener  in  the  sense  of  is  to, 
or  must)  :  as,  me  alegro  de  ver  a  V.  bueno  ;  desisti6 
de  perseguir  a  sus  contraries  (opposers).  Es  de  desear. 
I  due"  me  tengo  de  armar  ?  (d)  Con  (the  manner  how, 
or  means  by  which)  with  following  infinitive:  as, 
le  entretengo  con  contarle  cuentos.  (e)  En  with  fol- 
lowing infinitive  :  as,  empleo  mi  tiempo  en  estudiar. 
(/)  Para  with  the  following  infinitive:  as,  tiene  bas- 
tante  dinero  para  comprar  la  casa.  (/')  Para,  in 
order  to,  after  estar,  means  to  be  about  to  :  as,  estoy 
para  marcharme.  (g)  Por  (for  the  sake  of):  as, 
trabaja  por  alcanzar  premio.  (g')  Estar  por  means 
to  intend,  is  not  yet  :  as,  estuve  por  responderle;  la 
casa  esta  por  acaber,  the  house  is  not  yet  finished. 
(h)  due  is  often  followed  by  the  infinitive,  especially 
when  its  subject  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  principal 
verb:  as,  nada  tiene  que  explicar;  tengo  que  escribir 
una  carta;  hoy  hay  (or  maiiana  habra)  mucho  que 
hacer. 

VOCABULARY  XXX. 

el  alcance,  pursuit.  el  homenaje,  homage. 
arrepentimiento,  repentance.         lenguaje,  language. 
barbaro,  barbarian.  oido,  ear. 

contrario,  opposer.  restante,  rest. 

cuento,  story.  tema,  theme. 

euerpo,  body.  teologo,  theologian. 

emperador,  emperor.  la  bandera,  flag. 
encantador,  enchanter.  cena,  supper. 

enfermo,  sick  (man).  conversacion,  conversation. 


154  PRACTICAL  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

las  fiestas,  holidays,  entretener,  to  entertain. 

la  impresion,  impression.  esforzar  (-se),  to  make  efforts. 

misantropia,  misanthropy.       marchar  (-se),  to  go  off. 

muestra,  sign.  perseguir,  to  pursue. 

salud,  health.  pescar,  to  fish. 

abandonar,  to  abandon.  privar,  to- deprive. 

abrazar,  to  embrace.  provenir,  to  arise. 

deleitar,  to  delight.  reconocer,  to  recognize. 

destruir,  to  destroy.  rendir,  to  render. 

dibujar,  to  draw,  sketch,  sobre.  besides. 

diferente,  different.  tardar,  to  tarry. 

emplear,  to  employ.  variar,  to  vary. 

entender,  to  understand.  visitar,  to  visit. 


EXERCISE  XXX. 

1.  Al  oir  esas  palabras  ya  le  reconocemos  a  V. 
2.  La  vista  se  deleita  con  el  nacer  de  la  luz  y  con  el 
variar  de  las  nubes.  3.  Preguntare  hasta  saber  la  ver- 
dad.  4.  Ninguna  de  estas  razones  fue  entendida  de 
los  barbaros  por  ser  dichas  en  diferente  lenguaje  que 
el  suyo.  5.  Se  come  para  vivir.  6.  Mis  hermanas 
aprenden  a  dibujar  con  el  sefior  Kondel.  7.  Preste 
dos  libros  a  su  amigo  de  V.,  pero  el  no  ha  vuelto  a 
traermelos.  8.  El  juez  se  contento,  con  privar  al  reo 
de  la  libertad.  9.  Por  la  culpa,  de  no  habermelo  tu 
acordado  te  sucedio  eso.  10.  Abrazome,  diciendo  que 
habia  esperado1  de  hacer  impresion  sus  razones. 

11.  No  por  eso  ha  dejado  de  ser  ella  la  que  antes  era. 

12.  No  deja  de  ser  un  enfermo,  con  todo  eso  trabaja 
mucho.     13.  Es  de  desear  que  haga  buen  tiempo  du- 
rante  las  fiestas  (holidays).     14.  Mas  tardo  en  hablar 
Don  Quijote  que  en  acabarse  la  cena.     15.  Aunque 

1  Rather  antiquated. 


THE   INFINITIVE   MOOD.  155 

tiene  oidos  para  oir,  no  tiene  lengua  para  hablar. 
16.  Pocas  palabras  me  quedan  por  decir,  aunque  mu- 
chas  lagrimas  si  que  llorar.  17.  Su  misautropia  pro- 
viene  de  no  haber  nunca  tenido  un  verdadero  amigo. 

THEME  XXX. 

1.  Besides  being  king,  he  wishes  to  make  himself 
emperor.  2.  Even  the  boys  of  this  city,  without  ever 
having  seen  me,  know  me.  3.  (The)  which  histories, 
for  not  being  to  my  taste,  I  do  not  mention  (them). 
4.  He  must  be  [a]  theologian,  in  order  to  know  how 
to  give  account  of  the  Christian  law.  5.  I  shall  remain 
at  home  instead  of  going  out.  6.  The  banker  has  in- 
vited us  to  dine,  but  we  cannot  go.  7.  I  am  going 
to  visit  some  friends  who  have  arrived  from  France. 
8.  This  man  has  destroyed  his  health  by  (con)  much 
drinking.  9.  The  poor  boy  had  (the)  misfortune  to 
lose  his  watch.  10.  It  would  weigh  upon  me  to  see 
him  give  signs  of  any  repentance.  11.  Soon  all  will 
love  him  without  any  one  ceasing  to  fear  him. 
12.  They  accuse  the  soldier  of  having  abandoned  his 
flag.  13.  He  is  to  work  this  morning,  and  can  fish 
this  afternoon.  14.  The  rest  of  the  conversation  was 
occupied  in  speaking  of  the  king.  15.  I  come  accom- 
panied by  my  son  to  render  you  the  first  homage. 
16.  I  had  neither  lessons  to  study  nor  themes  to  write 
out. 


156  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


LESSON  XXXI. 

PRESENT  PARTICIPLE    (OR   GERUND). 
PAST  PARTICIPLE. 

253.  The  present l  participle  is  not  used  as  an  ad- 
jective but  as  a  verb,  hence  does  not  change  its  form 
for  gender  and  number,  and  is  used  :  (a)  For  the  in- 
finitive with  a  preposition  (especially  in  the  sense  of 
by) :  as,  me  divierto  leyendo  (or  en  leer) ;  gana  su 
vida  escribiendo  (or  en  escribir).  (b)  The  present 
participle,  when  not  referring  to  a  verb  (as,  continud 
escribiendo),  is  often  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the 
sentence ;  and  when  there,  naturally  refers  to  the 
subject :  as,  estudiando  se  aprende ;  viendole  tomar  la 
espada  le  dijo,  on  seeing  him  take,  etc.  (c)  The  pres- 
ent participle  with  en  often  implies  a  close  relation 
between  what  precedes  and  what  follows  :  as,  llega 
otro,  y  dale  de  palos,  y  en  dandoselos  huye.  (d)  The 
continuation  of  an  action  or  state  is  often  denoted  by 
estar  with  the  present  participle :  as,  j  ftu6  estas  ha- 
ciendo?  Estoy  escribiendo  una  carta;  estarse  dur- 
miendo,  to  befalling  to  sleep  ; — but  with  verbs  of  mo- 
tion ir,  not  estar,  is  used  :  as,  va  corriendo.  (e)  Ir, 
with  the  present  participle,  generally  means  continua- 

1  The  name  present  participle  is  used  instead  of  "  gerund  " 
because  the  latter  is  little  used  in  English,  and  the  real  present 
participle  forms  (such  as  calmante,  habitante,  and  doliente)  are 
not  used  as  participles. 


PRESENT   PARTICIPLE.       PAST   PARTICIPLE.       157 

tion  or  increase.     Se  va  burlando  de  vosotros,  lie  keeps 
making  fun  of  you.    El  fuego  se  iba  extendiendo. 

254.  (a)  The  past1  participle  with  the  meaning  of  a 
verb  has  the  form  of  an  adjective,  and  when  formed 
from  transitive  verbs  it  has  a  passive,  and  from  intran- 
sitive verbs  an  active  meaning.  Its  chief  use  is  to 
form  the  compound  tenses  (generally  with  haber). 
(b)  The  past  participle  is  not  varied  with  haber  as  the 
auxiliary:  as,  ella  ha  escrito.  With  llevar  and  tener 
it  agrees  in  gender  and  number  with  the  object:  as, 
llevo  escrita  una  carta;  also,  ellos  se  hallan  arruinados. 
With  andar,  ir,  and  quedar  it  agrees  with  the  subject: 
as,  61  anda  descuidado ;  ellos  van  satisfechos.  In  the 
passive  voice  the  past  participle  agrees  with  the  sub- 
ject: as,  nosotros  nemos  sido  castigados.  The  past 
participle  of  ser  and  estar  (conjugated  with  auxiliary 
haber)  are  never  varied;  hemos  estado  alii,  (c)  When 
not  used  as  a  verb,  but  as  an  adjective,  the  past 
participle,  of  course,  agrees  with  the  noun  or  pronoun 
qualified:  as,  una  carta  bien  escrita.  (a)  The  past  par- 
ticiple is  used  absolutely  (or  independently) :  as,  aca- 
bada  la  cena,  nos  fuimos  a  pasear.  (e)  The  feminines 
of  many  past  participles  are  used  as  nouns:  as,  la  be- 
bida,  the  drink  ; — sometimes  other  forms  :  as,  los  des- 
graciados,  the  unfortunate.  (/)  Past  participles  may 
be  used  with  prepositions :  as,  despues  de  restablecida 
la  paz,  floreceran  las  artes ;  es  un  hombre  despreci- 
ado  de  todos.  (g)  For  double  forms  of  the  past  parti- 
ciple, see  List  of  Irregular  Verbs  (page  113,  etc.). 

1  The  reflexive  participle  rarely  takes  the  reflexive  pronoun  ; 
but  is  the  same  in  form  as  that  of  a  non-reflexive  verb  :  as,  ale- 
grado,  instead  of  alegradose. 


158 


PEACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


VOCABULAKY   XXXI. 


el  asno,  ass. 

dano,  loss. 

devoto,  devout  (man). 

mantel,  tablecloth. 

nicho,  niche. 

paje,  page. 

palo,  blow  (with  stick). 

pensamiento,  thought. 

rebano,  flock. 

reconocimiento,  gratitude. 

rubor,  blush. 

templo,  temple. 
la  cantidad,  quantity. 

cara,  face. 

conjuracion,  conspiracy. 

doncella,  maiden. 

idea,  idea. 

oveja,  sheep. 

partida,  party  (squad). 

risa,  laughter. 

ventana,  window. 

victoria,  victory. 


la  yerba,  grass. 
acribillailo,  drubbed. 
amontonar,  to  mass. 
arruinar,  to  ruin. 
asaltar,  to  assault. 
callar,  to  keep  silent. 
calmante,  narcotic. 
descuidar,  to  neglect. 
despreciar,  to  despise. 
doliente,  sorrowful. 
edificar,  to  build. 
florecer,  to  flourish. 
lleno,  full. 

modificar  (-se),  to  be  modified. 
mostrar,  to  show. 
prendado,  smitten  (in  love). 
rebuznar,  to  bray. 
respirar,  to  breathe. 
sucesivamente,  little  by  little. 
velar,  to  watch. 
vestir  (-se),  to  dress. 


EXERCISE  XXXI. 

1.  El  devoto  mostro  su  reconocimiento,  edificando 
templos.  2.  Y  teniendo  yo  mas  vida,  tengo  menos 
libertad — Calderon.  3.  Estaba  para  volver,  quedando 
muy  ocupado  (en)  vistiendose  (en  vestirse).  4.  Un  re- 
bano de  ovejas  andaba  paciendo  la  yerba  al  rededor  de 
el.  5.  Mas  vale  pajaro  en  la  mano  que  buitre  volando. 
6.  Hasta  entonces  el  joven  liabia  ido  callando  y  escn- 
cliando.  7.  Habiendolavistoun  dia  quedo  prendado  de 
ella.  8.  Levantados  los  manteles  y  tomando  D.  Antonio 


PRESENT   PARTICIPLE.       PAST   PARTICIPLE.       159 


por  la  mano  a  D.  Quijote,  se  entro.  9.  ^Cuanto  hay 
que  ha  muerto  este  hombre  ?  10.  Escribio  una  carta 
al  emperador,  refiriendole  lo  acaecido.  11.  Abando- 
nado  enteramente  y  olvidado,  solo  respiraba  venganza. 
12.  Ganada  la  Sierra  y  rotoa  los  Moros  se  vio  obligado 
a  quedarse  alia.  13.  Tomo  la  carta,  cubierta  su  bella 
cara  de  un  honestisimo  rnbor.  14.  Despues  de  bien 
acribillado  le  echaron  a  la  calle.  15.  A  pocas  calles 
andadas  encontro  con  el  paje — Cervantes.  16.  Teni- 
endo  ya  preparado  mi  viaje,  hube  de  diferirlo  por  el 
mal  estado  de  los  caminos. 

THEME  XXXI. 

1.  Trembling  from  head  to  foot,  he  went  away  from 
the  house.  2.  The  army  lost  the  victory  [after]  having 
lost  its  king.  3.  While l  passing,  I  saw  the  woman 
looking  out  of  the  window.  4.  These  ideas  kept  on 
being  modified  little  by  little.  5.  Always  gaining 
and  never  spending,  they  amass  the  greatest  quantity 
of  money.  6.  The  servant  sleeps  and  the  master  is 
watching.  7.  The  duchess  was  dying  with  laughter, 
on  hearing  Sancho2  speak.  8.  When  I  brayed,  all 
the  asses  of  the  town  brayed.  9.  The  conspiracy  dis- 
covered, the  king  bought  him  of  his  master.  10.  Aided 
by  (of)  God  they  found  from  (a)  (such — great)  loss  a 
sure  and  speedy  escape.  11.  He  was  informed  that 
the  general,  all  his  force  being  joined,  was  awaiting 
him.  12.  This  being  said,  the  lawyer  presented  the 
paper.  13.  He  passed  the  night  without  sleeping  ; 
his  thought  busied  with  the  face  of  the  maiden. 

1  Old  form,  en  pasando  ;  modern  form,  al  pasar. 

2  A  must  be  used  before  Saucho. 


160  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

14.  He  answered,  with  his  eyes  full  of  tears.  15.  After 
having  locked  the  door,  he  put  the  key  in  a  niche. 
16.  While  I  was  sleeping,  a  party  of  robbers  stormed 
the  house. 


LESSON   XXXIL 

THE  ADVERBS.1 

255.  The  adverbs  are  (a)  simple  :   as,  bien,  mal, 
etc.     (b)  Derived  (chiefly  from  adjectives  by  adding 
mente 2 — English  like  ly) :  as,  altamente,  dulcemente, 
claramente,  ciertamente,  fuertemente.    (c)  Compound: 
as,  de  dia,  de  noche,  a  menudo,  de  veras,  de  rodillas, 
a  solas  (alone),  etc.     (d)  Adjectives  (especially  those 
ending   in   o)   are   often    used    as    adverbs   without 
change  of  form:  as,  alto,  claro,  bajo,  cierto,  derecho, 
etc.    (e)  Algo,  bastante  (enough),  cuanto,  demasiado, 
mucho,  muy,  nada,  poco,  tanto,  etc.,  are  used  as  adverbs. 

256.  (a)  Some  adverbs  of  affirmation  and  negation  are:  acaso, 
cierto,  ciertamente,  eso  si,  nada,  no,  no  nada,  por  supuesto,  proba- 
blemente,  quiza,  quizas,   si,  sin  duda,  tampoco,  verdaderamente. 
(&)— (a)  Adverbs  of  place  :  as,  aqui3,  aca3,  here;  ahi,  alii3,  alia3, 
there,     (ft)  Adverbs    of    time    and    order :     ahora,    antes,    a 
noche,  en  primer  lugar,  etc.      (y}  Quantity :  mas,  menos,  etc. 
(8)  Quality  :    asi,   tal,  (so);  mejor,  peor,  etc.    (e)  Others  are  : 
de  buena  gana,  willingly;  con  mucho  gusto,  etc. 

1  For  the  negative  adverb  with  verb,  see  223  (a). 

2  Mente  is  added  to  the  feminine  form  of  the  adjective,  if 
there  is  a  particular  feminine  form  :  as,  sabio,  sabia,  sabiamente; 
but,  facil,  facilmente. 

3  Aqui  and  alii  generally  with  verbs  of  rest ;  aca  and  alia 
with  verbs  of  motion. 


THE   ADVERBS.  161 

257.  COMPARISON  OF  AD  VERBS,  (a)  The  comparison 
of  adverbs,  except  that  they  do  not  vary  for  gender  or 
number,  is  substantially  the  same  as  that  of  adjec- 
tives, and  the  adverbs  of  comparison  for  both  com- 
parative and  superlative  degrees  are  :  mas,  m6nos, 
mejor,  peor,  mas  bien,  mas  mal;  m6nos  bien,  m6nos 
mal;  as,  mas  tarde,  later  or  latest,  mas  duramente, 
harder  or  hardest.  Cuenta  dos  anos  mSnos  que  su 
hermano;  tiene  m6nos  de  cincuenta  anos;  por  lo 
mas.1  (b)  Absolute  superlative  forms  are  :  fortisima- 
mente  (from  fortisimo),  facilimamente  (from  facilimo), 
muchisimo,  poquisimo,  lejisimo,  muy  bien,  muy  de 
manana,  etc.  (c)  Tan-como,  no-m6nos  que,  cuanto- 
tanto,  etc.,  are  a  kind  of  correlative  comparative 
forms,  (d)  After  comparative  adverbs,  the  negatives 
are  sometimes  used  idiomatically:  as,  se  fiaba  de  61 
mas  que  de  ninguno. 

257  bis.  Some  peculiarities  of  the  use  of  adverbs:  (a)  otras  ce- 
remonias  que  tu  no  sabes  y  yo  si  (and!  do  know).  Kespondio  que 
si  (or  que  no),  (b)  Nunca  and  jamas,  each  meaning  never,  gen- 
erally precede  the  verb,  but  if  they  follow,  some  other  nega- 
tive generally  precedes  the  verb :  as,  jamas  (or  better,  with 
past  tense,  nunca)  vi  tal  cosa  ;  el  no  quiere  jamas  nada  ;  no  le 
olvidare  para  (por)  nunca  jamas;  para  siempre  jamas  (for  ever}, 
(c)  No  is  sometimes  pleonastic  :  as,  i  cuan  dulce  no  es  la  espe- 
ranza1? — and  especially  with  verbs  of  fearing  and  denying:  as, 
temio  no  le  perdiesen  el  respeto,  lie  feared  they  would  lose  respect 
for  Mm,  (d)  A  kind  of  double  negative  (either  no  or  nega- 
tive indefinite  pronoun)  is  often  used  with  verbs  of  denying, 
refusing,  doubting,  etc. ;  with  expressions  of  hostility,  care- 
lessness, etc. ;  with  sin  and  nunca  :  as,  no  consiente  que  ningunos 
otros  que  los  suyos  me  avasallen.  (e)  The  adverb  is  sometimes 

i  M£s  is  not  an  adverb  in  such  constructions,  though  por  lo 
m&s  is. 


162  PRACTICAL   SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

joined  to  a  noun  idiomatically:  as,  es  nmy  Espanol ;  la  siexnpre 
senora  mia.  (/)  Ya,  generally  meaning  already,  is  sometimes 
best  rendered  by  since,  indeed,  now,  etc. :  as,  ya  que  V.  lo  sabe, 
since  you  know  it;  ya  se  arrepentira  V.,  you  will  indeed  repent. 

258.  (a)  The  place  of  the  adverb  is  generally  after 
the  verb  (and  after  the  participle  in  compound 
tenses):  as,  el  discipulo  ha  estudiado  siempre  su  lec- 
cion.  (b)  Except  the  negative  no,  the  adverb  rarely 
comes  in  between  the  subject  and  verb:  mi  amigo  no 
ha  llegado.  (c)  The  adverbs  of  exclamation  (como, 
cuanto,  etc.),  and  ap6nas,  asi  que,  cuando,  de  donde, 
donde,  luego  que,  mi6ntras  que,  and  some  others  pre- 
cede the  verb  and  the  subject:  as,  ;  C6mo  me  ha  en- 
ganado  este  hombre  !  Luego  que  nos  apartamos  del 
camino  real,  etc.  (d)  Except  with  the  verb,  the  adverb 
generally  precedes  the  word  it  modifies. 

VOCABULARY  XXXII. 

el  instrumento,  instrument.  avasallar,  to  enslave. 

salario,  salary.  condenar,  to  condemn. 

violin,  violin.  curar  (-se),  to  take  account. 

la  cabalgadnra,  baggage-horse,  enfrenar,  to  bridle. 

cebada,  barley.  extender,  to  reach. 

cuerda,  cord.  habitable,  habitable. 

hermosura,  beauty.  harto,  enough. 

malicia,  malice.  a  merced,  gratis. 

modestia,  modesty.  por  .  .  .  que,  however. 

necesidad,  necessity.  real,  royal  (state). 

administrar,  to  administer.  reparable,  worthy  of  attention. 

admitir,  to  admit.  temeroso,  afraid. 

aguardar,  to  await.  turbar,  to  confuse. 

volver  a  ver,  to  see  again. 


THE   ADVERBS.  163 


EXERCISE  XXXII. 

1.  Ciceron  hablo  sabia l  j  elocuentemente  ;  Cesar  es- 
cribio  elegantemente.  2.  Era  hombre  para  conseguir- 

10,  bien  que  fuese  cosa  mas  grande.     3.  Le  aguardare 
esta  noche  en  el  cafe  del  Leon  de  Oro.     4.   Hablando 
es  como  se  aprende  a  hablar  una  lengua.     5.  Mejor  es 
el  trabajo  que  no  la  ociosidad  6  la  necesidad.    6.  Harto 
le  hemos  aconsejado  ;  pero  el  se  cura  poco  de  consejos. 
7.  Mira  hasta  donde  se  extiende  la  malicia  de  los  en- 
cantadores.    8.  Para  administrar  bien  los  intereses  de 
la  sociedad  es  preciso  conocerlos  perfectamente.    9.  La 
razon  quiere  que  el  hombre  siga  mas  los  prudentes 
consejos  que  no  su  propia  voluntad.     10.   No  quere- 
mos  mas  (de)  que  dar  cebada  a  nuestras  cabalgaduras. 

11.  Yo  he  hecho  mal  en  leerlos  y  peor  en  creerlos,  y 
mas  mal  en  imitarlos.     12.  Mi  madre  es  muy  mujer 
de  casa;  se  levanta  tan  de  manana,  lo  siento  mucho. 
13.  No  creo  que  jamas  estuvieron   a  salario,  sino  a 
merced.    14.  El  reo  esta  temeroso 2  de  (no)  ser  hallado 
de  la  justicia.     15.  Dudo   mucho   que  nadie  pueda 
condenar  mis  acciones.     16.  Eespondio  que  no  traia 
dinero  (-s)  porque  el  nunca  habia  leido  en  las  historias 
de  los  caballeros  andantes  que  ninguno  lo  (-s)  hubiese 
traido. 

THEME  XXXII. 

1.  She  was  worthy  of  attention,  as  much  for  her 
beauty  as  for  her  modesty.  2.  Among  us  there 
are  scarcely  heard  those  barbarous  expressions.  3.  It 

1  Mente  of  eloouentemente  understood  with  sabia. 
8  Esta  temeroso  is  the  same  as  tema,  fears. 


164  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

is  necessary  to  speak  well,  if  we  wish  that  they  listen 
to  us.  4.  This  is  the  reason  why  (for  the  which)  I 
have  not  yet  said  it  to  him.  5.  See  here,  to  what  the 
passions  lead  when  reason  does  not  bridle  them.  6.  In 
the  whole  house,  large  as  it  was,  there  was  not  a  single 
habitable  room.  7.  As  is  the  life  so  is  almost  always 
the  death.  8.  The  merchant  has  read  your  letter 
with  much  attention.  9.  I  have  not  seen  him  more 
than  once1  in  all  this  time.  10.  Among  the  string 
instruments,  the  violin  pleases  me  most.  11.  The 
counsel  of  the  poor,  however  good  it  was,  was  never 
admitted.  12.  He  wished  to  go  away  where  his  eyes 
would  never  see  her  again.  13.  I  do  not  deny  that 
what  has  happened  to  us  is  a  ridiculous  thing.  14.  It 
is  a  garden  whose  owner  does  not  consent  that  any 
one  walk  through  it.  15.  I  do  not  know  how  I  am 
able  to  say  it  without  that  shame  confuses  my  tongue. 
16.  He  has  good  and  bad  books,  but  more  of  the  good 
(books). 


LESSON  XXXIII. 

PREPOSITIONS. 

259.  A  number  of  prepositions  are  used  in  compo- 
sition with  other  words  (as  inseparable  prepositions) : 
as,  abs-tracto,  ante-ojo,  anti-patia,  circun-specto,  con- 
sentir,  de-generacion,  e-mision,  ex-clamar,  ex-provin- 
cial, entre-tiempo,  equi-ldtero,  extra-ordinario,  en- 
golfar,  in-d6cil,  etc. 

1  Una  vez;  than  before  una  either  de  or  que  ;  before  other 
numerals  de. 


rREPOSITIOKS.  165 

260.  The  simple  prepositions  are  : 

a,  to,  at.  hasta,  till,  until,  even,  to. 

ante,  before.  mediante,  by  means  of,  througJi. 

bajo,  under.  menos,  except,  but. 

con,  with,  no  obstante,  notwithstanding. 

conforme,  according  to.  para,  for  (the  purpose  of),  in 

contra,  against.  order  to,  to. 

de,  of,  from.  por,  by,  for,  through. 

dentro,  within.  salvo,  excepting. 

desde,  since,  from.  segun,  according  to,  as. 

durante,  during.  sin,  without. 

en,  in.  so  (sub),  under. 

entre,  between,  among.  sobre,  upon,  about. 

excepto,  except.  tras,  behind. 

hacia,  toward. 

261.  Some  compound  prepositions  are:  (a)  Those 
ending  in  de  (and  preceded  by  only  one  word) :  as, 
acerca  de,  about,  concerning.        dentro  de,  in,  within.        [der). 
ademas  de,  besides.  despues  de,  after  (time  or  or- 
al rededor  de,  around.        [der).  detras  de,  behind. 

antes  de,  before  (of  time  or  or-  encima  de,  on,  upon. 

a  pesar  de,  notwithstanding.  enfrente  de,  opposite. 

cerca  de,  near.  fuera  de,  out,  outside,  beyond. 

debajo  de,  under.  [place).  lej"os  de,  far  from. 

delante  de,   before    (refers   to 

(b)  Those  ending  in  a  (and  preceded  by  only  one 
word):  as, 

conforme  a,  according  to.  junto  a,  near,  close. 

contrario  a,  contrary  to.  respecto  a,  with  respect  to. 

frente  a,  in  front  of.  tocante  a,  touching. 

(c)  Other  compound  prepositions  are  : 

Para  con,  toward;  juntamente  con,  together  with;  en  cuento  a, 
with  respect  to;  en  orden  a,  with  regard  to;  por  el  lado  de,  on  the 
side  of;  etc.,  etc. 

262.  A  (to)  is  used  as  sign  of  the  infinitive;  before 
the  indirect  object;  before  the  direct  object  referring  to 


166  PRACTICAL  SPAKISH  GRAMMAR. 

a  person ;  after  certain  verbs  and  adjectives  and  in 
independent  constructions:  as, 

Vamos  a  dar  un  paseo.  Da  el  regalo  a  los  niiios .  Adolfo  busca 
a  Carlos.  La  ventana  da  al  patio  (overlooks  the  yard}.  El  criado 
juega  a  los  naipes.  Huele  a  (of)  ambar.  Fiel  a  sus  amigos.  A 
tres  del  mes.  Hecho  a  martillo.  Voy  a  Espana ;  a  Madrid. 

263.  De  (of)  is  used  as  sign  of  the  infinitive;  after 
many  verbs;  to  give  the  reason  why;  before  the  agent 
in  passive  construction;  to  represent  the  meaning  in- 
volved or  role  taken ;    after  many  adjectives ;  after 
many  nouns,  and  in  independent  construction  : 

Ha  de  venir  ;  acaba  de  venir  ;  se  aparta  de  sus  amigos.  La 
ciudad  se  puebla  de  gente.  Fadece  de  los  ojos.  Se  trata  de  una 
nueva  convencion.  Lloro  de  gozo.  Es  aborrecido  de  todos.  Le 
censuran  de  avaro.  Trabaja  de  carpintero.  Pobre  de  conceptos ; 
digno  de  elogio.  Sordo  de  un  oido.  El  hombre  de  la  casaca  verde. 
Dos  pies  de  ancho.  Logro  el  nombre  de  catolico.  Infeliz  de  ti 
(unhappy  thou}.  Parece  un  angel  de  hermosa  (for  hermosura). 
No  comia  Don  Quijote  de  puro  pesaroso  (weariness).  De  dia,  etc. 

264.  En,  in,  on :  En  mi  ausencia.    En  general.    En 
la  calle.     Estoy  en  Paris ;  en  Espana.     En  (on)  el 
puente.     De  rato  en  (to)  rato.     De  puerta  en  puerta. 
En  cuanto  &  mi  (with  regard  to  me). 

265.  Para,  for  (the  purpose  of),  in  order  to  (or  that), 
to,  denotes  the  end  or  purpose  of  an  action:  as,  estu- 
dio  para  aprender.   It  denotes  the  use,  intention,  etc.; 
la  tinta  (ink)  es  para  escribir;  esto  es  para  V.    It 
denotes  capacity,  etc. :  as,  es  hombre  para  mucho.     It 
sometimes  means  direction :  as,  va  para  America.     It 
sometimes  refers  to  time:  as,  estar6mos  devueltapara 
las  Pascuas  (the  Easter  holidays). 

266.  Por,  %,/or,  through,  denotes  motive,  cause,  or 
reason;  also  the  means  by  which  a  thing  is  done:  as, 
h&galo  V.  por  caridad;   lo  hizo  por  malicia.     It  de- 


PREPOSITIONS. 


167 


notes  instrumentality;  el  libro  fu6  escrito  por  61,  6  im- 
preso  por  su  hermano.  Sometimes  it  means  in  place 
of:  as,  obro  por  61.  Note  the  following: 

Murio  por  su  patria.  Trabaja  por  alcanzar  un  premio  (para 
ganar).  Preguntar  por  alguno.  Por  un  ano.  Ir  por  pan.  Te- 
ner  por  bueno.  Palabra  por  palabra.  Pasar  por  la  calle.  £1 
mundo  fue  hecho  por  Dios.  Lo  hizo  por  amor.  Vendio  su  caballo 
por  dos  mil  reales.  A  un  duro  por  docena,  por  libra,  etc.  Paso 
por  mi  ventana  (by  my  window}.  Le  tome  por  medico.  La  mesa 
tiene  ocho  pies  de  largo  por  cuatro  de  ancho  (but  y  more  usual 
than  por). 

VOCABULAEY   XXXIII. 


el  abrigo,  shelter. 

abril,  April. 

ambar,  amber. 

campanario,  belfry. 

carpintero,  carpenter. 

extranjero,  stranger. 

extrano,  foreigner. 

malecon,  dike. 

mando,  power. 

martillo,  hammer. 

naipe,  card. 

perjuicio,  prejudice. 

rato,  time  (short). 

rico,  rich  (man). 

subdito  subject  (citizen). 

trigo,  wheat. 
la  ausencia,  absence. 

autoridad,  authority. 

avenida,  inundation. 

capa,  cloak. 

copa,  bowerlike  branch. 

disputa,  dispute. 

distancia,  difference. 

fachada,  facade. 

fragilidad,  frailty. 

magistratura,  magistracy. 


la  pina,  cone. 

reverencia,  veneration. 

senda,  path. 

traba,  trammel. 

ventaja,  advantage. 
apartar  (-se)  to  separate,  leave. 
comparecer,  to  appear  (in  court). 
construir  (-se),  to  be  constructed. 
coronar,  to  crown. 
desventurado,  unfortunate. 
discurrir,  to  discuss. 
disgustar,  to  disgust. 
embarazar,  to  embarrass. 
encaminar  (-se),  to  betake  (one's 

self). 

enterar  (-se),  toinform(one 's  self). 
mediano,  mediocre. 
mudar,  to  change. 
notar,  to  notice. 
odiar,  to  hate. 
pensativo,  thoughtful. 
perorar,  to  harangue. 
publico,  public. 
sentenciar,  to  sentence. 
social,  social. 
tras,  behind. 


168  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


EXERCISE  XXXIII. 

1.  Ha  obrado  correspondientemente  a  su  clase,  (or) 
separadamente  de  los  suyos.  2.  El  hijo  menor  estaba 
bajo  la  autoridad  paterna.  3.  De  la  magistrate ra  al 
mando  supremo  hay  gran  distancia.  4.  El  mismo 
amor  y  reverencia  le  siguieron  a  Sicilia.  5.  El  reo 
compared 6  ante  el  juez  y  fue  sentenciado.  6.  Esta 
embarazado  con  los  muchos  negocios  a  que  ha  de  aten- 
der.  7.  El  rey  se  veia  odiado  de  sus  siibditos,  y  per- 
seguido  de  los  extranos.  8.  ;  Desventurados  de  ellos, 
si  se  apartan  de  la  senda  de  la  virtud  !  9.  Escribio 
diez  cartas  en  un  cuarto  de  hora  la  noche  pasada. 
10.  Entre  confuso  y  pensativo  el  extranjero  nos  re- 
spondio.  11.  El  enfermo  se  levanto  y  se  encamino  ha- 
cia  la  puerta.  12.  Para  un  escritor  mediano  se  hallan 
cien  detestables.  13.  De  nada  valen  las  riquezas  para 
con  (in  the  presence  of)  la  muerte.  14.  Mude  de  tono 
por  6  para  no  disgustar  a  mi  padre.  15.  Pagare  el 
trigo,  segun  el  precio  a  que  se  venda  en  el  proximo 
abril.  16.  El  pajaro  busco  un  abrigo  so  las  copas  de 
los  arboles  (so,  rarely  used,  means  under). 

THEME  XXXIII. 

1.  From  eight  to  nine  he  was  reading  public  docu- 
ments. 2.  It  was  crowned  in  February  with  a  beauti- 
ful cone  of  white  flowers.  3.  The  commerce  with 
India  is  now  free  from  its  old  trammels.  4.  The  of- 
ficer did  not  inform  himself  well  concerning  the  dis- 
pute. 5.  The  fagade  of  the  church  is  under  the  bell- 
tower  (belfry).  6.  A  dike  was  constructed  against 
the  inundations  of  the  river.  7.  He  was  talking  of 


PREPOSITIOHS.  169 

the  advantages  that  (the)  social  life  brings  with  it. 
8.  There  is  [a]  great  difference  between  (from)  a  rich 
and  a  poor  (man).  9.  He  was  haranguing  from  three 
till  five  in  (of)  the  afternoon.  10.  The  general  made 
a  treaty  with  the  enemy  to  (en)  [the]  prejudice  of  the 
state.  11.  Quintana  rightly  counts  Herrera  among 
the  first  (best)  Spanish  poets.  12.  Wait  here;  toward 
midday  we  shall  see  one  another.  13.  To  (in  order 
to)  tell  the  truth,  I  have  not  breakfasted  to-day. 
14.  The  boy  took  his  brother's  cloak  for  his  own, 
without  noticing  it.  15.  The  orator  spoke  (discussed) 
upon  the  frailty  of  our  life.  16.  The  robber  fled,  and 
shut  behind  him  the  door  of  the  room. 


LESSON  XXXIV. 

PKEPOSITIOKS  (CONCLUDED). 

267.  Without  attempting  explanations,  I  shall  give 
some  illustrations  of  the  different  ways  of  translating 
English  prepositions  into  Spanish. 
About : 

Iba  bailando  por  la  ciudad.     Hablo  de  (or  sobre)  ese  negocio. 

Tratado  (a  treatise)  sobre  los   idiotismos  espanoles.      Estaba 

para  decirselo  a  V. 

Above : 

No  alcanzo  a  comprenderlo  ;  It  is  above  my  comprehension. 
Su  liberalidad  excede  a  sus  recursos  (means). 
After : 

Despues  de  las  tres.  A  la  (moda)  americana.  Hace  las  cosas 
a  su  antojo.  Iba  en  busca  de  un  amigo  ;  I  was  looking  after  a 
friend.  Segun  su  modo  de  escribir. 


170  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

Against : 

Me  opuse  a  ello  ;  I  set  my  face  against  it.  Estare  de  vuelta 
para  fines  del  mes  ;  1  shall  be  back  against  (by)  tlie  end  of  the 
month. 

Along : 

A  lo  largo  de  la  ribera.     Venga  V.  conmigo ;  come  along 
with  me.     Por  la  calle. 

At: 

i  Estan  en  casa  *  En  Paris.  No  se  como  deter minar  ;  I  am 
at  a  loss,  etc.  De  ningun  modo  ;  not  at  all.  Entro  por  la 
ventana.  Esta  comiendo  ;  he  is  at  dinner. 

Before  : 

Delante  de  mi  ventana.  Ante  el  juez.  Llegare  antes  de 
la  semana  que  viene. 

Behind : 

Le  deja  en  zaga.     Viene  V.  tarde  ;  behind  (your  time). 

Beneath : 

Tales  acciones  son  indignas  de  un  caballero.  Bajo  (or  so) 
capa  de  santo. 

Beside  : 

Parecia  fuera  de  si.     Al  lado  mio. 

Beyond : 

Excede  a  toda  alabanza.  Fuera  de  mi  alcance.  Sin  duda 
alguna. 

By: 

De  noche.  Por  accidente.  Impelido  de  la  necesidad.  TJno 
a  uno.  i  Por  donde  le  vino  a  V.  ? ;  how  did  you  come  by  it  ?  Luego; 
by  and  by.  Por  mar.  A  la  mano,  close  by.  El  banco  de  Balti- 
more esta  junto  a  mi  casa.  Despreciado  de  todos. 

Doivn  : 

Cuesta  abajo  ;  down  the  hill.  Echelo  V.  en  tierra  ;  throw  it 
down. 

For: 

Esta  flor  es  para  ella.  Parto  manana  para  Segovia.  Por 
amor  de  mi.  Por  miedo.  Actuo  (/  act)  por  el.  Durera  por 
muchos  anos.  Lo  compre  por  un  peso.  Me  es  imposible  a  mi. 


PKEPOSITIOKS.  171 

En  cuante  a  mi  ;  as  for  me.     Murio  por  su  patria.     El  aposto 
por  su  hermano. 

From  : 

Vengo  de  Fraucia.  Lo  hizo  de  miedo.  Digale  V.  de  mi 
parte  (from  or  for  me). 

In: 

For  la  manana  ;  es  el  sol  el  astro  (planeta)  mas  brillante 
del  universe.  En  la  primavera.  Ponga  V.  sus  papeles  en  el 
cajon. 

Into  : 

Bajar  al  jardin.     Entraron  en  alianza. 

Of: 

Todos  nosotros.  Le  pido  a  V.  Tener  buena  fama ;  to  be  well 
spoken  of.  Por  supuesto  :  ignorar  el  hecho. 

Off: 

i  Cuanto  dista  T  Sobre  el  puerto  ;  off  the  port.  De  improvise ; 
offhand.  Levantelo  V.  del  suelo.  Quitese  V.  el  sombrero. 
Se  la  llevo  ;  he  carried  her  off.  Le  perdone,  or  le  deje  ir ; 
I  let  him  off.  Pronto  acabare  ;  I  shall  soon  leave  off. 

On: 

Quedese  V.  con  la  capa  puesta  ;  keep  on  your  cloak.  Sobre 
la  mesa.  Vino  (el)  lunes  pasado.  Les  encontro  en  el  camino. 
Por  ese  motivo.  De  este  lado  y  de  aquel.  En  ciertas  ocasiones. 
Al  contrario.  A  pie.  A  caballo.  Adelante  ;  come  in,  go  on. 
Dependa  V.  de  mi.  Sobre  mi  palabra.  No  se  tratan  ;  they  are 
not  on  good  terms.  Les  impuse  esa  obligacion.  Sentado  en 
el  canape.  Venga  V.  el  doce  de  mayo.  Se  alimenta  de  pan. 

Over : 

El  coche  le  paso  encima  (over  him).     Por  todo  el  mundo.     Al 
(or  del)  otro  lado ;  over  the  way.     Se  acabo ;  it  is  all  over. 
Vuelva  V.  a  leerlo,  or  repaselo  V.  ;   read  it  over.     No  sobro 
nada.     Acabe  V. ;  give  over.     Encima  de  la  puerta. 
Out  of: 

De  miedo  ;  out  of  fear.  Fuera  de  peligro.  Fuera  de  casa. 
Esta  sin  dinero.  Descompuesto  ;  out  of  order.  Por  (or  de)  ven- 


172  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

ganza ;   out  of  vengeance.      Por  curiosidad.      Estar  de  mal 
humor  ;  to  be  out  oj  humor. 

Through: 

Pase  por  la  calle  del  mercado.  Le  atraveso  de  parte  a  parte. 
Pase  por  entre  la  caterva.  Por  razon  de  el.  Por  medio  de  el. 
Por  (or  de)  envidia.  Por  todo  el  pais.  Se  entregaron  de  ham- 
bre. 

Till;  until: 

Que  dare  hasta  pasado  mafiana. 

To: 

De  dia  en  dia.  De  puerta  en  puerta.  Eso  esta  aun  por  venir. 
Esto  es  nuevo  para  (to)  mi.  Secretario  de  (to]  la  embajada. 
Victiina  de  (of,  to)  sus  pasiones.  Diez  contra  uno.  Hasta  el 
dia  de  hoy.  Entregue  la  carta  a  ml  padre. 

Toward : 

Hacia  Madrid. 

Under  : 

Debajo  de  la  silla.  Bajo  la  mesa.  El  navio  esta  a  la  vela. 
Es  menor  de  edad.  Bajo  de  juramento. 

Up: 

Hacia  alia  ;  up  that  way.  i  Estan  levantados  1 ;  are  they 
up  ?  Al  segundo  piso  ;  up  two  pairs  of  stairs. 

With  : 

Con  el  cuchillo.  Con  dulzura.  Rineron  entre  si.  Armese 
V.  de  paciencia.  Dotado  de  virtudes. 

Within: 

A  tiro  de  pistola.     El  esta  dentro  de  la  prision. 

Without: 

Sin  zapatos.     Vine  sin  clla.     Sin  ezcepcion.     Fuera  de  casa. 

268.  NOTE. — La  muerte  de  Cesar  el  (not  del)  hombre  mas  va- 
liente.  Llego  a  Bona,  ciudad  en  Prusia.  Ezcepto  yo,  tn,  el. 
Segun  creo.  Estar  por ;  to  b*  abov.t,  to  have  a  mind.  Estar 
para  ;  to  be  ready  for.  Estar  en  ;  fc»  be  determined  on,  to  under- 
stand. Este  diner?  e*  para  ti.  para  el,  y  para  ella. 


PREPOSITIONS. 


173 


269.  Prepositions  always  precede  the  words  they 
govern :  i  A  qui6n  escribi6  V.  ?,  to  whom  did  you  write  ? 
(or  whom  did  you  write  to  9) ;  este  es  el  libro  de  que 
hablaba,  this  is  the  book  which  I  spoke  of  (or  of  which 
I  spoke). 

VOCABULARY  XXXIV. 


el  animo,  mind. 

antojo,  whim. 

cajon.  drawer. 

camino  de  hierro,  railway. 

canape,  couch. 

comedor,  dining-room. 

contento,  contentment. 

juramento,  oath. 

martes,  Tuesday. 

monje,  monk. 

oriente,  east. 

parecer,  opinion. 

pintor,  painter. 

sentido,  sense. 

suelo,  ground. 

tiro,  shot. 
la  bala,  ball  (shot). 

caterva,  crowd. 

embajada,  embassy. 


la  estimation,  esteem. 

gala,  ornament. 

imagen,  figure  (of  speech). 

ribera,  shore. 

selva,  forest. 

vela,  sail. 
bailar,  to  dance. 
bajar,  to  descend. 
conforme,  according  to. 
dotado,  endowed. 
(de)  enfrente,  opposite. 
esforzado,  vigorous. 
establecer,  to  establish. 
granjear,  to  win. 
igualar,  to  equal. 
mediant e,  by  means  of. 
por  donde,  through. 
practicar,  to  practise. 


EXERCISE  XXXIV. 

1.  No  se  puede  negar,  que  para  un  hombre  como  £1 
semejante  expresion  no  le  estaba  bien.  2.  Hay  treinta 
y  seis  millas  de  Baltimore  a  Washington.  3.  El  llego 
alii  el  doce  de  enero  y  volvera  el  martes  veinte  y  ocho. 
4.  Ve  a  la  sala;  y  cuando  vuelvas,  entra  en  el  comedor 
d  ver  si  la  comida  esta  en  la  mesa.  5.  Se  paseaba  por 
las  calles  sin  sombrero.  6.  A  las  diez  de  la  mafiana 


174  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

estabamos  fuera  del  puerto.  7.  La  poesia  vive  de  las 
imagenes  materiales  y  saca  de  ellas  su  mayor  gala  y 
hermosura.  8.  Estamos  seguros  y  nos  alegramos  de 
que  tenga  esa  intencion  el  gobierno.  9.  Esta  casa  es 
mejor  y  tan  grande  como  la  de  enf rente.  10.  No  los 
gozaba  con  la  libertad  que  los  gozara,  si  fueran  mios. 
11.  Dan  testimonio  de  que  por  aqui  cerca  debe  de  estar 
(or  haber)  alguna  f  uente.  12.  El  cielo,  la  mar,  el  viento 
todos  juntos  y  cada  uno  de  por  si,  prometian  felicisimo 
viaje.  13.  En  su  juventud  siguio  la  guerra,  donde  se 
acredito  de  valeroso  y  esforzado  capitan.  14.  Lo 
primero  en  que  puse  los  ojos,  fue  en  cuatro  ninos. 
15.  <;  Por  quien  pregunta  V.  ?  £  Por  que  pregunta  su 
amigo  de  V.  ? 

THEME  XXXIV. 

1.  My  father's  house  stands  (is)  toward  the  north 
and  not  toward  the  east.  2.  There  is  not  upon  (en) 
the  earth,  according  to  my  opinion,  contentment  that 
equals  the  regaining  lost  freedom.  3.  For  so  large  a 
house  the  door  is  too  small.  4.  Charity,  the  least 
practised,  is  above  all  the  virtues.  5.  Our  senses  are  the 
doors  through  which  (por  donde)  the  images  of  things 
enter  our  minds,  by  means  of  which  we  know  them. 
6.  Even  in  (por)  the  mountains  and  forests  are  those 
who  know  (of)  music.  7.  Bossuet  carried  to  the 
highest  degree  the  talents  of  orator  and  of  theologian. 
8.  He  had  returned  to  his  village  with  [the]  reputa- 
tion of  [being]  wise  and  very  learned.  9.  This  man 
smells  to  me  more  like  (£)  a  robber  than  a  monk. 
10.  This  portrait  was  made  by  the  painter  who  is  pass- 
ing along  the  street.  11.  With  the  same  [thing  with] 
which  he  thought  to  make  himself  happy  he  makes 


CONJUNCTIONS   AND   INTERJECTIONS.  175 

himself  miserable.  12.  John  earns  five  francs  a  day, 
and  wins  for  himself  the  esteem  of  all  by  (con)  his 
good  manners.  13.  In  a  battle,  the  balls  are  for  the 
soldiers  and  the  glory  for  the  general.  14.  The  first 
railway  established  in  Spain  was  that  from  Barcelona 
to  Mataro,  about  the  year  1848. 


LESSON  XXXV. 

CONJUNCTIONS   AND   INTERJECTIONS. 

270.  The  most  used  conjunctions  are  : 

mas,  but;  ni,  nor;  ni . .  .  ni,  neither . . .  nor;  6  (u  before  o  or 
ho),  or;  6.  .  .  6,  either . .  .or;  pero,  but;  que,  that;  si,  if;  sino, 
but;  y,  and  (e  before  i  or  hi,  except  at  the  beginning  of  an  inter- 
rogation: as,  i  y  Ines  T; — or  hie  where  ie  is  diphthong:  as,  tigre 
y  hiena  ;  nieves  y  hielos). 

271.  Other  much-used  conjunctions1  are  : 

a  fin  (de)  que,  in  order  that;  a  menos  que,  unless;  antes  que, 
before ;  asi,  so;  aun,  even;  como,  as;  con  que,  so;  con  tal  que, 
provided;  conforme,  as;  mientras,  whilst;  no  obstante,  notwith. 
standing;  para  que,  in  order  that;  por  consiguiente,  conse- 
quently;  por  eso,  therefore;  por  mie&o,  for  fear;  porque,  because; 
porque,  why;  pues,  since,  then;  respecto,  regarding;  sea  .  .  .  sea, 
either .  .  .  or;  sin  embargo,  however;  sobre,  thereupon;  tampoco, 
nor,  neither;  ya  .  . .  ya,  now  .  .  .  now;  ya  que,  since*. 

272.  (a)  If  the  clause  begins  with  no,  ni  may  be  used  but 
once,  or  be  repeated  :  as,  no  descansa  ni  de  dia  ni  de  noche,  or 
no  descansa  de  dia  ni  de  noche.     But  if  the  verb  comes  last,  no 
is  not  used  :   as,  ni  de  dia  ni  de  noche  descansa.     (5)  Pero  and 
mas  (each  meaning  but)  are  generally  interchangeable.     Sino, 
with  same  meaning,  requires  a  negative  to  precede,  whose 

1  Many  words  and  expressions  not  given  here  are  sometimes 
used  as  conjunctions. 


176  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

meaning  sino  [  contradicts  :  as,  el  no  habla  sino  aleman  ;   no 
hablo  frances  sino  ingles  ;  hablo  ingles  pero  no  hablo  frances. 

273.  No  attempt  will  be  made  to  divide  the  inter- 
jections into  classes,  since  the  same  exclamation  may 
express  joy,  sadness,  surprise,   etc.,  according  to  the 
connection  in  which  it  is  written  or  the  tone  in  which 
it  is  uttered.    The  principal  interjections  are  : 

ah!,  ah!;  ay!,  ay!;  bah!,  bah!;  ca!  denotes  negation  or  in- 
credulity ;  caspita!  denotes  surprise;  ea!,  encouragement,  si- 
lence, etc. ;  eh !  indicates  a  call  or  question  ;  guay !  denotes  a 
threat ;  hola!,  a  call  to  inferiors,  or  denotes  joy  or  surprise  ; 
huy!,  dear  me!,  oh!;  oh!,  oh!;  ojala!,  0  that !,  would  that !; 
ox!,  used  to  frighten  birds  or  fowl ;  puf !,  ugh  ! ;  quia !,  same  as 
ca  ;  sus!,  cheer  up!;  tate!,  take  care!;  uf!,  oh!  (weariness); 
zape!,  scat!,  or  God  forbid! 

274.  When  adjectives  are  used  as  interjections,  de 
follows  them:  as,  jdesdichado  de  mi !     j  infeliz  de  mi 
hijo !,  oh  my  unhappy  child!;  and  ay!,  meaning  woe! 
or  alas!,  is  followed  by  de  before  words  referring  to 
persons :  as,  jay  de  ti !,  alas  for  t/iee  !;  jay  de  mi  hijo  !, 
alas  for  my  son  f 

275.  (a)  Many  expressions  are  used  as  interjections, 
though  generally  otherwise  used  or  taken  from  other 
languages:  as, 

bien !,  well  f;  cuidado!,  take  care  !;  Dios  mio !,  goodness  !;  hola, 
poco  a  pocoj,  holla,  gently!;  hurra!,  hurrah!;  muera!,  down 
with!;  otra,  otra!  encore!  que  lastima  !,  what  a  pity!;  que  ver- 
guenza !,  what  a  shame!;  quita !,  pshaw!;  viva!,  hurrah!. 

(6)Hete!,  behold  thouf,  is  used  with  personal  pronouns  as 
direct  objects:  as,  heteme  aqui !,  behold  me  here  !. 

1  Verb  generally  understood  :  when  expressed,  pero  or  mas 
generally  used. 


CONJUNCTIONS   AND   INTERJECTIONS.  177 


VOCABULARY  XXXV. 

el  escribano,  scribe.  bandear  (-se),to  shift  for  one's  self. 

grito,  cry.  caminar,  to  walk. 

hielo,  ice.  con(por)...que,  however. 

secuaz,  follower.  cuidar  (-se),  to  take  care  of  one's 
la  crianza,  breeding.  health. 

determinacion,     determina-  enfermar  (-se),  to  become  ill. 

hiena,  hyena.  [tion.  indispuesto,  indisposed. 

instancia,  solicitation.        ,  por  mas,  however  (great). 

nieve,  snow.  (de)  prisa,  fast  (hastily). 

arrancar,  to  root  out.  puesto  que,  since  (although). 

asiduo,  assiduous.  semejar,  to  resemble. 

\  ay  dolor !,  alas  !  tildar,  to  censure. 

EXERCISE  XXXV. 

1.  Me  dijo  que  lo  sabia,  pero  (or  mas)  parece  que 
no  es  verdad.  2.  La  pobre  mujer  salio,  no  obstante 
que  estaba  indispuesta.  3.  Lo  dijo  a  fin  de  que  cono- 
ciesen  su  determinacion.  4.  Digo  bien  :  si  (for)  no 
hay  cosa  que  yo  haga  que  no  se  tilde  y  rina.  5.  Es 
menester  que  se  cuide  V. ;  porque  si  no,  se  enf erma- 
ra.  6.  Por  (mas)  horrible  que  sea  el  vicio,  siempre  en- 
cuentra  secuaces.  7.  No  solo  habla  bien  el  sefior,  sino 
que  escribe  muy  elegantemente.  8.  Dice  que  no  tiene 
dinero,  pues  (and  yet)  le  he  dado  ayer  10  duros. 

9.  No  entiendo  lo  que  V.  dice,  ni  (lo  que)  quiere  decir. 

10.  Mas  semejaba  a  su  padre  que  a  su  madre  ni  a  su 
tia.   11.  No  tuvo  ni  hambre  ni  sed.    12.  No  descubre 
ni  el  menor  indicio.     13.  Puesto  que  no  sabe  nada  y 
que  nadie  gusta  de  el,  se  ha  hecho  soldado.     14.  Dio 
un  grito  que  parecio  se  le  habia  arrancado  el  alma. 
15.  No  quise  tomar  para  mi  mas  que  la  cuarta  parte 
por  mas  instancias  que  me  hizo.     16.  Con  ser  tan  asi- 


178  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

dua  apenas  gana  la  muchacha  la  vida.     17.  ;  Alabado 
(bendito)  sea  Dios  ! 

THEME  XXXV. 

1.  I  rest  because  I  am  tired  and  have  a  little  (of) 
time.  2.  We  may  go  now  since  our  fathers  give  us 
permission.  3.  I  have  given  him  the  book  that  he 
may  learn  his  lesson.  4.  I  did  not  walk  very  fast,  but 
(or  yet)  I  arrive  in  time.  5.  However  great  a  man 
may  be,  he  should  always  be  humble.  6.  Both  the 
knowledge  of  books  and  of  men  is  necessary.  7.  Good 
breeding  is  not  [the]  work  of  nature,  but  of  a  good 
education.  8.  They  were  not  content,  nor  did  they 
wish  to  do  what  the  captain  had  ordered.  9.  He  was 
hungry  and  not  thirsty.  10.  He  who  knows  how  to 
shift  for  himself  is  king,  however  little  he  may  have. 
11.  Scarcely  had  they  finished  killing  him  when  they 
repented.  12.  Since  the  scribe  does  not  come,  it  is 
necessary  to  write  to  him.  13.  He  works  in  order  to 
be  able  to  be  useful  to  society.  14.  What  a  horse 
these  people  lose  which,  on  account  of  ignorance,  they 
do  not  know  how  to  make  use  of  [it].  15.  But  alas  ! 
(the)  truth  is  that  if  they  know  anything,  it  is  only  to 
deceive.  16.  How1  unfortunate  he  is!  How  kind 
his  father  is ! 

'Que. 


HISTORY   OF  THE   SPANISH   LANGUAGE.         179 


SKETCH    OF    THE    HISTORY    OF    THE 
SPANISH  LANGUAGE, 

ESPECIALLY   IN  ITS   RELATION  WITH   LATDT. 

THE  history  of  a  language  is  of  necessity  intimately 
associated  with  that  of  the  people  by  whom  it  has 
been  developed  ;  and  so  true  is  this  of  Spanish  that 
no  satisfactory  view  of  its  development  can  be  had 
without  at  least  some  general,  knowledge  of  the  his- 
tory of  Spain.  Faint  as  is  the  light  that  shines  on 
early  Spanish  history,  it  seems  to  reveal  a  homogeneous 
people  there,  called  by  the  Greeks  Iberians.  If,  as  is 
generally  assumed,  the  Basques,  a  people  of  about 
620,000  souls,  and  living  both  in  France  and  Spain 
(500,000  in  Spain)  about  the  west  end  of  the  Pyrenees 
Mountains,  retaining  their  primitive  language,  are 
the  descendants  of  the  Iberians,  we  may,  of  course, 
learn  much  of  what  we  may  call  the  primitive  his- 
torical language  of  the  country.  So  different  is  the 
Basque,  not  simply  from  all  surrounding  but  from 
all  other  known  languages,  and  so  exclusive  and  con- 
servative are  the  Basques  as  a  people,  that  in  the  main 
at  least  we  may  assume  both  language  and  people  of 
early  Spain  to  have  been  quite  similar  to  the  Basque 
and  the  Basques  of  to-day.  The  language  of  the 
Iberians  has  scarcely  left  a  well-defined  trace  in  the 
Spanish  of  to-day  (unless  it  be  the  aversion  to  the  f, 
which  exists  only  in  foreign  words  in  the  Basque); 
but  the  general  mental,  moral,  and  physical  make-up  of 
the  Iberians  has  doubtless  wielded  a  great  though  now 


180  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

untraceable  influence  over  the  Spanish,  and  especially 
upon  its  sounds.  Fine-looking,  healthy,  vigorous, 
though  not  large;  good  workmen  and  soldiers,  and  re- 
markable sailors;  at  once  conservative  in  mingling 
little  with  other  peoples,  and  radical  in  their  treatment 
of  women  (who  have  the  same  rights  as  man) ;  super- 
stitious and  at  times  bloodthirsty;  cheerful  and  not 
free  from  coarseness;  generally  open-hearted  and  true, 
but  not  without  cunning;  ambitious  for  themselves 
and  proud  of  their  country  and  people;  lovers  of 
music  and  display  in  dress,  but  through  all  sensible 
till  excited,  then  bigoted,  obstinate,  relentless, — such 
are  the  Basques;  and  such  in  general  were  almost 
without  doubt  the  Iberians:  and  it  was  to  these  people 
that  the  Latin  language,  literature,  and  civilization 
came,  and  by  whom  chiefly  they  have  been  trans- 
formed into  the  Spanish  language,  literature,  and 
civilization  of  to-day. 

While  not  without  a  culture  of  their  own,  so  over- 
whelming was  the  power  of  the  superior  culture  of 
the  Latin  that  the  Iberians  succeeded  in  imposing 
only  a  very  few  words  on  the  new  language,  and  even 
these  deal  "  with  the  simplest  natural  objects  or  the 
simplest  relations  of  life/'  About  530  B.C.  the  Celts 
found  their  way  from  France  into  the  northwestern 
part  of  Spain  and  formed  with  the  Iberians  one  people 
under  the  name  of  Celtiberians,  a  people  not  without 
the  culture  of  the  times.  The  oldest  colony  in 
Spain  was  founded  by  the  Phoenicians  at  Cadiz,  and 
there  were  other  flourishing  Phoenician  colonies  in  the 
seventh  century  B.C.  The  Greeks  had  no  colonies 
there,  except  one  or  two  on  the  east  coast;  but  Greek 
as  the  commercial  language  of  the  Mediterranean 


HISTORY   OF  THE   SPANISH   LANGUAGE.          181 

countries  was  used  in  Spain,  and  not  without  influence 
on  the  language  of  the  country. 

The  Carthagenians  founded  Cartagena  (Carthago 
Nova)  230  B.C.  So  rapid  was  the  progress  of  the 
Carthagenian  in  mastering  the  then  wealthy  country 
that  they  aroused  the  jealousy  of  the  Romans,  who, 
after  conquering  them  in  the  second  Punic  war  (218- 
201),  compelled  them  to  leave  the  country  and  under- 
took the  conquest  and  Latinizing  of  Spain.  After 
many  attempts  in  which  they  often  seemed  success- 
ful, the  Komans  under  Augustus  (27-25)  conquered 
the  country,  and  "by  19  B.C.  regular,  armed  resist- 
ance to  them,  even  from  the  mountain  districts,  seems 
to  have  ceased."  The  Roman  skill  in  Latinizing  for- 
eign peoples  was  brought  to  bear,  and  by  the  numer- 
ous ways  that  conquerors  have  of  imposing  their  lan- 
guage (when  it  is  the  finer  developed  tongue)  on  the 
conquered,  and  especially  by  their  soldiers  and  colon- 
ists, the  Romans  made  theirs  the  language  of  the  pen- 
insula. Latin  was  so  mastered  by  the  people  of  the 
peninsula  that  Cicero  refers  to  a  whole  school  of 
Latin-speaking  poets  at  Cordova  (which  had  a  truly 
flourishing  Latin  period),  and  some  of  the  greatest 
Latin  writers  (the  two  Senecas,  Lucan,  Quintilian, 
Martial,  etc.)  and  the  emperor  Trajan  were  Spaniards, 
and  the  emperor  Hadrian's  ancestors  lived  in  Spain. 
With  the  waning  of  the  Roman  power  in  Spain  the 
classical  Latin  loosened  its  hold  on  the  country,  and 
the  Latin  of  the  Roman  soldiers  and  uneducated  col- 
onists (which  differed  materially  from  classic  speech), 
modified  by  the  people-  (Spaniards)  among  whom  it 
had  been  used,  became  the  language  of  the  country. 

From  the  discordant  elements  mentioned  above — 


182  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

Iberian,  Gel  tic,  Phoenician,  Greek,  Roman — there  arose 
at  first  a  number  of  similar  Latin  dialects  (as  Por- 
tuguese, Castilian,  Catalan,  etc.),  rather  than  one  lan- 
guage of  the  whole  country.  Some  of  the  dialects,  as 
the  Catalan,  persisted,  and  two  (the  Portuguese  and 
the  Castilian)  rose  to  the  dignity  of  languages.  In 
spite  of  all  adverse  influences,  Spain  was  more  thor- 
oughly Latinized  than  any  other  province  out  of 
Italy,  and  the  Spaniards,  who  before  the  Roman  con- 
quest were  the  most  cultured  people  on  whom  the 
Romans  imposed  their  language,  may  have  very  prop- 
erly regarded  themselves  as  Romans. 

In  256  A.D.  Spain  was  invaded  and  ravaged  by  the 
Franks,  but  they  were  soon  driven  from  the  country. 
Toward  the  fifth  century  commerce  and  civilization 
were  on  a  firm  footing,  and  some  of  the  cities  were 
among  the  finest  in  the  Roman  Empire.  In  the  same 
year  that  Rome  was  sacked  by  Alaric  (409  A.D.)  the 
Alani,  Suevi,  and  Vandals  ravaged  Spain.  The  Visi- 
goths entered  Spain  (414-415),  drove  out  the  Alani, 
Suevi,  and  Vandals,  and  on  the  ruins  of  the  old 
Roman  province  founded  the  Gothic  Kingdom,  with 
Toledo  as  capital,  which  lasted  from  the  middle  of 
the  fifth  century  to  711,  when  that  kingdom  fell  be- 
fore the  Arab  or  Saracen  invasion.  Though  possessed 
of  a  certain  culture  of  their  own,  the  Visigoths  could 
not  finally  banish  the  language  they  found  there 
(though  the  Gothic  may  have  ruled  for  a  time  in 
church  and  state);  and  when  in  the  latter  part  of  the 
sixth  century  they  and  their  king  Recared  abandoned 
Arianism  and  went  over  to  the  Roman  Catholic 
Church,  the  supremacy  of  the  language  of  Rome  was 


HISTORY   OF  THE   SPANISH   LANGUAGE.         183 

assured,  though  the  Gothic  alphabet  was  not  given  up 
till  1091. 

The  Arabs  (in  711)  conquered  Spain  and,  being  a 
comparatively  humane,  tolerant,  and  really  highly 
cultured  people,  succeeded  in  imposing  much  of  their 
language  on  those  among  whom  they  came.  Many  of 
the  people  of  Spain  withdrew  from  the  South  rather 
than  submit  to  the  Arab  rule  (the  Arabs  entered 
Spain  from  Northern  Africa),  and  finally  succeeded 
(in  the  year  of  the  discovery  of  America,  1492),  after 
nearly  800  years,  in  driving  the  Mohammedans  (in- 
fidels or  Moors,  as  the  Spaniards  called  them)  from 
the  country. 

Shortly  before  this  the  various  provinces  of  Spain 
had  been  united  by  the  marriage  of  Ferdinand  and 
Isabella,  and  the  supremacy  of  the  Castilian,  which 
Alfonso  the  Wise  had  made  the  literary  language  of 
the  country,  was  politically  established.  The  Castil- 
ian had  thus  become  what  it  has  ever  since  remained, 
the  language  of  the  government,  court,  and  culture, 
and  extended  its  rule  for  a  time  over  the  neighboring 
countries.  After  having  crossed  to  America  and  es- 
tablished itself  there,  the  Spanish,  especially  through 
its  magnificent  literature,  domineered  in  Germany, 
Flanders,  Italy,  France,  and  even  for  a  time  in  Eng- 
land. It  played  a  role  similar  to  that  of  the  French 
in  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries.  It  was 
studied,  written  and  spoken,  and  poetry  was  written 
in  it,  in  many  other  lands  as  well  as  in  Spain. 

The  French,  through  the  church  at  first  and  after- 
ward through  its  own  supremacy  and  the  almost  uni- 
versal rule  of  France,  was,  as  was  also  the  Italian,  not 
without  influence  upon  Spanish;  and  at  present  other 


184  PEACTICAL  SPANISH   GKAMMAR. 

countries  as  well,  such  as  England,  Germany,  the  vast 
Central  and  South  American  colonies,  are  contribut- 
ing at  least  a  few  words  to  the  Spanish  language  (and 
politically  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  is 
having  a  marked  influence  upon  the  ideals  and  hopes 
of  Spanish  liberals).  In  spite  of  all  this  so  varied  in- 
crease of  its  word-treasure  or  vocabulary,  Spanish  has 
so  transformed  its  acquisitions  that  they  do  not  pre- 
vent it  from  remaining  a  very  uniform  language. 

This  is  because  the  Latin,  first  heard  in  Spain  per- 
haps when  the  Komans  made  a  treaty  with  the  Span- 
ish seaport  town  of  Saguntum  (years  before  Hanni- 
baFs  time),  persisted  amid  the  cruelties  of  war  and 
the  severities  of  Eoman  rule,  and  was  more  firmly  es- 
tablished by  the  influence  of  the  splendid  Latin  liter- 
ature, and  of  the  Christian  Church  through  the  need 
for  a  common  medium  of  communication  (before 
which  even  the  Goths  and  Arabs  had  to  yield) ;  so 
that  in  the  main  all  foreign  influences  and  additions 
to  the  language  have  been  subjected  to  the  linguistic 
laws  of  the  predominant  Latin  element.  Eemember- 
ing,  then,  that  popular  Latin  is  by  far  the  most  impor- 
tant element  in  the  Spanish  of  to-day,  let  us  note 
hastily  and  simply  in  outline  some  of  the  changes 
that  Latin  underwent  to  become  Spanish.  As  early 
as  the  second  half  of  the  third  century  the  accented 
syllable  in  popular  Latin  was  generally  long,  the  un- 
accented syllable  or  syllables  short.  In  Spanish  the 
accented  syllable,  which  in  general  is  the  same  as  the 
Latin  (popular)  one,  is  the  only  long  one.  Although 
the  final  vowel  of  the  Latin  infinitive  and  of  some 
other  forms  fell  away  and  thus  gave  the  Spanish  a 
number  of  words  ending  in  a  consonant,  the  vast  ma- 


HISTOBY   OF  THE  SPANISH   LANGUAGE.         185 

jority  of  Spanish  words  end  in  vowels,  even  though 
many  of  them,  at  least  in  some  of  their  forms,  did  not 
end  in  vowels  in  Latin. 

OF  THE  LATIN  VOWELS  IN   SPANISH   WOKDS, 

a  generally  remains  :  as,  mano  (manum) ;  amamos 
(amamus). 

e  generally  remains:  as,  lleno  (plenum)]  creo 
(credo)] — or  becomes  ie :  as,  Men  (dene);  tiene  (tenet) . 
siete  (sept em). 

^generally  remains  :  as,  hijo  (filium);  fin  (finem); 
oir  (audire);  triste  (tristem); — or  becomes  e:  as,  fe 
(fidem);  pez  (piscem). 

o  generally  remains  :  as,  don  (donum);  como  (quo 
modo); — or  becomes  ue:  as,  bueno  (bonum);  fuego 
(focum);  mueve  (movet);  nueve  (novem). 

u  generally  remains:  as,  duro  (durum);  pluma 
(plumam);  dulce  (dulcem); — or  becomes  o:  as,  lobo 
(lupum);  plomo  (plumbum);  con  (cum);  somos  (su- 
mus) ;  soy  (sum). 

au  generally  becomes  o:  as,  oro  (aurum);  cosa 
(causam). 

Many  diphthongs  are  now  represented  by  a  single 
letter  :  as,  Eneas  (^Eneas);  Edipus  (CEdipus).  The 
accented  long  vowels  in  Latin  generally  remain  in 
Spanish ;  the  accented  short  vowels  generally  undergo 
changes.  While  the  unaccented  long  vowels  in  Latin 
generally  remain,  the  unaccented  short  vowels  often 
disappear. 

Of  the  Latin  consonants  the  general  remark  must 
be  made  that  their  position  as  initial,  medial,  or  final 
had  much  to  do  with  their  fate  in  the  Spanish.  An 


186  PRACTICAL  SPAKISH  GRAMMAR. 

initial  consonant  generally  remains  unchanged  :  as, 
padre  (patrem);  madre  (matrem). 

Of  the  final  consonants  n,  r,  s  remain :  as,  somos 
(sumus),  etc. ; — t  falls  away,  and  nt  becomes  n  :  as,  son 
(sunt) ; — st  becomes  s  :  as,  es  (est); — Zis  lost  when  un- 
accented ; — d  falls  away :  as,  a  (ad) ; — m  remains 
sometimes  as  n  :  as,  con  (cum). 

The  medial  consonants  undergo  important  changes 
which  can  be  mentioned  here  only  in  general  terms. 
Medials  often  fall  away  :  as,  rio  (rivum) ; — or  undergo 
other  transformations  :  as,  abuelo  (avolum);  lirio  (If* 
Hum)]  pajaro  (passer em)]  cocer  (coquere)]  restaiiar 
(stagnare)]  sueno  (somnum);  hombre  (hominem),* 
fifteenth-century  transformation  ;  milagro  (miracu- 
lum)]  trigo  (triticum).  Late  in  the  fourteenth  cen- 
tury h  began  to  be  written  for  /,  and  now  many 
words  have  the  h  for  /:  as,  hacer  (facere). 

DECLENSIONS. 

Only  the  first,  second,  and  third  Latin  declensions 
have  remained  in  Spanish,  and  of  these  but  one  case, 
the  accusative  (both  singular  and  plural):  as,  rosa 
(rosam),  rosas ;'  ano  (annum),  anos ;  Have  (clavem), 
llares;  flor  (florem),  flores.  The  Latin  fourth  declen- 
sion was  treated  as  the  second  :  as,  fruto  (fructum), 
frutos,  and  the  fifth  as  the  third  :  as,  fe  (fidem) ;  but 
dia  (diem).  Even  the  three  declensions  remaining  in 
Spanish  are  now  treated  simply  as  three  forms  of  one 
declension.  A  few  nominative  Latin  forms  have 

1  s,  being  the  more  usual  ending  of  the  Latin  ace.  plur.,  was 
finally  applied  to  all  singular  forms  to  make  the  Spanish  plurals. 


HISTORY   OF  THE   SPANISH   LAKGUAGE.          187 

been  retained  :  as,  Jupiter,  l&piz,  doble,  yo,  tu,  este, 
ese.  M&rtes  (dies  Martis)  is  genitive.  Datives  are 
mi,  ti,  si,  le  ([il]  li),  les  ([il]  lis),  while  me,  te,  se, 
(^uien  (quern),  alguien  are  accusatives.  Como  (quo 
modo)  and  adverbs  in  mente  are  ablatives.  Changes 
from  one  declension  to  another  otherwise  than  as 
indicated  seldom  occur. 

The  definite-article  forms  are  :  el  (t7[Zw»*]);  la 
(E&]fa£0t})j  and  el  (il\lam'])  before  feminines  of  two 
syllables  beginning  with  a  or  ha;  le  (\_iT\li)]  los  ([il]- 
los);  las  (\iT\las),  lo  ([il]lu[d]).  The  indefinite  ar- 
ticle is  un  (un[um']);  una  (una[m]). 

The  rules  for  the  derivation  of  the  adjectives  are 
the  same  as  for  nouns  of  the  same  endings.  M&s 
(magis),  m6nos  (minus)  are  used  in  comparison  and 
a  few  Latin  comparatives  :  as,  mayor  (maior) ;  peor 
(paior) ;  mejor  (melior) ;  menor  (minor) ; — and  a  num- 
ber in  isimo  (isimus)  have  remained,  but  those  in 
isimo  with  only  an  intensive  force. 

Numerals  are  uno  (unum),  una  (unam);  we  find  in 
the  thirteenth  century  the  forms  dues  (duos),  duas 
(duas),  whence  dos  of  the  modern  Spanish.  Other 
forms  are  cuatro  (quattuor),  etc. 

The  personal  pronouns  are  :  yo  (ego)  with  accent 
change  in  Spanish,  the  accent  being  on  the  o  of  yo ; 
mi  (mihi) ;  me  (me) ;  tu  (tu);  ti  (tibi);  te  (te)',  nos, 
nosotros  (nos,  nos  alteros) ;  vos,  vosotros  (vos,  vos  al- 
teros) ;  si  (sibi)-;  se  (se),  (the  se  in  selo,  etc.,  according 
to  Schuchardt,  comes  from  ipse);  le  dative  ([il]li), 
both  masculine  and  feminine;  el  (il\le\)9  etc.  (see 
article). 

The  forms  of  possession  mio  (meum),  etc.,  also  the 


188  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

shorter  mi,  etc.,  as  well  as  cuyo  (emus),  are  from  the 
Latin. 

The  demonstrative  el  is  similar  in  derivation  to  the 
definite  article.  Other  forms  are  ese  (ipse);  este 
(iste);  aquel  (a  compound  with  ecce). 

As  relatives  and  interrogatives  que,1  qu6  represent 
qui,  quod,  quis,  quid ;  quien,  qui6n  (quern);  cual, 
cual  (qual[em'\) ;  cuyo  (emus). 

Indefinite  pronouns  are  otro  (alterum) ;  nada  (rem 
natam);  alguno  (aliquem  unum,  probably);  algo  (all- 
quod);  ninguno  (necunum),  etc. 

CONJUGATION. 

In  general,  the  first  conjugation  of  the  Latin  cor- 
responds to  the  first  in  Spanish,  the  second  and  third 
of  the  Latin  to  the  Spanish  second,  and  the  fourth 
of  the  Latin  to  the  Spanish  third  :  as,  first,  amar 
(amare) ;  second,  temer  (timere),  leer  (legere) ;  third, 
partir  (partire).  Several  forms  of  the  Latin  conju- 
gation have  been  lost,  as  the  future  indicative,  im- 
perfect and  perfect  subjunctive,  etc.,  and  some  other 
forms  have  changed  their  use  (as  the  Latin  present 
participle,  used  as  a  noun  or  adjective  in  Spanish). 
New  forms  are  the  future  active  and  the  conditional, 
which  are  made  up  of  the  present  infinitive  of  the 
verb  to  be  conjugated  with  the  present  and  imperfect 
indicative  of  haber:  as,  amar  he"  (for  habeo)  (amare)  ; 
amar  habia  (amaria).  This  use  of  the  auxiliary  dates, 
according  to  Forster,  well  back  in  Latin  times,  and 
he  quotes  the  following  :  "qui  sedent  vel  seder e  Jiabe- 
bunt;"  "  si  interrogatus  fueris  quomodo  dicere  habes;" 

1  Old  Spanish  qui. 


HISTORY   OF  THE   SPANISH   LANGUAGE.          189 

"  Deus  satisfacere  tibi  Jiabet  "  —  who  sit  or  will  have 
to  sit  ;  if  you  shall  be  asked  how  you  have  to  speak  ; 
God  has  to  (will)  satisfy  you. 

Other  new  forms  are  the  perfect,  pluperfect,1  and 
future  perfect  (all  three  having  haber  as  auxiliary), 
and  the  whole  passive  voice.  The  compound  passive 
forms  began  even  in  early  Latin  periods  to  be  used 
for  the  others  :  as,  quce  ibi  sunt  aspecta  (  =  aspiciini- 
tur)  ;  sicut  a  nobis  prcesente  tempore  estpossessum  (pos- 
sidetur),  etc.;  —  and  in  Spanish  they  (the  compound 
forms)  have  driven  out  the  other  forms,  i.e.  the  regu- 
lar Latin  passive. 

By  comparing  a  few  verb-forms  we  may  make  the 
differences  and  similarities  of  the  two  languages  more 
easily  understood. 


INFINITIVE. 

PRESENT  INDICATIVE. 

Lat.   amare 

amo,  amas,  amat,  amamus,  -atis,  -ant 

Sp.     amar 

amo,  amas,  ama,    amamos,   -ais,    -an 

PRES.  SUBJ. 

IMPERFECT  IND.          IMPERATIVE  PRES. 

Lat.   amem 

timebam                        partite 

Sp.     ame 

temia                            partid 

GERUND. 

PERF.  IND.                          PERFECT. 

Lat.  amando 

timuerunt             ama(v)i      partim 

GER.  or  PRES.  PART.          PRET.                          PRETERITE. 

Sp.    amando 

temieron                 ame            parti 

From  this  comparison  it  becomes  evident  that  m, 
as  well  as  t  final,  falls  away;  that  s  remains  ;  that  d, 
n,  and  r  remain;  that  v  falls  away  (though  in  the 
third  person  Lat.  perfect  partivit  [pariiu\,8p.  parti6, 
the  v  becomes  u,  then  6);  that  b  is  sometimes  retained 
(in  first  conjugation  imperfect),  and  sometimes  lost  (as 

1  Under  pluperfect  we  may  understand  here  compound  both 
of  imperfect  and  of  preterite. 


190  PKACTICAL  SPANISH   GKAMMAB. 

in  imperfect  of  temer,  temia,  for  timebam).  The  Lat. 
imperfect  of  the  fourth  conjugation  ends  in  iebam, 
which  gives  the  Sp.  preterite  ending  ia  (as  partiebam, 
partia),  and  this  ending  by  analogy  was  carried  to 
the  Spanish  imperfect  of  the  second  as  well  as  the 
third  conjugation,  as  temia  (timebam). 

Nazco,  nazca;  parezco,  parezca;  conozco,  conozca 
are  cited  as  the  only  remaining  traces  of  the  Latin 
inchoative  conjugation.  The  change  from  Latin  ha- 
bui,  sapid,  posm,  potui  to  hube,  supe,  puse,  pude  is 
noteworthy. 

The  Spanish  form  of  the  gerund  (called  the  pres- 
ent participle  in  this  book)  is  that  of  the  ablative  in 
Latin.  After  first  being  used  as  the  ablative  of  in- 
strument and  with  prepositions  as  a  present  parti- 
ciple, it  finally  took  the  place  of  the  Latin  present 
participle  in  all  cases. 

The  formation  of  adverbs,  prepositions,  conjunc- 
tions, and  interjections  may  be  illustrated  by  the  fol- 
lowing words:  ent6nces  (ex  tune);  minca  (nunquam)^ 
casi  (quasi);  si  (*?'c);  quiza,  quizas  (quis  sapit);  para 
(pro  ad,  this  combination  occurs  in  Middle  Latin); 
pos  ( post)  in  en  pos  de ;  segun  (secundum) ;  sino  (si 
noii);  pero  (per  hoc);  h6te  (yed,  hed,  het);  mira!, 
brava  cosa !  (ironical). 

The  above  will  serve  to  show  in  some  degree  how 
important  an  element  Latin  is  in  Spanish.  It  should 
be  borne  in  mind  that  not  the  popular  Latin  alone,  but 
the  classical  (largely  introduced  by  the  scholars,  who 
here,  as  in  France,  were  a  disturbing  element  in  the 
development  of  the  language),  and  even  the  Latin  of 
the  middle  ages  (which  was  neither  a  popular  nor  a 
classical  speech)  contributed  much  to  the  Spanish, 


HISTORY   OF   THE   SPANISH   LANGUAGE.          191 

It  was  the  popular  Latin,  however,  that  not  only 
gave  the  greater  number  of  words,  but  determined 
the  genius  of  the  language  ;  and  yet  very  many  of 
the  divergences  in  syntax,  etc.,  of  the  Spanish  from  the 
Latin  had  their  beginnings  in  Latin  itself,  and  not  al- 
ways in  the  popular  tongue  only;  such  are:  the  victory 
of  accent  over  quantity;  the  use  of  ille  very  much 
as  modern  article  ;  of  such  words  as  caballus  (caballo) 
instead  of  the  more  usual  classic  form  eqmis  ;  the 
use  of  diminutives,  now  excessive  in  Spanish,  as 
abuelo  (avolus,  dim.  of  avus)',  of  prepositions  rather 
than  the  different  case-forms  to  denote  case-relations ; 
of  magis  (m&s)  in  comparison  instead  of  the  compara- 
tive terminations  ;  the  formation  of  the  future  and 
conditional  by  the  use  of  to  have  as  auxiliary  ;  the  use 
of  compound  forms  instead  of  the  regular  passive 
forms,  etc.  Spanish  is  then  one  of  the  sister-languages 
which,  since  the  time  of  Diez,  the  father  of  the  phi- 
lology of  these  languages,  have  been  called  the  Eo- 
mance  languages,  and  included,  according  to  Diez, 
Italian  and  Wallachian  in  the  east,  Spanish  and  Por- 
tuguese in  the  southwest,  French  and  Provengal  in 
the  northwest,  and  the  Catalan  in  eastern  Spain ;  to 
which  the  Kaetoromanic  (spoken  in  Engadine,  the 
extreme  eastern. part  of  Switzerland)  and  Franco-Pro- 
venqal  (spoken  in  the  extreme  western  part  of  Swit- 
zerland and  the  neighboring  part  of  France)  are  now 
added. 

It  has  been  very  justly  said  that  "  the  influence  of 
the  Goths  and  Arabs  was  felt  in  the  development  of 
the  sounds  and  of  the  vocabulary  of  the  language. 
Greek  made  its  impression  first  through  the  Greek 
colonies  (though  they  were  very  few  and  confined  to 


192  PEACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

the  northeast  coast),  then  through  Latin  and  as  the 
language  of  commerce  of  the  countries  about  the  Med- 
iterranean Sea,  and  through  the  spread  of  Christian- 
ity which  carried  with  it  Greek  words  in  Latin  forms. 
After  the  disappearance  of  the  Iberian  and  Celtic,  the 
Basque  exerted  a  not  unimportant  influence." 

Effort  has  been  made  to  estimate  the  number  of 
words  some  languages  have  given  to  Spanish,  and  it 
is  supposed  that  Gothic  (including  the  German)  has 
contributed  between  three  and  four  hundred  words, 
such  as  :  Goth,  vitan  (observe)  =  Spanish  guiar,  to 
guide;  O.H.G.  ivis,  N.H.G.  weise  —  Sp.  guisa  (obs.); 
Ags.  east  =  Sp.  este ;  Ger.  helm  =  Sp.  yelmo  (helmet). 

The  Basque,  Celtic,  and  Iberian  have  together  given 
the  Spanish  about  one  hundred  words:  as,  Basque 
murua  (hill),  Sp.  moron  (hill);  Basque  bero-ur-ga,  Sp. 
burga,  warm  medicinal  spring;  Iberian  and  Sp.  celia 
(a  kind  of  wheat-beer),  obs. 

The  Arabic  gave  the  Spanish  between  six  and  seven 
hundred  words  which  are  chiefly  names  of  common 
objects,  technical  terms  of  natural  science,  medicine, 
mathematics,  astronomy,  music,  and  statecraft.  Many 
of  them  begin  with  al  (which  is  the  Arabic  article), 
though  1  is  sometimes  brought  into  a  word:  as,  almi- 
rante  (admiral).  Some  representative  Arabic  words 
in  Spanish  are  :  al-djabr,  Sp.  algebra;  no'mdn-ibn 
Mondhir  (king  of  Hira),  Sp.  an6mona  (anemone); 
az-zait,  Sp.  aceite  (oil);  al-cotn,  Sp.  algodon  (cotton). 
It  is  from  the  Arabic  words  and  those  of  Pho3nician 
origin  (somewhat  like  the  Hebrew)  that  Spanish  has, 
more  by  far  than  any  of  its  sister  Romance  languages, 
an  oriental  appearance. 

The   following  Greek  words  are  given  by  way  of 


HISTORY   OF  THE   SPANISH   LAXtfTJAGE.          193 

illustration:  fivpcra  (mod.  Lat.  byrsa),  Sp.  bolsa 
(purse)  ;  rf^iKpavia,  Sp.  migrana  (headache);  <f>a- 
pos,  Sp.  fanal  (ship-light  or  light-house). 

The  following  is  Korting's  summing-up  of  the 
characteristics  of  Spanish  :  "  The  purity  and  clearness 
of  the  vowels,  viz.  the  absence  of  all  modified  and 
nasal  vowels,  gives  to  the  Spanish  richness  of  sound, 
the  numerous  final  consonants  energy;  the  regularity 
of  the  accent  on  the  last  or  next  to  the  last  syllable 
gives  preciseness  and  dignity;  the  frequent  occurrence 
of  the  guttural  sound  of  j  !  roughness,  the  relatively 
frequent  occurrence  of  the  palatal  ch  ruggedness.  Of 
all  Eomance  languages  the  Spanish,  so  far  as  its  sounds 
are  concerned,  has  perhaps  remained  most  like  the 
Latin  and  best  preserved  its  (Latin's)  vigor."  The 
Spaniards  themselves  say  of  their  native  tongue  that 
"  it  is  the  language  of  the  gods." 

Spanish  is  spoken  in  Europe  by  more  than  ten  mil- 
lions (some  seven  millions  in  Spain  speak  Catalan, 
Galician,  and  Basque)  and  probably  by  more  than 
twenty  millions  in  America  (North  and  South),  and,  as 
the  language  of  our  southern  neighbors  and  of  a  large 
part  of  South  America,  is  of  real  importance  to  us  as 
Americans.  There  are  about  one  hundred  thousand 
Spanish-speaking  persons  in  the  French- African  pro- 
vince of  Oran,  and  about  one  hundred  thousand 
Spanish-speaking  Jews  in  the  Turkish  Empire.  Span- 
ish is  the  most  widely  spoken  of  the  Komance  lan- 
guages. 

It  would  be  out  of  place  to  speak  at  any  length  here 

8  The  Spanish  sound  of  j  is  not  taken  from  the  Arabic,  but 
is  a  late  development  based  rather  on  the  Germanic  element. 


194  PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

of  the  literature  of  the  language,  so  a  few  words  must 
suffice.  Beginning  with  the  poem  of  the  "  Cid " 
(middle  of  the  twelfth  century)  and  the  works  of  Al- 
fonso the  Wise  (middle  of  the  thirteenth  century),  the 
Spanish  passed  through  a  period  of  great  splendor 
in  the  first  half  of  the  seventeenth  century,  when  its 
influence  was  the  most  important  of  the  times,  and 
when  Cervantes,  Lope  de  Vega,  and  Calderon  added 
the  splendor  of  their  productions  to  the  national  liter- 
ary treasure,  After  a  long  period  of  almost  uninter- 
rupted literary  inactivity  since  that  time,  the  Spanish 
has  recently  shown  unmistakable  signs  of  literary 
vigor,  and  in  the  writings  of  Harzenbusch,  Fernan 
Caballero  (a  woman),  Zorrilla,  Trueba,  Jose  de  Espron- 
ceda,  Valdes,  Juan  Valera  (a  critic,  as  well  as  romance- 
writer,  who  is  introducing  American  writers  of  Span- 
ish to  the  literary  world),  Echegaray  (a  dramatist  of 
unusual  power)  and  others,  Spain  has  entered  upon 
what  is  not  unlikely  to  prove  a  brilliant  literary  period. 
Since  foreign  books  may  be  had  at  much  less  cost 
and  inconvenience  than  formerly  (the  duty  on  all  but 
English  books  being  now  removed),  it  is  to  be  hoped 
that  the  recent  revival  of  interest  in  Spanish,  which 
has  arisen  from  our  nearer  commercial  relations  with 
Spanish-speaking  countries,  may  be  made  permanent 
both  by  intimate  and  permanent  commercial  and 
political  relations  with  those  countries,  and  by  our 
enjoying  and  properly  estimating  the  many  masterly 
productions  of  the  Spanish  people,  to  whom  we  as 
Americans  owe  so  much. 


SPANISH-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


195 


SPANISH-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


Abbreviations  :  /.,  feminine  noun  ;  m.,  masculine  noun. 


a,  for,  to,  at 
abandonar,  to  abandon 
abogado,  m.,  advocate,  lawyer 
abolir,  to  abolish 
aborrecer,  to  hate 
abrazar,  to  embrace 
abrigar,  to  shelter 
abrigo,  m.,  shelter 
abril,  m.,  April 
abrir,  to  open 
abuela, /.,  grandmother 
acabado,  achieved 
acabar,  to  finish 
acaecer,  to  happen 
acaso,  perhaps 
acaudalado,  wealth 
accion,/.,  action 
acento,  m.,  accent 
aceptar,  to  accept 
acerca  de,  about,  concerning 
acercando  (acercar),  approach- 
acertar,  to  hit  the  mark    [ing 
acoger,  to  receive 
acompaiiar,  to  accompany 
aconsejador,  m.,  counsellor 
aconsejar,  to  advise,  to  counsel 
acontecer,  to  happen 
acordar  (-se)  to  remember,  to 
agree,  to  remind 


acostar  (-se),  to  go  to  bed   [self) 

acreditar  (-se),  to  prove  (one's 

acribillado,  drubbed 

active,  active 

acudir,  to  come  (to  help),  to 

come  (by  appointment) 
acusar,  to  accuse 
adelanto,  m.,  advancement 
aderezar,  to  prepare  (victuals) 
administrar,  administer 
admiracion, /. ,  wonder 
admirar,  to  admire 
admitir,  to  admit 
adonde,  where 
adornado  (adornar),  adorned 
adquirir,  to  acquire 
advertir,  to  inform 
a  fin  de  que,  to  the  end  that 
afirmar,  to  affirm 
agitar,  to  agitate 
agosto,  m.,  August 
agradable,  agreeable 
agradar,  to  please 
agradecer,  to  thank 
agricola,  m.  &/.,  agricultural 
agrio,  sour 
agua,  /. ,  water 
aguar,  to  mix  with  water 
aguardar,  to  wait 


196 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


ahora,  now 

aire,  m.,  air,  wind 

ajeno  (-a),  another's 

(al,  to  the) 

alabanza.  /. .  praise 

alabar,  to  praise 

alargar,  to  pass,  reach 

alcance,  m.,  pursuit 

alcanzar,  to  reach 

aldea,/.,  hamlet 

alegrar,  to  please 

alegrar  (-se),  to  rejoice 

alegre,  joyful 

alegria,/.,  joy 

algo,  anything,  something 

alguien,  somebody,  some  one 

alguno,  some  one,  somebody, 

aliento,  ??z.,  breath         [some 

alia,  there  (motion) 

alii,  there  (rest) 

alma,/.,  soul 

almacen,  m.,  store 

almendra,/.,  almond 

almorzar,  to  breakfast 

altanero,  haughty 

alto,  m.,  halt 

alto,  high,  tall 

alzarse,  to  arise 

amable,  amiable 

amar,  to  love 

ambar,  m.,  amber 

ambicion,  /. ,  ambition 

ambicioso,  ambitious 

ambiguo,  ambiguous 

ambos,  both 

amenazar,  to  threaten 

a  menudo,  often 

americano,  American 

amigo,  m.,  friend 

amiga,/,  friend 


amigote,  m.,  great  friend 

amiguillo,  m.,  little  friend 

amistad,/.,  friendship 

amo,  m.,  master 

amontonar,  to  amass 

amor,  m. ,  love 

amparar,  to  protect 

ancho,  broad 

(de  ancho,  of  width) 

anciana,  /.,  old  woman 

anciano,  m.,  old  man 

andante,  errant 

andar,  to  go 

anillo,  m.,  ring 

animal,  m.,  animal 

ammo,  m. ,  mind 

ano,  m.t  year 

anoche,  last  night 

antes,  before 

antes  < 

antes  que. 

antiguo,  old,  ancient 

antojo,  m.,  whim 

anunciar,  to  announce 

apartarse,  to  separate 

apearse,  dismount 

apenas.  scarcely 

apetito,  m.,  appetite 

apoderar,  to  get  possession 

aprender,  to  learn 

aprieto,  m. ,  difficult  situation 

aprobar,  to  approve  [tage 

aprovechar  (-se),  to  take  advan- 

aquel,   that  (yonder)  of   time, 

before  or  after  any  time 
aquello  (-a),  that 
aquel  que,  etc.,  he  who,  etc. 
aquello  que,  etc.,  that  which 
aquese,  that 
aqueste,  this 


lde'    [before 
que,  ) 


SPAJSTISH-EKGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


197 


aqui,  here 
arado,  m.,  plough 
arbol,  m.,  tree 
arma, /.,  arm  (weapon) 
armonia,/.,  harmony 
arrancar,  to  root  out 
arreglar,  to  put  in  order  [ance 
arrepentimiento,    m.,    repent- 
arrepentir  (-se),  to  repent 
arroyo,  m.,  brook 
arruinar,  to  ruin 
artes, /.,  intrigues,  arts 
arzobispo,  m.,  archbishop 
asador,  m.,  spit  (stick) 
asaltar,  to  assault 
asalto,  m.,  assault 
asegurar,  to  assure 
asi,  so,  thus 
asiduo,  asiduous 
asiento,  m.,  seat 
asir,  to  seize 
asno,  m.,  ass 
astro,  m.,  star 
'  asunto,  m.,  subject 
atacar,  to  attack 
atencion,/.,  attention 
atender,  to  mind,  heed,  attend 
atentamente,  attentively 
atento,  attentive 
a  todo  lo  largo,  all  along 
atractivo,  attractive 
atreverse,  to  venture 
aumentar,  to  augment 
aun,  even 
aunque,  although 
ausencia, /.,  absence 
ausente,  absent 
autor,  m.,  author 
autoridad,/.,  authority 


auxilio,  m.,  help 

avanzado,  advance 

avanzar,  to  advance 

avasallar,  to  enslave 

ave, /.,  bird 

avecica,/.,  little  bird 

avenida, /.,  inundation 

avenir,  to  agree,  to  join 

aventura, /.,  adventure 

avergonzar,  to  be  ashamed 

avisar,  to  inform,  advise 

i  ay  dolor!,  alas! 

ayer,  yesterday 

ayuda,/.,  aid 

azucar,  m.,  sugar 

azul,  blue 

bailar,  to  dance 

baile,  m.,  ball 

bajar,  to  descend 

bajo,  under,  low,  softly 

bala,/.,  ball  (shot) 

baladi,  frivolous 

ballena, /.,  whale 

banado  (-a),  bathed 

banarse,  to  bathe  one's  self 

banco,  m. ,  bank 

bandearse,  to  shift  for  one's  self 

bandera, /.,  flag 

banquero,  m.,  banker 

banquete,  m.,  banquet 

barbaridad,/.,  barbarity 

barbaro,  m.,  barbarian 

bastar,  to  be  enough 

bastonazo,  m.,  blow  with  a  stick 

batalla,/.,  battle 

baul,  m.,  trunk 

beber,  to  drink 

bello,  beautiful 

bendecir,  to  bless 


198 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


beneficentisimo.  very  beneficent 
beneficio,  m.,  benefit,  favor 
besamanos,  m. ,  kissing  of  the 

hand,  salute 
biblioteca,  /. ,  library 
bien,  well 
bien,  m.,  good 
bledo,  m.,  wild  amaranth 
boca,  /.,  mouth 
bofetada, /.,  slap 
bolsa, /.,  purse 
bolsillo,  m.,  pocket         [ness 
bondad,  /.,   goodness,   kind- 
bomsimo,  very  good 
bonito,  pretty 
bosque,  m.,  woods 
botaniea.  /.,  botany 
breve,  short,  brief 
brillante,  brilliant 
bruto,  m.,  brute 
bueno,  good 
buenos  dias,  good-day 
buitre,  m.,  vulture 
buque,  m.,  ship 
burla,  /. ,  jest,  sport 
buscar,  to  look  for 

cabalgadura,/.,  baggage-horse 
caballero,       m.,      horseman, 
knight  [errant 

caballero  andante,  m. ,  knight- 
caballo,  m.,  horse 
cabello,  m.,  hair 
caber,  to  be  contained 
cabeza,/.,  head 
cabra, /.,  goat 

cada,  each,  every  [every 

cada    cual,    cada    uno,    each, 
cadena, /.,  chain 


caer,  to  fall 

cafe,  m.,  coffee,  cafe 

cajon,  77i.,  chest 

calentura, /. ,  fever 

calidad,/.,  quality 

calido,  hot 

callar,  to  keep  silent 

calle,  /. ,  street 

calmante,  narcotic 

calor,  m.,  heat 

cama, /.,  bed 

eambio,  m.y  exchange 

oambiar,  to  change 

caminar,  to  walk 

camino,  m.,  way,  road 

camino  de  hierro,  m.,  railway 

camisa,  /. ,  shirt 

campanario,  m.,  belfry 

campo,  m.,  field,  country 

canape,  m.,  couch 

cancion,  m.,  song 

candor,  m.,  candor 

cansar,  to  weary 

cantando,  recounting 

cantar,  to  sing 

cantidad,/.,  quantity 

canto,  m.,  singing 

capa,  f. ,  cloak 

capital,/.,  capital  (city) 

capitan,  m.,  captain 

cara,  /. ,  face 

carcel, /.,  prison 

carestia, /.,  famine 

carga, /.,  charge  (obligation) 

cargar,  to  charge  (in  account) 

caritativo,  charitable 

carne, /.,  meat 

carnero,  m.,  sheep 

carpintero,  m.,  carpenter 


SPAKISH-EJSTGLISH  VOCABULAKY. 


199 


carruaje,  m.,  carriage 

carta,/.,  letter 

casa, /.,  house 

casar,  to  marry 

casi,  almost 

casica,  /. ,  little  house 

castigar,  chastise 

catedral,  /. ,  cathedral 

caterva,  /. ,  crowd 

cateto,  m.,  side  of  right  tri- 

catolico,  Catholic         [angle 

caudal,  m.,  fund 

causa,/.,  cause    • 

causar,  to  cause 

cazar,  to  chase 

cebada,/.,  barley 

cegar,  to  blind 

celeberrimo,  very  celebrated 

cena, /.,  supper 

cerca  (de),  near 

cerrar,  to  close 

chinela,  /.,  slipper 

ciego,  blind 

cLlo,  m.,  heaven 

ciencia,  /. ,  science 

cientifico,  scientific 

cierto,  certain 

cinco,  five 

cincuenta,  fifty 

circo,  m.,  circus 

cirujano,  m.,  surgeon 

ciudad,  /.,  city 

clase,/.,  class,  rank 

clasico,  m.,  classic 

clima,  ra.,  climate 

cocerse,  to  cook,  to  boil 

coche,  m.,  coach 

cocina,/.,  kitchen 

cofre,  m.,  trunk 


coger,  to  catch 
cogido  (coger),  caught 
colmar,  to  overwhelm 
colocacion, /.,  situation 
combatir,  to  combat 
comedia,  /. ,  comedy 
comedor,  m.,  dining-room 
comercio,  m.,  commerce 
comer,  to  eat 
cometer,  to  commit 
comida,/.  (repast),  meal 
como,  how 
compact o,  compact 
compania, /.,  company 
comparar,  to  compare 
comparecer,  to  appear 
componer,  to  compose 
comprado  (comprar),  bought 
comprar,  to  buy 
comprender,  to  comprehend 
oomprobar,  to  prove  (verify) 
comprometer,  to  compromise 
con,  with 

concernir,  to  concern 
concierto,  m.,  concert 
concluir,  to  finish 
conde,  m.,  the  count 
condenar,  to  condemn 
condesa, /.,  countess 
condicion,  /. ,  condition 
conducir,  to  conduct 
conducta,/.,  conduct 
confesar,  to  confess 
confianza, /.,  confidence 
confiar,  to  intrust 
conform,  according  to 
confundir,  to  confound 
confuso,  confused 
congreso,  m.,  congress 


200 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GEAMMAK. 


conjuracion,  /.,  conspiracy 
conjurar,  to  entreat 
conmigo,  with  me 
conocer,  to  know 
conocido  (well)  known 
conocimiento,  m.t  knowledge 
con...que,  however 
conquistar,  to  conquer 
consecuencia,  / ,  consequence 
conseguir,  to  obtain 
consejo,  m.,  advice,  counsel 
consentir,  to  consent 
considerar,  to  consider 
consigo,  with  himself,  etc. 
consistir,  to  consist 
constancia,/.,  constancy   [ed 
construir  (-se),to  be  construct- 
consultar,  to  consult 
con  tal  que,  provided  that 
contar,  to  relate,  to  count 
contemporaneo ,  contemporary 
contentar,  to  content 
content o,  content,  satisfaction 
contentisimo,  very  well  pleas- 
contento,  m.,  contentment  [ed 
contigo,  with  thee 
contrahaz,/.,  wrong  side 
contrario,  m.,  opposer 
controversia, /.,  controversy 
convencer,  to  convince 
conversacion,/.,  conversation 
convertir,  to  change 
convidar,  to  invite 
convite,  m.,  invitation 
copa, /.,  bowerlike  branch 
corazon,  m.,  heart 
coronar,  to  crown 
coronel,  m.,  colonel 
correo,  m.,  post  (office) 


correr,  to  run 

corriente,  m.,  present  (month) 

corriente,  current  (present) 

corrientemente,  fluently 

cortado  (cortar),  cut 

cortaplumas,  m.,  penknife 

cortarse,  to  cut 

corte,/,  court  city  (capital) 

cortesmente,  politely 

cosa, /.,  thing 

cosecha,  /.,  harvest 

costar,  to  cost 

costumbre, /. ,  custom 

credito,  m.,  credit 

creer,  to  believe 

criado,  m.,  servant 

crianza, /.,  breeding 

cristiano,  Christian 

cuadrado,  m.,  square 

cuadro,  m.,  picture 

cual. .  .  cual,  one. . .  another 

cual  (el cual,  etc.), who,  which 

cual,  who?,  which? 

cual,  such  as 

cualquiera,    any,    whatever, 

whichever,  wherever 
cuando,  when 
cuando,  when 
cuanto  (-a,  etc.),  what,  how 

much,  how  many,  as 
cuanto  mas,  the  more 
cuanto  menos,  the  less 
cuarenta,  forty  [quarter 

cuarto,     m. ,     farthing,    room, 
cuatro,  four 
cubrir.  to  cover 
cuchillo,  m. ,  knife 
cuello,  m.,  collar 
cuenta,  /. ,  account 


SPAKISH-EHGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


201 


cuento,  m.,  story 
cuerda, /.,  string 
cuerpo,  m.,  body 
cuesta,/.,  hill 
Question,/.,  question 
cuidado,  m.t  care 
cuidarse,  to  take  care 
culpa, /.,  blame 
cultivar,  cultivate 
cumplirse,  to  complete,  fulfil 
cura,  m.,  priest 
curarse,  to  take  account 
curioso,  curious 
cuyo  (-a),  whose 
cuyo  (-a,  etc.),  whose? 

dama,/.,  lady 

dando  (-dar),  giving 

dano,  m.,  loss 

dar,  to  give 

de,  than  (usually  of) 

deber,  m.t  duty 

deber,  to  be  obliged,  owe 

decaer,  to  decline 

decidir,  to  decide 

decir,  to  say,  tell 

decision,/.,  decision 

dedo,  m.,  finger 

defender,  to  defend          [self 

degradar(-se),to  degrade  one's 

dejar.    to  let,  allow,    leave, 

delante  de,  before          [cease 

deleitar,  to  delight 

delincuente,  m.,  criminal 

delinquir,  to  transgress 

delirante,  m.,  raver 

delito,  m.,  crime 

demasido,  too  much 

democratic©,  democratic 


dentro,  within 
derecho,  m.,  right 
desanimarse,  to  be  discouraged 
desaparecer,  to  disappear 
desaprobar,  to  disapprove 
descanso,  m.,  rest 
desconcertar,  to  disturb 
desconfiar  (de),  to  distrust 
desconocido,  unknown 
descontar,  to  discount 
describir,  to  describe 
descubrir,  to  discover 
descuidar,  to  neglect 
descuido,  m.,  heedlessness 
desde,  since 

desdicha,  / ,  misfortune 
desdichado !,  unhappy ! 
desear,  to  desire 
deseo,  m.,  desire 
desertor,  m.,  deserter 
desgracia,  / ,  disgrace 
desgraciado,  unfortunate 
desiqualdad, /.,  inequality 
desistir,  to  desist 
desmayado,  fainted 
desmayarse,  to  faint 
desordenado,  lawless 
despacio,  slowly 
despedir,  dismiss 
despertar,  to  awake 
despoblar,  to  depopulate 
despreciable,  despicable 
despreciar,  to  despise 
despues  (de),  after 
desterrar,  to  banish 
destino,  m.,  destiny 
destreza, /.,  dexterity 
destruir,  to  destroy 
desventurado,  unfortunate 


202 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


determinacion.  /.,  determina- 
determinar,  to  determine  [tion 
detestable,  detestable 
detras  de.  behind 
deuda,/,  debt 
devolver,  to  return 
devoto,  m.,  devout  (man) 
dia  m.,  day 
dibujar,  to  draw 
dicho  (decir),  said 
dichoso,  happy 
dictar,  to  dictate 
diez,  ten 

diferencia,  /. ,  difference 
diferente,  different 
diferir,  to  defer 
dificil,  difficult 
dificultad,  /. ,  difficulty 
diligencia, /. ,  diligence 
diligente,  diligent 
dinero,  m.,  money 
dios  quiera,  God  grant 
diputado,  m.,  deputy 
dirigir,  to  direct 
discurrir,  to  discuss 
disgustar,  to  disgust 
dispensar,  to  excuse 
disponer,  to  dispose,  arrange 
disputa,/.,  dispute 
distancia, /.,  difference 
distinguir,  to  distinguish 
divertirse,    to  amuse   (one's 
dividido,  divided  [self) 

doble,  double 
doce,  twelve 
docena, /.,  dozen 
docil,  tractable 
docto,  learned 
doctrina,/.,  doctrine 


doler,  to  pain 
doliente,  sorrowful 
dolor,  m.,  pain 
domingo,  m.,  Sunday 
doncella,  /. ,  maiden 
donde,  where 
donde  ?  where? 
dormir,  to  sleep 
dos,  two 

dotado,  endowed 
duda, /.,  doubt 
dudar,  to  doubt 
duena,  /. ,  lady  (married) 
dueiio,  m.,  owner 
dulce,  sweet 
durable,  durable 
durante,  during 
durar,  to  last 
duro,  ?7i.,  dollar 
duro,  hard 

echar,  to  throw 

edad,/.,  age 

edificado,  built 

edificar,  to  build 

efecto,  m.,  effect 

ejecucion, /.,  execution 

ejemplo,  m.,  example 

ejercicio,  m.,  exercise 

ejercito,  m.,  army 

el,  the 

el,  he 

elegantemente,  elegantly 

elegir,  to  elect 

ello,  it 

elocuencia, /. ,  eloquence 

elocuentemente,  eloquently 

ella,  she,  her 

embajada, /.,  embassy 


SPANISH-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


203 


embarazar,  to  embarrass 
embarazo,  m.y  perplexity 
emborrachar,  to  get  drunk 
empecer  (obs.),  to  offend 
emperador,  m.,  emperor 
empezar,  to  begin 
emplear  to  employ 
empleo,    m.y   place,   employ- 
ment, rank 

empresa,  /. ,  undertaking 
en,  in,  on  [self 

encaminarse,   to  betake  one's 
encantador,  ra.,  enchanter 
encantar,  to  delight        [with 
encontrar,   to  meet,  to  meet 
endeudado,  in  debt 
enero,  ra.,  January 
enfadar,  to  vex 
enfermar  (-se),  to  become  ill 
enfermidad, /. ,  disease 
enfermo,  m.,  a  sick  (man) 
enfrenar,  to  bridle 
(de)  enfrente,  opposite 
enganado,  deceived 
enganar,  to  deceive 
enhoramala,  /. ,  ill-luck 
enmendar,  to  improve,  reform 
ensartado,  strung,  linked 
ensenar,  to  teach 
entender,  to  understand 
enteramente,  entirely      [self) 
enterarse,   to    inform  (on'es 
entonces,  then 
entrambos,  both 
entrar,  to  enter 
entre,  between 
entregado,  given,  handed 
entregar,  to  abandon,  to  hand 
over 


entretender,  to  entertain 
entristecer,  to  sadden 
enviado,  sent 
enviar,  to  send 
epidemia,/.,  epidemic,  disease 
equivocar,  to  mistake 
erguir,  to  hold  up 
errar,  to  err 
error,  m.,  error 
erudito,  learned 
escaparse,  to  run  off 
esclavo,  m.,  slave 
escoger,  to  choose 
esconder,  to  hide 
escopeta, /.,  gun 
escribano,  m.,  scribe 
escribir,  to  write 
escrito  (-a),  written 
escritor,  m.t  writer 
escritura, /. ,  writing 
escuchar,  to  listen 
escudero,  m.,  shield-bearer 
ese,  that  (by  you) 
esforzado,  vigorous 
esforzar,  to  make  efforts 
esfuerzo,  m. ,  effort 
esotro  (-a),  that  other 
espacio,  ra.,  space 
espada,  /. ,  sword 
espanol,  Spanish 
espantar,  to  frighten 
esparcir,  to  scatter 
especulation,  /. ,  speculation 
esperanza, /. ,  hope 
esperar,  to  hope,  expect 
espiritu,  m.,  spirit 
esposa,/.,  wife 
esposicion,  /. ,  exposition 
establecer,  to  establish 


204 


PRACTICAL  SPAKISH   GRAMMAR. 


estacion, /.,  season 
estado,  m.,  state 
estado,  been 
estando,  being 
estante,  m.,  shelf 
estar,  to  be 

estar  bien,  to  become  (suit) 
este,  this 
estima, /.,  esteem 
estimacion, /.,  esteem 
estimado,  esteemed 
estimar,  to  esteem 
esto,  this 

estotro  (-a),  this  other 
estrago,  m.,  ravage 
estrella, /.,  star 
estudiante,  m.,  student 
estudiar,  to  study 
evidentemente,  evidently 
evitar,  to  avoid 
exceso,  m.,  excess 
exclamar,  to  exclaim 
experiencia ,  /. ,  experience 
explicar,  to  explain 
exponer,  to  expose 
expresion,/.,  expression 
extender,  to  reach 
extranjero,  m.,  stranger 
extrano,  m.,  foreigner 
extra vio,  m .,  frenzy 

faccion,/.,  feature 
fachada,  /.,  fa9ade 
facil,  easy 

facilitar,  to  facilitate 
factura,/.,  invoice 
falta,/.,  fault 
faltar,  to  fail 
faltriquera,  /. ,  pocket 


fama,/.,  fame 
famoso,  famous 
fatiga,/.,  fatigue 
favor,  m.,  favor 
favorable,  favorable 
favorecido,  favored 
faz,/.,  face 
fe,  / ,  faith 
febrero,  m.,  February 
feliz,  happy  (good) 
femenino,  feminine 
feroz,  ferocious 
ferro-carril,  m.,  railway 
fiarse,  to  trust 
fidelisimo,  very  faithful 
fiestas  (las),  holidays 
figura,/.,  stature  (form),  char- 
acter (of  play) 
filosofia,/.,  philosophy 
filosofo,  m.,  philosopher 
fin,  m.t  end 
fingir,  to  feign 
flor,/.,  flower 
florear,  to  flourish 
floreciente,  flourishing 
florero,  m.,  flower-pot 
folleto,  m.,  pamphlet 
fortaleza,  /. ,  fortress 
fortuna, /.,  fortune 
fragilidad,/.,  frailty 
francos,  French 
francos,  m.,  Frenchman 
franco,  frank 
frecuentar,  frequent 
frifsimo,  very  cold 
frio,  cold 
fruta,/.,  fruit 
fruto,  m.,  fruit  (on  tree) 
fuego,  m.,  fire 


SPANISH-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


205 


fuente,/.,  spring 
fuera  (de),  out  (of) 
fuerte,  strong 
fuerza, /,  force 
fulano,  such  a  one 
fundada  (/.),  founded 
funesto,  lamentable 
furia,/.,  fury 
furioso,  furious 
fusilazo,  m.,  a  gun-shot 

gala,/.,  ornament 
gana,/,  desire,  inclination 
ganapan,  m.t  porter 
ganar,  to  gain 
gastar,  to  spend 
general,  m.,  general 
generalmente,  generally 
genio,  m.,  genius 
gente,  f.t  people 
gigante  (-a),  gigantic 
girar,  to  turn 
gloria,/.,  glory 
gobernar,  to  govern 
gobierno,  m.t  government 
gozar,  to  enjoy 
gramatica,/.,  grammar 
grande,  large,  great 
grande,  m.,  grandee 
granjear,  to  win 
griego,  Greek 
gris,  gray 
grito,  m.t  cry 
guante,  m.,  glove 
guardar,  to  keep,  to  watch 
guerra,/.,  war 
guerrero,  m.,  warrior 
gustar,  to  please 
gusto,  m.t  pleasure 


haber,  to  have 
habitable,  habitable 
habitante,  m.,f.,  inhabitant 
hablado,  spoken 
hablar,  to  speak* 
hace,  since,  ago 
hacer,  to  do,  to  make 
hacer  a  la  vela,  to  set  sail 
hacha, /.,  hatchet 
hacia,  towards 
hacienda,/,  farm 
hallar,  to  find 
hambre,/.,  hunger 
harto,  enough 
hasta,  until,  even 
hay,  there  are,  there  is 
hazana, /.,  exploit 
hebreo,  Hebrew 
hecho,  made 
helar,  to  freeze 
heno,  m.,  hay 
heredar,  to  inherit 
herir,  to  wound 
hermana,  /,  sister 
hermano,  m.,  brother 
hermoso,  beautiful 
hermosura,  / ,  beauty 
hielo,  m.,  ice 
hiena, /.,  hyena 
hierro,  m.,  iron 
hijo,  son 

hipotenusa,/,  hypothenuse 
historia,/,  history 
holgazan  (-a),  indolent 
hombre,  m.>  man 
hombron,  m.,  big  man 
homenaje,  m.,  homage 
honesto,  modest 
honrar,  to  honor 


206 


PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


hora,  /.,  hour 

hornillo,  m.,  stove  (kitchen) 
horroroso,   frightful 
horrible,  horrible 
hospital,  m.,  hospital 
hostilidad,/.,  hostility 
hoy.  to-day 
huerfano,  m.,  orphan 
huerto,  m.,  garden 
huevo,  m.,  egg 
huir,  to  escape,  fly 
humilde,  humble 
huracan,  m.,  hurricane 

idea,/,  idea 
idioma,  m.,  language 
ido  (-s),  departed,  gone 
iglesia, /. ,  church 
ignorancia,/.,  ignorance 
ignorante,  m. ,  ignorant  person 
ignorar,  to  be  ignorant  of 
ignal,  equal 
igualar,  to  equal 
igualdad, /.,  equality 
ilustracion,/.,  enlightenment 
imagen,/.,  figure  (of  speech) 
imitar,  to  imitate 
impedir,  to  prevent 
importa,  imports 
importe,  m.t  amount 
imposible,  impossible 
impresion, /.,  impression 
improbable,  improbable 
incendiar,  to  set  on  fire 
incesantemente,  incessantly 
indicio,  m.,  indication 
indispuesto,  indisposed 
individuo,  individual,  person 
inducir,  to  lead  (induce) 


indultado,  freed 
industrioso,  industrious 
inevitable,  inevitable 
infancia,  /. ,  childhood 
infelicisimo,  very  unhappy 
infeliz,  unhappy 
influjo,  m.,  influence 
informal,  to  inform 
ingenio,  m.,  mind 
ingles,  English 
ingles,  m.,  Englishman,  Eng- 
lish language 
ingratitud, /. ,  ingratitude 
inmediatamente,  immediately 
inmortal,  immortal 
inocencia,  f. ,  innocence 
insensate,  m.,  stupid  (one) 
instancia,  m.,  solicitation 
instante,  m. ,  instant 
instante  (-al),  immediately 
instruir,  to  instruct 
instrumento,  m.,  instrument 
insula,  /. ,  island 
intencion,  intention 
intentar,  to  attempt 
interes,  m.,  interest 
inter esante,  interesting 
interrumpir,  to  interrupt 
invierno,   m.y  winter 
ir,  to  go 

irracional,  irrational 
italiano,  Italian 

jabali,  m.,  wild  boar 
jamas,  never,  ever 
joven,  m.,  youth 
juego,  m.,  game 
juez,  m.,  judge 
jugar,  to  play 


SPANISH-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


207 


julio,  m.,  July 

junio,  m.,  June 

junto,  near,  united  (joined) 

juramento,  m.,  oath 

jurar,  to  swear 

justicia,  /.,  justice 

juventud,/.,  youth 


la,  the 

la,  her 

laborioso,  painstaking 

labrador a,/.,  working  woman 

lacayo,  m.,  servant 

ladrar,  to  bark 

ladron,  m.,  robber 

lagrima, /.,  tear 

lamento,  m.,  lamentation 

lapiz,  m.,  pencil  (lead) 

largo  (-a),  large,  long 

larguisimo,  very  large 

lastima,/,  pity 

lastimar,  to  grieve 

latino,  Latin 

lavarse,  to  wash 

le,  him  (to  him,  her,  it) 

leal,  loyal 

leccion, /.,  lesson 

lecho,  m.,  bed 

leer,  to  read 

legua,/.,  league 

legumbre, /.,  vegetable 

leido,  read 

lejos,  far 

lengua,/.,  language,  tongue 

lenguaje,  m.,  language 

letra,/.,  letter 

letras,/.,  learning 

levantar,  to  raise 

levantarse,  to  get  up 


levita,  /.,  frock-coat 
ley,/.,  law 
leyendo,  reading 
libertad,/.,  liberty 
-—libra,/.,  pound 
libreria, /.,  book-store 
libro,  m.,  book 
licencia,/.,  license 
limpiar,  to  clean 
limpio,  clean 
lista,  /.,  list  (bill  of  fare) 
literario  (-a),  literary 
llamar,  to  call 
Have,/.,  key 
llegado,  arrived 
llegar,  to  arrive 
llenar,  to  fill 
lleno,  full 

llevar,  to  raise,  to  take  (along) 
llorar,  to  weep,  shed  tears 
Hover,  to  rain 
lo,  the 
lo,  it 

lobo,  m.,  wolf 
loco,  foolish,  simple 
locura,/.,  folly 

locucion,/.,  expression  [upon 
lograr,  to  gain,  succeed,  hit 
lo  que,  what 

luego,  soon,  presently,  imme- 
luego  que,  as  soon  as      [diately 
lugar,  m.,  village,  place 
lugubre,  gloomy 
luna, /.,  moon 
lunes,  m.,  Monday 
luz,/.,  light 


madera,/.,  wood 
madre,  /.,  mother 


208 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


maduramente,  maturely 
maduro  (-a),  ripe 
maestro,  m.,  master,  teacher 
magistratura,  /. ,  magistracy 
magnifico,  magnificent 
mal,  m.,  ill 
maldecir,  to  curse 
malecon,  m.,  dike 
malicia, /.,  malice 
malo,  bad 
mama,  /.,  mamma 
manana,  /.,  morning 
mandar,to  command,  to  order, 
manera, /.,  manner    [to  send 
mando,  m.,  power 
manifestado,  shown       [show 
manifestar,    to   manifest,    to 
manjar,  m.,  dish  (food) 
mano,  f. ,  hand 
mantel,  m. ,  tablecloth 
mantener,  to  keep 
manzana,  f. ,  apple 
mar,/.,  sea 
maravilla,  /. ,  wonder 
maravillar,  to  admire 
maravillarse,  to  wonder 
marcharse,  to  go  off 
marinero,  m.,  sailor 
mariposa,  f. ,  butterfly 
marroqui,  m. ,  morocco  leather 
martes,  m.,  Tuesday 
martillo,  m.,  hammer 
martir,  m.,f.,  martyr 
marzo,  m.,  March 
(lo)  mas,  most 
mas-que  (de),  more  than 
mas  vale,  it  is  better 
masa,  /.,  mass,  rank 
matar,  to  kill 
material,  m.,  material 


mayo,  m.,  May 
mayor,  larger 
mayores,  m.t  forefathers 
me,  me 

mecer,  to  agitate 
a  mediados,  about  the  midst  of 
mediano,  mediocre 
mediante,  by  means  of 
medico,  m.,  doctor 
medio,  m.,  means 
medio,  half 
mejor,  better 
memorias,  /.,  regards 
memorial,     m.,    memorandum- 
book,  brief 
menester,  necessary 
mengano,  such  a 
menor,  smaller 
menos,  less  (except) 
mensaje,  m.,  message 
mensajero,  m.,  messenger 
mentir,  to  lie 
mentira, /.,  lie 
mercader,  m.,  merchant 
mercadera,/., merchant's  wife 
mercaderia,  f. ,  goods 
a  merced,  gratis 
merecer,  to  merit 
merendar,  to  lunch 
merito,  m.,  merit 
mes,  m.,  month 
mesa,/.,  table 
metal,  m.,  metal 
meter,  to  put 
mi,  my 
mi,  me 

miedo,  m.,  fear 
miente  (-s),  /,  thoughts 
mientras  mas,  the  more 
mientras  que,  whilst 


SPANISH-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


209 


mil,  thousand 
milagro,  w.,  miracle 
millon,  m.,  million 
mina,/.,  mine 
ministro,  m.,  minister 
minuto,  m.,  minute 
mio,  mine 
mirada,/.,  glance 
mirar,  to  see 

misantropia,  /. ,  misanthropy 
miserable,  miserable 
misericordia,  /. ,  mercy 
mismo,  self  (emphatic),  same 
mitad,/.,  half 
mocedad,/.,  youth 
modales,  m.  (pi.),  manners 
moderacion,  /. ,  moderation 
modestia, /.,  modesty 
modificarse,  to  be  modified 
modo,  m.,  mode,  manner 
monje,  m.,  monk 
monte,  m.,  mountain 
morar,  to  dwell 
morder,  to  bite 
moreno,  chestnut 
morir,  to  die 
moro,  m.,  Moor 
mortal,  mortal 
mostrar,  to  show 
motive,  m.,  reason 
mover,  to  move 
movimiento,  m.,  movement 
muchacha,  /. ,  girl 
muchacho,  m.,  boy 
mucho,  much,  many 
mudar,  to  change 
mueble,  m.,  furniture 
muerte, /.,  death 
muerto,  dead 


muestra,/.,  sign 

mujer,  /.,  woman,  wife 

mundo,  m.,  world 

murmurar,  to  murmur 

muro,  m.y  wall 

museo,  m.,  museum 

musico,  m.,  musician 

muy,  very  [iard 

muy  espanol,  a  thorough  Span- 

nacer,  #.,  to  be  born 

nacer,  m.,  appearance 

nacio,  was  born 

nacion, /.,  nation 

nada,    not    anything,   nothing 

nadar,  to  swim 

nadie,  nobody,  no  one 

naipe,  m.t  card 

naranja, /.,  orange 

nariz,  /.,  nose 

naturaleza, /. ,  nature 

naufragar,  to  shipwreck 

nave,/.,  ship 

navegar,  to  navigate 

necesario,  necessary 

necesidad,  /. ,  necessity 

neoesitar,  to  need 

negar,  to  deny 

negocio,  m.,  affair,  business 

negro,  black 

nervioso,  nervous 

nevar,  to  snow 

ni,  nor 

nicho,  m.,  niche 

nieve, /.,  snow 

nineria,/.,  puerility 

ninguno  (-a),  no  one,  nobody 

ni...ni,  neither.. .nor 

nino,  m.,  child 


210 


PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


no,  no 

noche,  /.,  night 

nombre,  m.,  name  [ever 

no  obstante,  nevertheless,  ho  w- 

norte,  m. ,  north 

nos,  we,  us 

nosotros,  we,  us 

notar,  to  notice 

noticia,  /.,  news 

novedad, /.,  news 

nube,/,  cloud 

nublado,  cloudy 

nuestro  (-a),  our 

nueve,  nine 

nuevo,  new 

numero,  m.t  number 

nunca,  never 

6,  or 

obedecer,  to  obey 

obediente,  obedient 

obligar,  oblige 

obra, /.,  work 

obrar,  to  act 

obtenir,  to  obtain 

ocasion,  /. ,  occasion 

oceano,  m.,  ocean 

ochenta,  eighty 

ocho,  eight 

ochocientos,  eight  hundred 

ociosidad,/.,  idleness 

ocupar,  to  busy  K 

odiar,  to  hate 

ofender,  to  offend 

oficial,  m.,  officer 

oficio,  m.,  office  (employment) 

ofrecer,  to  offer 

oido,  m.,  ear 

oir,  to  hear 


ojala,  would  that ! 

ojo,  m.,  eye 

ola, /.,  wave 

oler,  to  smell,  to  scent 

olvidar,  to  forget 

once,  eleven 

opera,/.,  opera 

opinion,/.,  opinion,  renown 

oportuno,  opportune,  suitable 

optimo,  best 

orador,  m.,  orator 

orden,  m.,f.,  order 

ordenar,  to  order 

organo,  m.,  organ  (tool) 

oriente,  m.,  east 

orno,  m.,  oven 

oro,  m.,  gold 

os,  you 

osar,  to  dare 

oscuro,  dark 

otono,  m. ,  fall 

otro  (-a),  other,  another 

(en)  otra  parte,  elsewhere 

oveja,  /.,  sheep  (ewe) 

pacer,  to  pasture 

paciencia, /.,  patience 

padec^r,  to  suffer 

padre,  m.,  father 

padres,  m.,  parents 

pagar,  to  pay 

pagina,/,  page 

pais,  m.,  country 

paja, /.,  straw 

pajaro,  m,,  bird 

paje,  m.,  page 

palabra, /.,  word 

palacio,  m.,  palace 

palo,  m.,  blow  (with  stick) 

pan,  m.,  bread 


SPANISH-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


211 


paiio,  m.,  cloth 

pantalon,  m.,  pantaloon 

papa,  m.,  papa 

papel,  m.,  paper 

par,  m.,  pair 

para,  for  (in  order  to) 

para  que,  in  order  that 

parecer,  m.,  opinion 

parecer,  to  seem 

pariente,  m.,  relative 

par  que,  m. ,  park 

parte,  /. ,  part 

partida, /.,  party 

partido,  m.,  resolution 

partir,  to  depart 

pasado,  passed 

pasar,  to  pass 

pasearse,to  walk  (for  pleasure) 

paseo,  m.,  walk 

pasion,  /.,  passion 

paterno,  paternal 

patria, /.,  native  land 

paz,/.,  peace 

pecado,  m.,  sin 

pedir,  to  ask 

pelear,  to  fight 

peligro,  m.,  peril 

pelota,  /. ,  ball  (game) 

pena,/.,  pain,  punishment 

peninsula,/.,  peninsula 

pensamiento,  m.,  thought 

pensar,  to  think 

pensativo,  thoughtful 

peor,  worse 

pequeno,  little 

percibir,  to  perceive,  see 

perder,  to  lose 

perdido,  lost 

perfecto,  perfect 

perfidia,/.,  perfidy 


periodico,  m.t  newspaper 

perjuicio,  m.,  prejudice 

permanecer,  to  persist,  remain 

permitir,  to  permit 

pero,  but 

perorar,  to  harangue 

perrillo,  m.,  little  dog 

perro,  m.,  dog 

perseguir,  to  pursue 

persona,/.,  person 

personaje,  m.,  personage 

pesante,  heavy 

pesar  (-se),  to  weigh,  distress 

pescar,  to  fish 

peseta,  /. ,  peseta,  franc  (20  cts.) 

peso,  m.,  dollar 

piano,  m.,  piano 

picaro,  m.,  rogue 

pie,  m.,  foot 

pieza,/.,  piece  (play) 

piloto,  m.,  pilot 

pina, /.,  cone 

pino,  m.,  pine 

pintado  described 

pintarse,  to  paint 

pintor,  m.,  painter 

pistola,  /. ,  pistol 

placer,  to  please 

pla'to,  m.,  dish 

plaza,  /. ,  place,  market,  square 

pleito,  m.t  dispute,  lawsuit 

pluma,/.,  pen 

plural,  plural 

pobre,  poor  (not  rich,  worthless) 

pobreza,/.,  poverty 

poblar,  to  populate 

poco,  little,  few 

poder,  to  be  able 

poderoso,  powerful 

podido,  been  able 


212 


PKACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


podrir,  to  rot 
poesia,/.,  poetry 
poeta,  m.,  poet 
politica, /.,  politics 
polvo,  m.t  dust 
poner,  to  place,  to  put 
poner  (-se),  to  put  on 
por,  by,  in 
por  donde,  through 
por  en  cima,  on  top,  over 
por  mas,  however  (great) 
porque,  because 
porque,  why 
por...que,  however 
porvenir,  m.,  future 
posada,/.,  inn 
posesion,  /.,  possession 
posible,  possible 
postre,  m.,  dessert 
postrero,  later 
practicar,  to  practise 
precaution,  /. ,  precaution 
precio,  m.,  price 
precioso,  precious 
precise,  necessary 
preferir,  to  prefer 
pregunta, /.,  question 
preguntado,  asked 
preguntar,  to  ask 
premiar,  to  reward 
prendado,  smitten 
preparar,  to  prepare 
prescribir,  to  prescribe 
presencia,/.,  presence 
presentar,  to  present,  to  intro- 
duce 

presente,  present 
presente,  m.,  present  (time) 
presidente,  m.,  president 


prestar,  to  lend 
pretender,  to  pretend 
pretension,  /. ,  pretension 
prevenir,  to  inform 
priesa, /.,  haste 
primavera,  /. ,  spring  (time) 
primer^  (-0),  (-a),  first 
primito,  m.,  little  cousin 
primo,  first 
primo,  ?%,  cousin 
primoroso,  fine 
principe,  ra.,  prince 
a  principios,  early 
(de)  prisa,  fast 
prision, /.,  prison 
privar,  to  deprive 
probar,  to  prove 
proceder,  to  proceed 
procurado,  procured 
procurar,  to  try 
prodigo,  prodigal 
producir,  to  produce 
profesion, /.,  profession 
progreso,  m.,  progress 
prohibir,  to  prohibit 
projimo,  m.,  neighbor 
promesa,  /. ,  promise 
promoter,  to  promise 
pronombre,  in.,  pronoun 
pronto,  soon 
propio,  own 

prorumpir,  to  break  forth 
proseguir,  to  pursue 
prosperidad,  /.,  prosperity 
proteger,  to  protect 
protestante,  Protestant 
provenir,  to  arise 
proximidad, /.,  nearness 
prdximo,  next 


SPANISH-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


213 


prudencia,  /. ,  prudence 
prudente,  prudent 
prueba,/.,  trial,  proof 
publico,  public 
pudrir,  to  rot 

pueblo,  m.,  town,  populace 
puente,  m,,  /.,  bridge 
puerta,/.,  door,  gate 
puerto,  m.,  port 
pues,  since 

puesto,  m.,  place  (position) 
puesto  que,  since 
puesto  (caso)  que,  if 
punetazo,  m.,  blow  with  fist 
punto,  m.,  point 
pureza,/.,  purity 
que,  than,  who,  which 
que,  what,  how 
quedarse,  to  remain 
quejarse,  to  complain 
querer,  to  want,  will,  wish, 

like,  love 

querido,  loved,  dear 
que  tal,  how 
quien,  who 
quien,  who? 
quien... quien,    one... another, 

some...  other 
quienquiera,  whoever,  whose- 

ever,  whomever 
quietud, /.,  quietness 
quince,  fifteen 
quince  dias,  two  weeks 
quintp  (-a),  fifth 
quitarse,  to  take  off,  away 
quiza,  perhaps 

rabia, /.,  anger 
racional,  rational 


radical,  radical 
rato,  m.,  time  (short) 
rayo,  m.,  flash  (of  lightning) 
razon,  /.  (reason),   right  ac- 
real,  royal  (state)          [count 
real,  m.,  Spanish  coin  (5  cts.) 
relrnno,  m. ,  flock 
rebuznar,  to  bray 
recibido,  received 
recibir,  to  receive 
recompensa, /.,  recompense 
reconocer,  to  recognize 
reconocimiento,  m.,  gratitude 
recomendar,  to  recommend 
recorrer,  to  travel  about 
rectitud,/.,  rectitude 
red,/.,  net 
rededor,  m.t  envious 
al  rededor,  de,  about 
redondo,  round 
referir,  to  report,  mention 
reflexion,/.,  reflection 
reflexionar,  to  reflect 
reformador,  m.,  reformer 
refrenar,  to  restrain 
regalar,  to  present 
regano,  m.,  scolding 
reina,/.,  queen 
reinado,  m.,  reign 
reino,  m.,  kingdom 
reir,  to  laugh 

reirse,  to  laugh  (with  derision) 
relacion, /.,  narration 
relampaguear,  to  lighten 
reliquia,  /.,  relic 
reloj,  m.,  watch 
relucir,  to  glitter 
remediar,  to  remedy 
remedio,  m.,  resource 


214 


PRACTICAL  SPAXISH   GRAMMAR. 


remendar,  to  mend 
remote,  remote 
rendir,  to  render 
renir,  to  scold 
renta,/.,  income 
reo,  m.,  criminal 
reparable,  worthy  of  attention 
repetir,  to  repeat 
representar,  to  represent 
reprimir,  to  repress 
reprobar,  to  reprove 
requisite,  m.,  requisite 
resarcir,  to  compensate 
resolverse,  to  resolve,  decide 
respetar,  to  respect 
respeto,  m.,  respect 
respirar,  to  breathe 
responder,  to  respond 
respuesta, /.,  answer,  reply 
restablecer,  to  re-establish 
restante,  m.,  rest 
retirar,  to  withdraw 
retirar  (-se),  to  retire 
retrato,  m.,  portrait 
revelar,  to  reveal 
reverencia,  /.,  veneration 
reves,  m.,  back,  back  part 
al  reves,  on  the  contrary 
revolution,  /.,  revolution 
rey,  m.,  king 
ribera,  /. ,  shore 
ricazo,  very  rich 
rico,  m.,  rich  (man) 
ridicule,  ridiculous 
rigor,  m.,  rigor 
rio,  m.,  river 
riqueza,  /.,  wealth 
riquisimo,  very  rich 
risa,/.,  laughter 


robar,  to  rob 
rodilla, /.,  knee 
romance,  m.,  romance 
romper,  to  break 
rondar,  to  go  round 
ropa,/.,  clothes 
rostro,  m.,  face 
roto,  defeated 
rubor,  m.t  blush 
ruego,  m.,  request 
ruido,  m.,  noise 
ruso,  Russian 

sabana, /.,  sheet 

saber,  to  know 

sabiduria,/.,  knowledge,  wis- 

sabio,  wise  [dom 

sacar,  to  pull  out 

saciar,  to  satisfy 

sacrificar,  to  sacrifice 

sacrificio,  m.,  sacrifice 

sala,/.,  hall 

salario,  m.,  salary 

salida,/.,  exit 

salir,  to  go  out 

salud,/.,  health 

saludable,  salutary 

saludar,  to  greet 

santa,/.,  saint 

santo,  m.,  saint 

san,  m.,  saint 

sastre,  m. ,  tailor 

satisfaccion,  /. ,  satisfaction 

satisfacer,  to  satisfy 

satisfecho,  satisfied 

sauce,  m.,  willow 

se,  self 

seco,  dry,  meagre 

secreto,  m.,  secret 


SPAKISH-EXGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


215 


secuaz,  m.,  follower 

sed,/.,  thirst 

seguir,  to  follow,  continue 

segundo,  m.,  second 

seguro,  surely,  safe 

seis,  six 

sello,  m.,  seal 

selva,/.,  forest 

semana, /.,  week 

semejante,  similar 

semejar,  to  resemble 

sena,  /. ,  sign 

serial,/,  sign 

senda,  /.,  path 

seiior,  m.,  gentleman 

senora,  /. ,  lady,  mistress 

senorita,  /.,  a  little  or  young 

lady 

senorito,  m.,  a  little  or  young 
aentado,  seated  [man 

sentarse,  to  sit  down 
sentenciar,  to  sentence 
sentido,  m.,  sense 
sentirse,  to  feel,  perceive 
separar,  to  separate 
sepulcro,  m.,  sepulchre 
ser,  to  be 

servicio,  m.,  service 
servir,  to  serve 
sesenta,  sixty 
setentrionale,  north 
setiembre,  m.,  September 
sexto,  sixth 
si,  if 

si,  self,  yes 
siempre,  always 
siete,  seven 

siglo,  m.,  age,  century 
siguiente,  following 
silencio,  m.,  silence 


silla,/.,  chair 

simple,  simple 

sin,  without 

sin  embargo,  notwithstanding 

sino,  except,  but 

soberbio,  proud 

sobre,  besides,  upon 

sobresalir,  to  excel 

sobrina,/.,  niece 

sobrino,  m.,  nephew 

social,  social 

sociedad, /.,  society 

socorro,  m.,  help 

sofa,  m.,  sofa 

sol,  m.,  sun 

solamente,  only 

soldado,  m.,  soldier 

soledad,/.,  loneliness 

soler,  to  be  accustomed 

solicito,  solicitous 

solo,  alone 

solo,  only 

sombrero,  m.,  hat 

sonar,  to  dream  of 

sopa, /.,  soup 

soplar,  to  blow 

sordo,  deaf 

sorprender,  to  surprise 

sosegado,  quiet 

su,  his,  her,  its,  your,  their 

suavidad,  /.,  gentleness 

subdito,  m.,  subject 

subir,  to  ascend,  mount 

suceder,  to  happen 

sucedido,  happened 

sucesivemente,  ) 

pocoapoco,       pttle  by  little 

suceso,  m.,  event,  success 

sud.  m.,  south 

suelo,  m.,  ground 


216  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

suefio,  m.,  sleep  termino,  m.,  limit 

suerte,/.,  lot,  sort  tesoro,  m.,  treasure 

sufrir,  to  suffer  testamento,  testament 

suma,/.,  sum,  amount  testimonio,  testimony 

superar,  to  surpass  tiempo,  m.,  time 

suplica, /.,  petition  tierra,/.,  eaith,  land 

suplicar,  to  supplicate  tildar,  tc  censure 

supuesto,  granted  tio,  m.,  uncle 

sustento,  m.y  sustenance  tiro,  m.,  shot 
suyo,  his,  her,  its,  your,  their,  tocar,  to  touch,  to  play 

yours,  theirs  todavia,  yet 

tal,  such  (such  a)  todo,  whole,  all,  every 

talento,  m.,  talent  tomar,  to  take 

tal  vez,  often  (perhaps)  tono,  m.,  tone 

tambien,  also  traba, /.,  trammel 
tambien...como,  as  well... as       trabajar,  to  work 

tan,  so,  as  trabajo,  m.,  work,  labor 

tan  (-to)...como,  as.. .as  tradncir,  translate 
tanta  mas...que,  the  more.. .as  traer,  to  bring,  to  wear 

tanto,  so  much  traido,  brought 

tardar,  to  tarry  traidor  (-a),  treacherous 
tarde,/.,  afternoon  (evening)    traje,  m.,  dress  (suit) 

tarde,  late  trampa,  /. ,  trap,  fraud 

tarea,/.,  task  tranquilidad,/.,  tranquillity 

te,  m.,  tea  tras,  behind 

teatro,  m.,  theatre  traspasado,  afflicted 

tema,  m.,  theme  tratado,  m.,  treatise 

temblar,  to  tremble  tratar,  to  try,  to  make  a  treaty 

temer,  to  fear  treinta,  thirty 

temeroso,  afraid  tremulo,  tremulous 

tempestad, /.,  storm  tren,  m.,  train 

templo,  m.,  temple  tres,  three 

temporal,  m.,  storm  trescientos,  three  hundred 

temprano,  early  tribu,  m.,  tribe 
tenderse,  to  stretch  (one's  self)  trigo,  m.,  wheat 

tener,  to  hold,  have  tristeza, /.,  grief,  sadness 

teologo,  m.,  theologian  trocar,  to  exchange 

tercero,  third  tronar,  to  thunder 

terminar,  to  terminate  tropa,/. ,  troop,  body  of  soldiers 


SPAKISH-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY.. 


217 


tu,  thy 
tu.  thou 
tumba,/.,  tomb 
turbar,  to  confuse 
tuyo,  thy  (thine) 

un,  m. ,  a  or  an 
una,  /. ,  a  0r  an 
una  docena,  a  dozen 
una  vez,  once 
unido  (-a),  united 
uno,  one 
unos,  one's 
usar,  to  use 
uso,  m.,  use 
usted  (V.),  you 
ntil,  useful 
utilidad,/.,  profit 

vaca,  f.,  cow 
vale,  farewell 
valer,  to  be  worth 
valeroso,  courageous 
valiente,  valiant 
valle,  m.,  valley 
valuar,  appreciate 
valor,  m.,  courage 
vano,  vain 

vapor,  m.,  steam,  steamboat 
vapuleo,  m.,  whipping 
variar,  to  vary 
varios  (-as),  several,  various 
vecino,  m.,  neighbor,  inhabi- 
tant 

vehementemente,  with  force 
veinte,  twenty 
vela,/.,  sail 
velar,  to  watch 


vencedor,  m.,  conqueror 

veneer,  to  conquer 

vender,  to  sell 

venganza,/.,  vengeance 

vengar,  to  avenge 

venido,  to  come 

venir,  to  come 

venta, /.,  sale 

ventaja,/.,  advantage 

ventana,/.,  window 

ver,  to  see 

verano,  m.y  summer 

de  veras,  really 

verdad,  /. ,  truth 

verdaderamente,  really 

verdadero,  true 

vergiienza,/.,  shame 

vero,  true 

vestido,  m.,  dress,  garment 

vestido,  dressed 

vestir,  to  dress 

vez,/.,  time 

una  vez,  once 

viajar,  to  travel 

viaje,  m.,  trip,  voyage 

vicio,  m.,  vice 

victoria,  /. ,  victory 

vida,/,  life 

viento,  m.,  wind 

las  de  Villadiego,  French  leave 

vino,  m.,  wine 

violin,  m.,  violin 

virtud,  /.,  virtue 

virtuoso,  virtuous 

vista,  /. ,  prospect,  eye 

visitar,  to  visit 

visto  (ver),  seen 

viveres,  m.,  victuals 


218  PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 

vivir,  to  live  vulgarmente,  commonly 

vivo,  vivo,  living 

vivo,  lively  y,  and 

volar,  to  fly  ya,  already,  yet,  now 

volumen,  ra.,  volume  yacer,  to  lie  (down) 

voluntad,  /. ,  will  yerba,  /. ,  grass 

volver,  to  return  yerno,  m.,  son-in-law 

(voy[-ir],  I  go)  yo,  I 

vos  (you),  ye 

vosotros,  you  zapato,  m.y  shoe 

voz,/.,  voice  zutano,  such  a 

vuestro,  your 


VOCABULARY   OF  SPANISH   PBOPEK  NAMES.     219 


VOCABULAEY  OF  SPANISH  PROPER  NAMES, 


AS   USED   IN   PRECEDING   PAGES. 


Africa,  Africa 
Alejandro,  Alexander 
aleman,  m.,  German 
Alemania,/.,  Germany 
Alpes  (los),  Alps 
America,/.,  America 
Arabe,  w.,  Arab 
Atesidora,  proper  name 

Barcelona,  Barcelone 
Bona,  Bonn 
Becquer,  Becquer 
Berna,  Bern 
Brasil,  m.,  Brazil 
Bretana,  /. ,  Brittany 

Cairo,  m.,  Cairo 
Canada,  m.,  Canada 
Carlos,  Charles 
Cervantes,  Cervantes 
Castilla,/.,  Castile 
China,/.,  China 
chino,  Chinese 
Ciceron,  Cicero 
Colon,  Columbus 
Copernico,  Copernicus 
Cortes,  Cortes 


Espana,/,  Spain  [States 

Estados  Unidos  (los),  United 
Europa,/.,  Europe 

Felipe,  Philip 
Florida,/,  Florida 
Francia,/,  France 
Frederico,  Frederic 

Granada,/.,  Granada 

Habana,/,  Havana 
Victor  Hugo,  Victor  Hugo 
hugonote,  Huguenot 

Inglaterra,/.,  England 
Juan,  John 

Luis,  Louis 
Londres,  London 

Madrid,  Madrid 
Malaga,  Malaga 
Maria,  Mary 
Mariquilla,  little  Mary 
Mateo,  m. ,  Matthew 


Dulcinea,  Dulcinea 


Nueva  York,  New  York 


220 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH  GRAMMAR. 


Pablo,  Paul 
Pedro,  Peter 
Pepita,  Josephine 
Portugal,  m.,  Portugal 
Prusia,/.,  Prussia 

Bin,  m.,  Rhine 
Rodano,  m.,  the  Rhone 
Romano,  m.,  Roman 

Salvador,  Saviour,  Salvador 
Sena,  /. ,  the  Seine 


Sicilia,/.,  Sicily 
Sierra,/.,  Sierra 
Suiza,/.,  Switzerland 

Tasso,  m.,  Tasso 
Teresa,  Theresa 
Toledo,  Toledo 

Viena,  Vienna 
Villadiego,  Villadiego 

Wostenholm,  Wostenholm 


ENGLISH-SPANISH   VOCABULARY. 


221 


ENGLISH-SPANISH  VOCABULARY. 


Abbreviations  :  /.,  feminine  noun;  m.,  masculine  noun  ;  v.,  verb. 


a  or  an,  un  (-0),  (-a) 
abandon,   v.,  abandonar,  de- 
jar,  entregar 
abolish,  «.,  abolir  [como 
about,  cerca  de,  acerca  de, 
above,  sobre 
accept,  v.,  aceptar 
accompany,  v.,  acompanar 
according  to,  conforme 
account,  cuenta,/.,  razon,/. 
accuse,  v.,  acusar 
ache,  dolor,  m. 
ache,  #.,  doler 
achieved,  acabado 
act,  v.,  obrar 
action,  accion, /. 
admire,  v.,  admirar 
admit,  v.,  admitir 
adorned,  adornado 
advanced,  avanzado 
advantage,  ventaja,  /. 
adventure,  aventura,/. 
advice,  consejo,  m. 
advise,  v.,  aconsejar 
affair,  negocio,  m. 
afraid  (fear),  miedo,  m. 
after,  despues  (de) 
afternoon,  tarde,/. 
against,  contra 
age,  edad,/. 
agitate,  v.,  agitar 


ago,  hace 

agree,  v.,  avenirse 

agreeable,  agradable 

aid,  ayuda,  /. 

aid,  «.,  ayudar 

alas  !  ay  dolor ! 

Alfred,  Alfredo 

all,  todo 

all  along,  a  todo  lo  largo 

almond,  almendra,/. 

almost,  casi 

alone,  solo 

along,  por 

allow,  «.,  permitir 

already,  ya 

also,  tambien 

although,  aunque 

always,  siempre 

amass,  v.,  amontonar 

America,  America 

American,  americano 

among,  entre 

ancient,  antiguo 

and,  y,  e 

Andrew,  Andres 

animal,  animal,  m. 

announce,  v.,  anunciar 

another,  otro 

answer,  v.,  responder 

answer,  respuesta, /. 

any,  algun 


222 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


anything,  algo 
any  (whatever),  cualquiera 
appear,  v.,  parecer 
apple,  manzana, /. 
arise,  v.,  provenir 
arm  (weapon),  arma,/. 
arm  (one's  self),  v.,  armarse 
army,  ejercito,  m. 
arrange,  v.,  arreglar 
arrive,  v.,  llegar 
arrived,  llegado 
arts,  artes, /. 

as  ...  as,       I  tanto  .  .  .  como 
as  much  as,    ) 
as  long  as,  mientras  que 
ashamed,  verguenza, /. 
ask,  0.,  pedir,  preguntar 
ass,  donkey,  asno,  m. 
assault,  asalto,  m. 
assault,  v.,  asaltar 
assure,  v.,  asegurar 
astonished,  admirado 
at,  a 

at  all,  ya 
attempt,  intentar 
Athenaeum,  Ateneo 
attention,  atencion,  f. 
attentive,  atento 
attractive,  atractivo 
augment,  v.,  aumentar 
author,  autor,  m. 
avoid,  v.}  evitar 
await,  v.,  esperar 
awake,  v.,  despertar 

bad,  malo 
badly,  mal 
ball  (shot),  bala,/. 
banish,  v.,  desterrar 
bank,  banco,  m. 


banker,  banquero,  m. 

barbarous,  barbaro 

Barcelona,  Barcelona 

bathe  (one's  self),  v.,  banarse 

battle,  batalla,  /. 

be,  v. ,  ser,  estar 

be  able,  v. ,  poder 

beautiful,  hermoso 

beauty,  nermosura,  /. 

be  born,  #.,  nacer 

because,  porque 

bed,  cama, /.,  lecho,  m. 

before,   antes,    delante    (de), 

antes  de  (or  que) 
beg,  supiicar 

begin,  v..  empezar,  echarse 
behind,  tras 

be  ignorant  of,  v.,  ignorar 
being,  estando 
belfry,  campanario,  m. 
believe,  v.,  creer 
benefit,  beneficio,  m. 
Berne,  Berna 
besides,  sobre 
betray,  v.,  vender 
(it  is)  better,  mas  vale 
between,  por  entre,  de 
bill,  cuenta,  /. 
bird,  pajaro,  m.,  ave,/ 
black,  negro 
blame,  culpa,/. 
bless,  v.,  bendecir 
blind,  v.,  cegar 
blow,  v.,  soplar  [m. 

blow  (with  stick),  bastonazo, 
blue,  azul 

boar  (wild),  jabali,  m. 
Bonn,  Bona 
book,  libro,  m. 


ENGLISH-SPANISH   VOCABULARY. 


223 


book-store,  libreria,  /. 

Bordeaux,  Burdeos 

Bossuet,  Bosuet 

Bostoo,  Boston 

both,  ambos  (-as) 

both  ...  and,  tanto  .  .  .  como 

Bothnia,  Bothnia 

boy,  nmehacho,  m. 

Brazil,  Brasil,  m. 

bray,  v.,  rebuznar 

bread,  pan,  m. 

breakfast,  V.,  almorzar 

breath,  aliento,  m. 

breeding,  crianza, /. 

bridle,  «.,  enfrenar 

brilliant,  brillante 

bring,  v. ,  traer 

broad,  ancho 

brother,  hermano,  m. 

built,  edificado 

business,  negocio,  m. 

busy,  v.,  ocupar 

but,  pero,  sino 

butterfly,  mariposa,/. 

buy,  v.,  comprar 

by,  por 

call,  v.,  llamar 

Canada,  Canada,  m. 

candor,  candor,  m. 

capital,  capital,/. 

captain,  capitan,  m. 

care,  cuidado,  m. 

carry,  v.,  llevar 

Catholic,  catolico 

caught,  cogido 

cause,  «.,  causar 

cease,  v.,  dejar 

certain,  cierto  [mente 

certainly,   por  cierto,   cierta- 


Cervantes,  Cervantes 
chain,  cadena,/. 
chair,  silla,/. 
change,  «?.,  convertir 
charity,  caridad 
chase,  v,,  cazar 
child,  nino,  m.,  nina,/. 
children,  ninos,  hijos 
childhood,  infancia,/. 
Chinese,  chino 
Christian,  cristiano 
church,  iglesia,  /. 
circus,  circo,  m. 
city,  ciudad,/. 
classic,  clasico,  m. 
clean,  limpio 
clear,  claro 
climate,  clima,  m. 
cloak,  capa, /. 
close,  v.,  cerrar 
cloth,  pano,  m. 
clothes,  ropa,/. 
cloud,  nube,/. 
coach,  coche,  m. 
coat  (frock),  levita,  /. 
cold,  frio 

combat,  v.,  combatir 
come,  v.,  venir 
come,  llegado  (participle) 
comedy,  comedia,/. 
commerce,  comercio,  m. 
companion,  companero,  m. 
compare,  v.,  comparar 
compete,  «.,  competir 
concerning,  acerca  de 
concert,  concierto,  m. 

(  condicion, /. 
condition,  jsituacion,/. 

conduct,  conducta,  /. 


224 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


cone,  pina,/. 
confidence,  confianza,/. 
confuse,  v.,  turbar 
congress,  congreso,  m. 

(  conquistar 
conquer,  *.,jvencer 

consent,  v.t  consentir 
consider,  v.,  considerar 
conspiracy,  conjuracion,  /. 
constancy,  constancia,  /. 
construct,  v.,  construirse 
contain,  v.,  contener 
contemporary,  contemporaneo 
content,  contento 
content,  v.,  content ar 
contentment,  contento,  m. 
conversation,  conversacion, /. 
convince,  v. ,  convencer 
cook,  #.,  cocer 
cost,  v.,  costar 
couch,  lecho,  m. 
counsel,  consejo,  m. 
counsel,  v.,  aconsejar 
count,  conde,  m. 
count,  v.,  contar 
countess,  condesa,/. 
country,  pais,  m.,  campo,  m. 
courageous,  valeroso 
court-city,  corte,/. 
cousin,  primo,  m. 
criminal,  delincuente,  m.,  reo, 
crown,  v.,  coronar  [m. 

cultivate,  v.,  cultivar 
curious,  curioso 
cut,  0.,  cortarse 
danger,  peligro,  m. 
day,  dia,  m. 
dead,  muerto 
death,  muerte,/. 


debt,  deuda,/. 
deceive,  v.,  enganag 
deceived,  enganado 
decline,  v.,  decaer 
degrade  (one's  self),  v. ,  degradar 
[(-se) 

degree,  grado,  m. 
delight,  v.,  encantar 
deliver,  v. ,  entregar 
deny,  v.,  negar 
depart,  ®.,  partir 
deputy,  diputado,  m. 
described,  pintado 
desire,  deseo,  m. 
desire,  v.,  desear 
desist,  #.,  desistir 
despicable,  despreciable 
destiny,  destino,  m.y  suerte, /. 
destroy,  v. ,  destruir 
determine,  v.,  determinar 
dexterity,  destreza, /. 
dictate,  v.,  dictar 
die,  v.,  morir,  perecer 
difference,  distancia,/. 
difficult,  dificil 

difficulty,  dificultad,/.,  aprieto, 
dike,  malecon,  m.  [m. 

diligent,  diligente 
dimmish,  v. ,  decaer 
dine,  0.,  comer 
dinner,  comida, /. 
disappear,  v.,  desaparecer 
discount,  «.,  discontar 
discover,  v.,  descubrir 
discuss,  «.,  discurrir 
discussion,  controversia,  /. 
disease,  enfermedad, /. 
disgust,  v.,  disgustar 
dish  (food),  manjar,  m.,  plato, 
dispose,  v.,  disponer  [m. 


ENGLISH-SPANISH   VOCABULARY. 


225 


dispute,  disputa,/. 
distrust,  v.,  deiconfiar 
divided,  dividido 
do,  v.,  hacer 
doctor,  medico,  m. 
doctrine,  doctrina,/. 
document,  papel,  m. 
dog,  perro,  m. 
dollar,  peso,  m. 
door,  puerta, /. 
double,  doble 
doubt,  duda,  /. 
doubt,  v.,  dudar 
dozen,  docena,/. 
dramatic,  dramatico 
dress,  traje,  m.,  vestido,  m. 
dressed,  vestido 
drink,  «.,  beber 
duchess,  duquesa,/. 
durable,  durable 
during,  durante 
dust,  polvo,  m. 
duty,  deber,  m. 
dwell,  v.,  morar 

early,  temprano 
earn,  v.,  ganar 
earth,  tierra,/. 
east,  oriente  m. 
easy,  facil 
eat,  v.,  comer 
education,  educacion,/. 
Edward,  Eduardo 
effect,  efecto,  m. 
effort,  esfuerzo,  m. 
egg,  huevo,  m. 
eight,  ocho 
either... or,  6... 6 
elect,  v.,  elegir 
elephant,  elefante,  m. 


eleven,  once 

eloquence,  elocuencia, /. 
elsewhere,  (en)  otra  parte 
emperor,  emperador,  m. 
employment,  empleo,  m. 
encounter,  v.,  encontrar 
end,  fin,  m. 
enemy,  enemigo,  m. 
England,  Inglaterra 
English,  ingles 
Englishman,  ingles 
enough,  bastante 
enter,  v.,  entrar 
equal,  igual 
equal,  igualar 
equality,  igualdad, /. 
error,  error,  m. 
escape,  salida,  /. 
establish,  v.t  establecer 
estate,  hacienda,/, 
esteem,  estima,/.,  estimacion,/. 
esteem,  «.,  estimar 
esteemed,  estimado 
Europe,  Europa,/. 
even,  tambien,  aun,  hasta 
evening,  tarde, /. 
event,  suceso,  m. 
ever,  jamas,  nunca 
every,  cada 
excellent,  excelente 
except,  menos,  sino 
excess,  exceso,  m. 
exchange,  cambio,  m. 
exclaim,  v.,  exclamar 
excuse,  v.,  dispensar 
exercise,  ejercicio,  m. 
exposition,  exposicion,/. 
expression  (word),  voz,/ 
eye,  ojo,  m. 


226 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR, 


facade,  fachada, /. 
face,  rostro,  m. 
facilitate,  v.,  facilitar 
(in)  fact,  (en)  efecto,  m. 
faith,  fe,/. 
faithful,  fiel 
fall,  v.,  caer 
fall,  otono,  m. 
fame,  fama, /. 
famine,  carestia,/. 
farm,  hacienda,  /. 
fast  (de),  prisa,/. 
father,  padre,  m. 
fatigue,  fatiga,  /. 
favor,  favor,  m. 
favorable,  favorable 
fear,  miedo,  m. 
fear,  v.,  temer 
feature,  faccion,/. 
February,  febrero,  m. 
feel,  v.,  sentirse 
feminine,  femenino 
ferocious,  feroz 
fever,  calentura, /. 
field,  campo,  m. 
fifteen,  quince 
fifth,  quinto 
fifty,  cincuenta 
find,  hallar,  encontrar 
fine,  bello 
finger,  dedo,  m. 
finish,  fl.,  acabar 
fire,  fuego,  m. 
first,  primo,  primer o 
fish,  fl.,  pescar 
five,  cinco 
flag,  bandera,  /. 
flourishing,  floreciente 
flower,  flor, /. 


flower-pot,  florero,  m. 

fly  (to  escape),  «.,  huir 

follow,  -y.,  seguir 

foot,  pie,  m. 

for,  para,  por,  a 

for,  porque 

force,  fuerza, /. 

(with)  force,  vehementemente 

forest,  selva, /. 

forget,  v. ,  olvidar 

formerly  (before),  antes 

fortress,  fortaleza,  /. 

fortune,  for  tuna,/. 

forty,  cuarenta 

founded,  fundado 

four,  cuatro 

frailty,  fragilidad,  /. 

France,  Francia,/. 

franc,  franco,  m. 

frank,  franco 

free,  libre 

freeze,  -y.,  helar 

French  (man),  frances 

friend,  amigo,  m.,  amiga,/, 

frightful,  horroroso 

frivolous,  frivolo,  baladi 

from,  de 

fruit,  fruta,/.,  fruto,  m. 

full,  lleno 

fulfil,  v.,  complirse 

fun,  burla,/. 

funds,  caudales,  m. 

future,  porvenir,  m. 

gain,  «.,  ganar 

Galatea,  Galatea 

game,  juego,  m. 

garden,  huerto,  m. 

gate,  puerta,/. 

garment,  vestido,  m. 


ENGLISH-SPANISH   VOCABULARY. 


227 


general,  general,  m. 
generally,  generalmente 
genius,  genio,  m. 
gentleman,  senor,  m.,  eabal- 
[lero,  m. 

gentleness,  suavidad,  /. 
German,  aleman 
Germany,  Alemania,  f. 
get,  0.,  lograr 

get  drunk,  v.,  emborracharse 
get  possession,  v.,  apoderarse 
get  out,  v.,  salir  - 
get  up,  v.,  levantarse 
girl,  muchacha,  /. 
give,  v. ,  dar 
gloomy,  lugubre 
glory,  gloria,/, 
glove,  guante,  m. 
go,  v. ,  IT,  andar 
goat,  cabra,/. 
go  away,  v. ,  irse 
God  grant,  Dios  quiera 
gold,  oro,  m. 
good,  bueno 
good-day,  buenos  dias 
goodness,  bondad, /. 
goods,  mercaderia, /. 
go  out,  v.,  salir 
go  to  bed,  v.,  acostarse 
government,  gobierno,  m. 
grandee,  grande,  m. 
grandmother,  abuela,  /. 
granted,  supuesto 
greatest,  mayor 
Greece,  Grecia,/. 
Greek,  griego 

habitable,  habitable 
hair,  cabello,  m. 
half,  medio 
hamlet,  aldea, /. 


hand,  mano, /. 

handed,  entregado 

hand  over,  v.,  entregar 

happen,  v.,  pasar,  suceder 

happy,  feliz,  dichoso 

harangue,  v.,  perorar 

harvest,  cosecha, /. 

haste,  priesa,/. 

hat,  sombrero,  m. 

hatchet,  hacha,/. 

Havana,  Habana,/. 

have,  0.,  tener,  haber 

he,  el 

head,  cabeza, /. 

headache,  dolor  (m.)  de cabeza 

health,  salud,  /. 

hear,  v.,  oir 

heart,  corazon,  m. 

heat,  calor,  m. 

heaven,  cielo,  m. 

heedlessness,  descuido,  m. 

help,  ayuda,/. 

her,  la,  ella 

her,  su,  suyo. 

here,  aqui,  aca 

Herrera,  Herrera 

he  who,  aquel  que 

hide,  v.,  esconder 

high,  alto 

highest,  sumo 

him,  le 

his,  su,  suyo 

history,  historia,/. 

hit  upon,  v. ,  lograr 

hold,  v.,  tener 

homage,  homenaje,  m. 

home  (at),  en  casa 

hope,  v.,  esperer 

horse,  caballo,  m. 

hot,  calido 


228 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


hour,  hora,/. 

house,  casa,/. 

how,  como 

how !  que ! 

however,  por...que,  con... que 

how  much,  cuanto 

Huguenot,  hugonote 

humble,  humilde 

hunger,  hambre,/. 

hunt,  v.,  cazar 

I,  yo 

idea,  idea,  / 

idleness,  ociosidad,/. 

idle,  holgazan 

idler,  holgazarano,  m. 

if,  si,  cuando 

ignorance,  ignorancia,  /. 

ill,  mal,  adv.,  malo,  adj. 

ill-luck,  enhoramala,  /. 

image,  imagen,  /. 

immediately,  inmediatamente 

immortal,  inmortal 

in,  en,  por 

incessantly,  iricesantemente 

India,  Indias  (las) 

indication,  indicio,  m. 

inequality,  desigualdad,  / 

inevitable,  inevitable 

infirm,  enfermizo 

influence,  influjo,  m. 

inform,  v.,  informarse,  ente- 

rarse,  avisar 
innocence,  inocencia,/. 
inspire,  v.,  inspirar 
instead  of,  en  vez  de 
instruct,  v.,  instruir 
instrument,  instrument©,  m. 
interest,  interes,  m. 
interrupt,  v.,  interrumpir 


introduce,  v.,  presentar 
inundation,  avenida, /. 
invite,  v.,  convidar 
iron,  hierro,  m. 
it,  ello,  lo 
its,  su,  suyo 
January,  enero,  m. 
Jerez,  Jerez 
jest,  burla,  / 
John,  Juan 
little  John,  Juanito 
joined,  junto 
Joseph,  Jose 
judge,  juez,  m. 
July,  Julio,  m. 
June,  junio,  m. 

keep,  v. ,  mantener,  tener 

keep  on,  irse 

key,  Have,/ 

kill,  D.,  matar 

kind  of  weather,  tiempo,  m. 

kindness,  bondad,/ 

king,  rey,  m. 

kingdom,  reino,  m. 

kitchen,  cocina,/ 

knee,  rodilla, /. 

on  the  knees,  de  rodillas 

knife,  cuchillo,  m. 

knight-errant,   caballero  andan- 

knock,  v.,  tocar  [te,  m. 

know,  v.,  saber,  conocer 

knowledge,  conocimiento,  m. 

known,  conocido 

labor,  trabajo,  m. 
lady,  senora, /,  dama, /. 
lady  (young),  seiiorita 
language,  lengua, /. 


EHGLISH-SPAHISH  VOCABULAKY.  229 

large,  grande  lunch,  v.,  merendar 

last,  v.,  durar  Madeira, Madeira 

last  night,  anoche  magnificent,  magnifico 

late,  tarde  maiden,  doncella,/. 

Latin,  latino  make,  ®.,  hacer 

laugh,  v.j  reir  make  a  treaty,  v.,  tratar 

laughter,  risa,/.  make  use  of,  servirse  de 

law,  ley,/.  Malaga,  Malaga 

lawyer,  abogado,  m.  man,  hombre,  m. 

lead,  0.,  conducir    ,  manner,  manera, /. 

learn,  v.,  aprender,  saber  manners,  costumbres, /.,  moda- 

learning,  letras,  /.  many,  mucho  [les,  m. 

learned,  docto,  erudito,  leido      march,  v.,  marchar 

French  leave,  las  de  Villadiego  March,  marzo,  m. 

lend,  v.,  prestar  marry,  v.,  casarse 

less,  menos  Mary,  Maria 

lesson,  leccion,/.  master,  amo,  m.,  senor,  m. 

let  (allow),  v.,  dejar  Mataro,  Mataro 

letter,  carta, /.  matter  (what  is  the  matter),  que 

letter  of  exchange,  letra  de    Matthew,  Mateo,  m.    [tiene  VJ 

cambio  maturely,  maduramente 

liberty,  libertad,/.  May,  mayo,  m. 

lie,  v.,  mentir  me,  me,  mi 

life,  vida,  /.  meal  (repast),  comida,  /. 

like,  «.,  querer  means,  medio,  m. 

listen,  «.,  escuchar  by  means  of,  mediante 

little,  pequeno,  poco  meat,  came,  /. 
little  by  little,  sucesivemente,   Mediterranean, Mediterraneo,w. 
live,  v.,  vivir        [poco  a  poco     meet,  «.,  encontrar 

lock,  v.t  cerrar  mend,  v.,  remendar 

look,  v.,  buscar,  mirar  mention,  v.,  referir 

London,  Londres  mentioned,  dicho 

long,  largo  merchant,  mercader,  m. 

lose,  v.,  perder  merit,  v.,  merecer 

loss,  dano,  m.  messenger,  mensagero,  m. 

lot,  suerte, /.  metal,  metal,  m. 

love,  0.,  amar  midday,  mediodia,  m. 

love,  amor,  m.  mind,  ingenio,  m.,  animo,  m. 

loyal,  leal  mine,  mio, 


230 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


minute,  minuto,  m. 

miserable,  miserable 

misfortune,  desdicha,desgracia, 

mistress,  seiiora,/  [/. 

moderation,  moderacion,  /. 

modesty,  modestia,  f. 

be  modified,  v.,  modificarse 

Monday,  Innes,  m. 

money,  dinero,  m. 

monk,  monje,  m. 

month,  mes,  m. 

the  more,  mientras  mas 

morning,  manana,  f. 

mother,  madre,/. 

mount,  v.,  subir 

mountain,  monte,  m. 

mouth,  boca,/. 

much,  mucho 

music,  musica, /. 

musician,  musico,  m. 

must,  v.,  deber 

my,  mi 

name,  nombre,  m. 
name,  v. ,  llamarse 
native  land,  patria,/. 
nature,  naturaleza,/. 
navigate,  v.,  navegar 
near,  cerca  (de),  junto 
necessary,  menester,  necesario 
need,  v.,  necesitar 
(has  need),  ha  menester 
negro,  negro,  m. 
neighbor,  vecino,  m. 
neither,  tampoco 
neither... nor,  ni...ni 
never,  jamas,  nunca 
new,  nuevo 

news,  noticia, /.,  novedad,/. 
newspaper,  periodic© ,  m. 


next,  que  viene,  proximo 

niche,  nicho,  m, 

niece,  sobrina. /. 

night,  noche, /. 

nine,  nueve 

no,  no 

nobody,  nadie 

noon,  mediodian,  m. 

no  one,  ninguno 

nor,  ni 

north,  norte,  m. 

not,  no 

not  yet,  no  todavia 

nose,  nariz,  /. 

nothing,  nada 

notice,  v  ,  notar 

now,  ahora,  ya 

number,  numero,  m. 

obey,  «.,  obedecer 

oblige,  v.y  obligar 

observe,  v. ,  observar 

obtain,  v.,  obtener,  conseguir 

ocean,  oceano,  m. 

be  occupied,  «.,  pasar 

of,  de 

offer,  v.,  ofrecer 

officer,  oficial,  m. 

often,  a  menudo,  muchas  vezes 

old,  viejo,  antiguo 

old  man,  anciano,  m. 

on,  en,  sobre, 

on  account  of,  por 

once,  una  vez 

one,  un  (-0),  (-a) 

only,  solo,  sino 

open,  v.f  abrir 

opinion,  parecer,  m. 

opportune,  oportuno 

or,  6 

orange,  naranja,/. 


ENGLISH-SPANISH  VOCABULARY. 


231 


orator,  orador,  m. 
order,  v.,  mandar 
in  order  that,  para  que 
in  order  to,  para 
ought,  v. ,  deber 
our,  nuestro 
overcome,  v.,  superar 
owner,  dueno,  m. 
owe,  v.,  deber 
page,  pagina,/. 

pain,  dolor,  m. 

painter,  pintor,  m. 

pair,  par,  m. 

paper,  papel,  m. 

part,  parte, /. 

party,  partida,/. 

pass,  v. ,  pasar 

pass  (hand), *>.,  pasar,  alargar 

passion,  pasion,  /. 

Paul,  Pablo 

pay,  v.,  pagar 

pay  attention  to,  v.,  atender 

peace,  paz,/. 

pear,  pera,/. 

pen,  pluma, /. 

pencil  (lead),  lapiz,  m. 

penin  sula,  peninsula,  /. 

people,  gente, /. 

perfect,  perfecto 

peril,  peligro,  m. 

permission,  licencia, /. 

perplexity,  embarazo,  m. 

person,  persona,  /. 

peseta  (20  cts.),  peseta,/, 
philosopher,  filosofo,  m. 

physician,  medico,  m. 
piano,  piano,  m. 
picture,  cuadro,  retrato,  m. 
pine,  pino,  m. 


pilot,  piloto,  m. 
place,  v.,  poner     [empleo,  m. 
place,  puesto,  m.,  lugar,  m., 
play,  -».,  tocar,  representar 
please,    v.,  gustar,    alegrar, 
pleasure,  gusto,  m.      [placer 
plough,  arado,  m. 
pocket,  faltriquera,  /. 
poet,  poeta,  m. 
poor,  pobre 
portrait,  retrato,  m. 
Portugal,  Portugal,  m. 
possible,  posible 
post,  correo,  m. 
poverty,  pobreza,/. 
power,  mano,  f. ,  mando,  m>.9 
powerful,  poderoso     [poder,  m. 
practice,  v.,  practicar 
praise,  v.,  alabar 
prefer,  «.,  preferl/ 
prejudice,  perjuicio,  m. 
prepare,  v. ,  preparar,  aderezar 
present,  presente 
present  (month),  corriente,  m. 
present,  v.,  presentar 
pretension,  pretension,  /. 
pretty,  bonito 
prevent,  0.,  impedir 
priest,  cur  a,  m. 
prison,  prision,/. 
prodigal,  prodigo 
produce,  «.,  producir 
profit,  utilidad,  /. 
promise,  promesa,  f. 
promise,  v.t  promoter 
proof,  prueba,/. 
prospect,  vista,/. 
Protestant,  protest  ante 
provided  that,  con  tal  que 
prudence,  prudencia,/. 


232 


PRACTICAL  SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


prudent,  prudente 
prudently,  prudentemente 
public,  pnblico 
purity,  pureza, /. 
purse,  bolsa, /. 
put,  $.,  poner,  meter 
put  in  order,  «.,  arreglar 
put  on,  V.,  ponerse 

quantity,  cantidad,  /. 
question,  cuestion,  /. 
quiet,  sosegado,  sereno 
Quintan  a,  Quintana 

railway,  camino  de  hierro,  m. 
rain,  $.,  Hover 
rarely,  rara  vez 
read,  «.,  leer 

reach,  v.t  echar  mano  a,  llegar 
really,  verdaderamente 
reason,  motivo,  m.,  razon,  f. 
receive,  v.,  recibir 
received,  recibido 
recounting,  cantando 
rectitude,  rectitud, /. 
regain,  v.,  alcanzar 
rejoice,  v.,  alegrarse 
regret,  «.,  sentir 
relate,  v.t  contar,  referir 
relative,  pariente,  m.  and/, 
relic,  reliquia,  /. 
remain,  v.,  quedarse 
render,  #.,  rendir 
repeat,  v.,  repetir 
repent,  v.,  arrepentirse      [m. 
repentance,    arrepentimiento, 
reply,  respuesta,  /. 
represent,  «.,  representar 
reprove,  t>.,reprobar 


reputation,  opinion,/, 

require,  v.,  necesitar 

resolution,  partido,  m. 

resource,  remedio,  m. 

respond,  «.,  responder 

rest,  v.,  descansar 

rest,  restante,  m. 

retire,  «.,  retirarse 

return,  «.,  volverse 

Rhine,  Rin,  m. 

Rhone,  Rodano,  m. 

rich  (man),  rico,  m. 

ridicule,  v.,  burlarse        [risa 

ridiculous,  ridiculo,  digno  de 

right,  derecho,  m.,  razon,/. 

rightly,  con  razon 

river,  rio,  m. 

road,  camino,  m. 

rob,  v.,  robar 

robber,  ladron,  m. 

Roman,  Romano,  m. 

romance,  romance,  m. 

Rome,  Roma 

room,  pieza,  /. ,  cuarto,  m. 

sacrifice,  sacrificio,  m. 

sadness,  tristeza,/. 

safe,  seguro 

sail,  v.,  navegar 

sailor,  mariner o,  m. 

saint,  santo  (-a),  m.,f. 

sale,  venta,/. 

sally  forth,  v.,  salir 

salutary,  saludable 

same,  mismo 

satisfy,  «.,  satisfacer 

Saviour,  Salvador,  m, 

say,  v.,  decir 

scarcely,  apenas 

science,  ciencia, /. 


ESTGLISH-SPAHISH  VOCABULARY. 


233 


scold,  v.,  renir 

scribe,  escribano,  m. 

sea,  mar,  m.,f. 

season,  estacion,/. 

seated,  sentado 

second,  segundo,  m. 

Sedan,  Sedan 

see,  «.,  ver,  mirar 

seek,  v.,  buscar 

seem,  v.,  parecer 

Seine,  Sena,/. 

self,  se,  si,  mismo 

select,  v.,  escoger 

sell,  v.,  vender 

send,  v.,  enviar 

sense,  sentido,  m. 

sent,  entregado 

separate,  •».,  separarse 

September,  setiembre,  m. 

sepulchre,  sepulcro,  m. 

servant,  lacayo,  criado,  ra. 

serve,  v.,  servir 

set  sail,  hacer  a  la  vela 

seven,  siete 

several,  varios  (-as) 

shame,  verguenza,/. 

she,  ella 

shield-bearer,  escudero,  m. 

sheep,  carnero,  m. 

sheet,  sabana,/ 

shelter,  v.,  abrigar 

shift  for  one's  self,  bandearse 

ship,  buque,  m.,  nave,/. 

shoe,  zapato,  m. 

should  (must),  v.,  deber 

show,  «.,  manifestar 

shut, «.,  cerrar  [m. 

side  (of  right  triangle),  cateto, 

sign,  muestra, /. 

silence,  silencio.  m. 


silver,  plata,/. 

since,  pues,  puesto  que,  desde, 

despues  de,  despues,  como 
single,  solo 
sister,  hermana,  /. 
sit  down,  v.,  sentarse 
situation,  colocacion,  /.,   em- 
six,  seis  [pleo,  m. 
sixth,  sexto 
slave,  esclavo,  m. 
sleep,  ®.,  dormir 
sleepy  (sleep),  sueno,  m. 
small,  pequeno 
smell,  v.,  oler 
snow,  v.,  nevar 
so,  tan,  si 
social,  social 
society,  sociedad,/. 
softly,  bajo 
soldier,  soldado,  m. 
some,  something,  also,  algnno 
some  one,  alguien,  alguno 
somewhere,     en     cualquiera 

parte 

son,  hijo,  m. 
soon,  luego 
sooner,  antes 
soul,  alma,  /. 
sour,  agrio 
south,  sud,  m. 
Spain,  Espafia,/. 
Spanish,  espanol 
speak,  v.t  hablar 
speedy,  presto 
spend,  v.,  gastar,  pasar 
spirit,  espiritu,  m. 
spoken,  hablado 
spring  (time),  primavera,/. 
square,  cuadrado,  m. 
sqiu're,  escudero,  m. 


234 


PRACTICAL   SPANISH   GRAMMAR. 


star,  astro,  m.,  estrella,/. 

state,  estado,  m. 

The  United  States,  Los  Estados 

stature,  figura,/.          [Unidos 

steam  (boat),  vapor,  m. 

still,  todavia 

store,  almacen,  m. 

story  (narration),  historia,  /. 

storm,  temporal,  m. 

storm,  v.,  asaltar 

stove,  hornillo,  m. 


street,  calle,/. 

stretch,  v.,  tender  se 

string,  cuerda,/. 

strong,  fuerte 

student,  estudiante,  m. 

study,  «.,  estudiar 

stupid  (one),  insensate 

subject,  asunto,  m. 

such,  tal 

such  great,  tanto 

suffer,  v.,  sufrir,  permitir 

suitable,  oportuno 

sum  (amount),  suma,  /. 

summer,  verano,  m. 

sun,  sol,  m. 

Sunday,  domingo,  m. 

supplicate,  v.,  suplicar 

sure,  cierto,  seguro  (estoy  cierto 

surely,  seguro 

surgeon,  cirujano,  m. 

surpass,  «.,  superar 

surprise,  admiration,/. 

surprise,^.,  sorprender 

swear,  v.  ,  jurar 

sweet,  dulce 

swim,  v.,  nadar 

sword,  espada,/. 


table,  mesa,/. 

tailor,  sastre,  m. 

take  off  or  away,  quitar  (-se) 

take,  v.,  tomar,  llevar,  quitar 

talent,  talento,  m. 

tall,  alto,  grande 

task,  tarea,/. 

taste,  gusto,  m. 

tear,-  lagrima,  /. 

teachable,  docile 

tell,  v.,  decir 

ten,  diez 

than,  que,  de 

thanks,  gracias, /. 

that,  que 

that,  para  que 

that,  ese,  aquel,  aquello 

that  which,  aquello  que 

the,  el,  la,  lo 

theatre,  teatro,  m. 

then,  entonces 

their,  su,  suyo 

theme,  tema,  m. 

theologian,  teologo,  m. 

there,  alia,  alii 

thing,  cosa,  f. 

think,  v.,  pensar,  creer 

third,  tercero 

thirst,  sed,/. 

this,  este,  esto  (esta,/.) 

thou,  tu 

thought,  pensamiento,  m. 

thousand,  mil 

three,  tres 

through  which,  por  donde 

thus,  asi 

thy,  tu,  tuyo 

time,  tiempo,  m.,  hora,/. 

time  (one),  vez,  /. 


ENGLISH-SPANISH  VOCABULARY. 


235 


tire,  cansar 
to,  a 

to-day,  hoy 
together,  junto  (-s) 
to-morrow,  xnanana,  /. 
tone,  tono,  m. 
tongue,  lengua,/. 
too  much,  demasiado 
tooth,  diente,  m. 

toward,  contra 
towards,  hacia 

town,  pueblo,  m. 

tractable,  docil 

trammel,  traba,/. 

translate,  0.,  traducir 

travel,  0.,  viajar 

treacherous,  traidor 

treasure,  tesoro,  m. 

treat,  «.,  tratar 

tree,  arbol,  m. 

tremble,  v.,  temblar 

true,  verdadero 

trunk,  baul,  m.,  cofre,  m. 

trust,  -».,  fiarse 

truth,  verdad, /. 

try,  v.,  procurar 

Tuesday,  martes,  m. 

twelve,  doce 

two,  dos 

two  weeks,  quince  dias 

uncle,  tio,  m. 

under,  bajo, 

understand,  v.,  entender 

undertaking,  empresa,  /. 

unfortunate,  desgraciado 

unhappiness,  infelicidad,  /. 

unhappy,  infeliz,  desdichado 

United  States,  Estados  Unidos 

until,  hasta  que 

upon,  sobre 


us,  nos 
use,  «.,  usar 
useful,  util 

Valdes,  Valdes  (author) 

Lope  de  Vega,  Lope  de  Vega 

very,  muy,  mismo 

vice,  vicio,  m. 

victory,  victoria,/. 

village,  aldea,/.,  lugar,  m. 

violin,  violin,  m. 

virtue,  virtud, /. 

visit,  fl.,  visitar 

voice,  voz,/. 

voyage,  viaje,  m. 

wait,  v.,  esperar 

caminar 


wall,  muro,  m. 
war,  guerra,  /. 
wash,  0.,  lavar 
watch,  reloj,  m. 
watch,  •».,  velar 
water,  agua,/. 
way,  camino,  m. 
we,  nosotros 
wealth,  riqueza,jp 
wear,  v.,  traer 
wear  out,  «.,  usar 
weary,  0.,  cansar 
week,  semana,  /. 
weigh,  v.,  pesar 
well,  bien 
what,  lo  que 
what(ever),  lo  que 
what?,  que? 
wheat,  trigo,  m. 
when,  cuando 
where,  donde,  donde  t 


236 


PEACTICAL   SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


which,  que,  cual 

white,  bianco 

who,  que 

who,  cual,  el  cual,  etc.,  cual  ? 

who,  quien,  quien? 

whole,  todo 

be  worth,  v.,  valer 

whose,  cuyo 

(of)  width,  (de)  ancho 

will,  voluntad,/. 

win,  v.,  granjear 

wind,  viento,  m. 

window,  ventana,/. 

wine,  vino,  m. 

winter,  invierno,  m. 

wise,  sabio 

wish,  0.,  querer 

with,  con 

within,  dentro  (de) 

with  it,  consigo 

without,  sin 

woman,  mujer,/. 


wonder,  admiracion,  /. 

woods,  bosque,  'm. 

word,  palabra, /. 

work,  v.,  trabajar 

work,  trabajo,  m.,  obra,/. 

worn  out,  usado 

worthless,  pobre 

worthy  of  attention ,  reparable 

wretched,  infeliz 

write,  v.,  escribir 

write  out,  v.,  componer 

written,  escrito 

ye  (you),  vos 

year,  ano,  m. 

yes,  si 

yesterday,  ayer 

yet,  todavia,  ya,  pero 

you,  Usted,V.,  m.,/.,  vosotros, 

young,  joven  [vos 

your,  su,  suyo,  vuestro 

youth,  mocedad,/. 


GENERAL  INDEX. 


JKf  References  are  to  sections  except  where  page  is  specially  indicated. 


a,  1;  pronounced,  5. 

a  before  personal  nouns,  Les. 
II,  page  29  (note  2);  with 
infinitive,  Les.  XXX,  239 
(k),  262. 

accent  (acute),  37(a) ;  graphic, 
37;  tonic,  34. 

acertar,  etc.,  Les.  XVIII,  176, 
177. 

acordar,  178,  179. 

adjectives,  Les.  IV;  compari- 
son of,  Les.  V;  pronominal, 
Les  XI,  117  (note  2),  255  (d), 
274. 

adquirir,  210. 

adverbs,  Les.  XXXII;  of  affir- 
mation and  negation,  256; 
comparison  of,  257;  peculiar- 
ities of,  257;  place  of,  258. 

afraid,  172. 

age,  172. 

alegrar  (-se),  173,  174. 

algo,  120,  121,  255  (<?). 

alguien,  120,  122. 

alguno,  66,  120,  122. 

al,  45. 

alphabet,  1. 

alto,  69. 


amar,  Les.  VII,  94,  Les.  X,  119, 
Les.  XI,  138;  conjugated 
like  hablar,  Les.  XII. 

ambos,  120,  123. 

andar,  180,  181. 

antojar  (-se),  184(6). 

aquel,  104,  105  (a),  111. 

aquella,  105  (a). 

aquello,  105  (a). 

are  (you  are  speaking,  etc.), 
49. 

article,  Les.  I,  99  (note),  101, 
109, 113, 114;  with  noun,Les. 
Ill;  for  possessive,  94, 101(6). 

ashamed,  172. 

asir,  211. 

atender,  etc.,  Les.  XIX,  185. 

augmentatives,  62. 

auxiliary  verbs,  143,  160,  161, 
162,  254. 

b,  1,  9. 

bajo,  69. 

be  (to),  73,  100  (note),  172  (6). 

bueno,  66,  69. 

by,  163,  see  prepositions. 

c,  1;  pronounced,  10,  33. 

237 


238 


GENERAL   HSTDEX. 


caber,  193. 

cada,  120,  124. 

caer,  187. 

capital  letters,  3. 

cardinals,  Les.  VI. 

case,  40,  page  10  (note  2). 

ch,  name,  1;   pronounced,  11; 

in  verbs,  152. 
cocer,  189. 
cold,  172. 
comer,  Les.    VIII,    103;    like 

temer,  145,  146. 
comparative  degree,  68. 
comparison  of  adjectives,  Les. 

V. 

comparison  of  adverbs,  257. 
compound  tenses,   Les.   XV, 

154,  155,  Les.  XXV. 
con,  252  (d). 
conditional  mood,  239. 
conducir,  205. 
conjugation,  (first)   Les.  XII, 

(second     and     third)    Les. 

XIII. 
conjunctions,  239  (a)  (b)  (c\ 

241,    243  (&),   (taking    sub. 

mood)  244,  Les.  XXXV. 
consonants,    9-32,   4   (c),   33; 

double,  33. 
const ar,  184  (b). 
could,  239  (Ji). 
eual  (cual),  111,  114,  117. 
cualquiera,  66,  120,  125. 
cuanto,  120,  126,  255  (e). 
cuyo,  111,  115;  cnyo,  117. 

d,  1;  pronounced,  12. 

dar,  182. 

de,  75,  page  30  (note  1),  93 


(a),  100,  101,  163,  172  (d); 
with  infinitive,  Les.  XXX, 
263. 

deber  (deber  de),  155  (a). 

decir,  206,  242  (g). 

defective  verbs,  second  con- 
jugation, Les.  XX;  third 
conjugation,  Les.  XXII; 
list  of,  pp.  113,  etc. 

del,  45. 

demonstrative  adjectives,  Les. 
IX. 

demonstrative  pronouns,  Les. 
IX. 

diaeresis,  4  (e),  37  (c). 

did,  see  do,  also  231  (/). 

diminutives,  62. 

diphthongs,  7. 

do,  49,  227,  228. 

don,  58  (note  3). 

donde,  116. 

dormir,  212. 

e,  1;  pronounced,  5. 

el,  46. 

el  que,  111. 

en,  page  30  (note  3),  252  (e\ 

264. 

erguir,  213. 
errar,  184  (a). 
esa,  105  (a),  110  (b). 
ese,  104,  105  (a). 
eso,  108. 

esta,  105  (a),  110  (b). 
estar,  Les.  IV,  67,  Les.  V,  73, 

Les.    XVI,   162,    166,    167, 

254  (b). 

este,  104,  105  (a). 
esto,  105  (a),  108,  110. 


GENERAL  INDEX. 


239 


euphonic  changes  in  regular 

verbs,  Les.  XIV. 
exclamation  sign  of.  39(&),117 

(note),  258  (c). 

f,  1;  pronounced,  13. 
fulano,  120,  127. 
future  perfect  tense,  237. 
future  subjunctive,  246. 
future  tense,  233;  compound, 

237. 

g,  1;  pronounced,  14. 
gender,  2,  Les.  I,  Les.  II,  41, 

50-54. 

gerund,  253  (note  1). 
grande,  66,  69. 

h,  1;  pronounced,  15,  4  (d). 
haber,  78,  Les.  VI,  Les.  XV, 

155  (a)  (d),  156,  157,  158, 

159,  254  (&). 

hablar,  Les.  XII,  141,  144. 
hacer,  190. 
hungry,  172. 

i,  1;  pronounced,  5, 152, 153. 

imperative  mood,  Les.  XXVI. 

imperfect  tense,  231;  com- 
pound, 235. 

impersonal  expressions  with 
subjunctive,  243  (e). 

impersonal  verbs,  Les.  XXII. 

indefinite  pronouns,  Les.  XI. 

inferior,  69. 

infimo,  69. 

infinitive  mood,  Les.  XXIX, 
XXX. 


infinitive    with    prepositions, 

251,  252. 
infinitive  without  prepositions, 

250. 

instruir,  208. 
interjections,      Les.      XXXV, 

243  (a). 

interrogation,  sign  of,  39  (a),  49. 
interrogative    pronouns,    Les. 

X,  241. 
interrogatively, verbs  used,  Les. 

XXIII,  224. 
ir,  214,  243  (e). 

irregular  verbs,   Les.   XVIII- 
XXII. 

first  conjugation,    XVIII. 
second  conjugation,  XIX, 

XX. 
third    conjugation,     XXI, 

XXII. 
list  of,  pages  113-127. 

j,  1;  pronounced,  16. 
jugar,  183. 

k,  1;  pronounced,  17. 

I,  1;  pronounced,  18,  33. 
let,  283  (c). 

letters,  capital,  3;  gender  of,  2; 
list  of,  1 ;  remarks  on,  4. 

II,  name,  1;  pronounced,  19;  in 
verbs,  152. 

lo,  70  (note  5),  82,  83,  91,  103. 

m,  1;  pronounced,  20. 
malo,  66,  69. 
mas,  68. 


240 


GENERAL  IKDEX. 


matter  with,  172  (e). 

maximo,  69. 

mayor,  69. 

mejor,  69. 

menor,  69. 

menos,  68. 

might,  239  (i),  142. 

mil,  75  (b)  (c). 

minimo,  69. 

mismo,  120,  128. 

month,  days  of,  77. 

morir,  214. 

mover,  186. 

mucho,  120,  129,  255  (e). 

n,  1;  pronounced,  21,  33. 

n,  name,l;  pronounced,  22;  in 
verbs,  152. 

nada,  120  and  note,  130,255(6). 

nadie,  120  and  note,  131. 

namely,  110  (a). 

names,  proper,  54,  page  219; 
of  countries,  59(a),page  219. 

negation,  223,  256,  257  (d). 

negative,  page  49  (note  1),  223 
(&)(c)(d)(6),224(&),  238(6), 
257  (d),  258  (b). 

negatively,  verbs  used,  Les. 
XXIII,  223. 

ninguno,  66. 

nouns,  Les.  II;  as  diminutive 
and  augmentative,  Les.  Ill; 
with  article,  Les.  Ill;  com- 
pound, 52;  personal,  Les. 
II,  note  2. 

number,  Les.  II,  42,  55,  56. 

numerals,  Les.  VI. 

o,  1;  pronounced,  5. 


oir,  216. 

oler,  194. 

optimo,  69. 

ordinals,  Les.  VI. 

otro,  120,  132,  137  (note). 

own,  102. 

p,  1;  pronounced,  23. 
para,  252  (/)  (/'),  265. 
participle,  past,  254,  160,  161. 
participle,  present,  140,  253. 
passive  voice,   Les.   XVI,   92, 

170,  254  (b). 

past  anterior  tense,  236. 
past  participle,  160,  161,  9fcL 
pedir,  204. 
peor,  69. 
pequeno,  69. 
perfect  tense,  234. 
pesar,  184  (b). 
pesimo,  69. 
placer,  195. 
pluperfect  tense,  235. 
poco,  120,  133,  255  (e). 
poder,  196. 
podrir,  217. 
poner,  197. 
por,  163,  252  (h),  266. 
possessive      adjectives,      Les. 

VIII,  94. 

possessive  pronouns,  Les.  VIII  • 
postrero,  66. 
prepositions,       Les.       XXIII, 

XXIV;  with  infinitive,  Les. 

XXX,  254  (c);  place  of,  269; 

Eng.    prepn.   into    Spanish, 

Les.   XXXIV;   in    question, 

119  (a). 
present  participle,  140,  253. 


GENERAL   LtfDEX. 


241 


present  tense,  226-230;  com- 
pound of,  234. 

preterite  tense, 232 ;  compound 
of,  236. 

primero,  66. 

pronominal  adjectives,  Les. 
XI,  255  (d),  274. 

pronouns,  demonstrative,  Les. 
IX;  for  the  article, 94;  indefi- 
nite, Les.  XI;  interrogative, 
Les.  X;  personal,  Les.  VII; 
possessive,  Les.  VIII;  re- 
flexive, 84,  92;  relative,  Les. 
X,  245;  repeated,  88  (note). 

pronunciation,  1-37;  rules  for, 
34-36. 

proper  names,  54,  page  219; 
of  countries,  59(a),  page  219. 

pudrir,  217. 

punctuation,  39  (a)  (b),  111 
(note  1). 

q,  1 ;  pronounced,  24. 
que,  75,  252  (h),  249  (c). 
'que(que),  111,  113,  117. 
querer,  192. 
quien  (quien),  111,  113  (note), 

117. 
quienquiera,  120,  134. 

r,  1;  pronounced,  25,  33. 
recibir,  Les.  XIII,  110  (c),  147, 

148. 

reflexive  verbs,  Les.  XVII. 
regular  verbs,  Les.  XII,  XIII; 

euphonic  changes  in,  Les. 

XIV. 
reir,  207. 

relative  pronouns,  Les.  X,245. 
rr,  name,  1;  pronounced,  25. 


s,  1;  pronounced,  26. 

saber,  198,  242  (b). 

salir,  218. 

santo,  66  (santa,  66). 

satisfacer,  191. 

se,  84,  92,  170  (note  1). 

seiior,  senora,  58. 

sentir,  etc.,  Les.  XXI,  203. 

sequence  of  tenses.  247. 

ser,  Les.  I,  47,  Les.  II,  56,  Les. 
Ill,  73,  Les.  XVI,  160,  164, 
165,  254  (b). 

should,  142,  239  (j). 

si,  239  (a). 

some,  61. 

Spanish  language  (sketch  of);, 
pages  179-194. 

subjunctive,  first  and  second 
imperfect  distinguished,  243; 
in  relative  sentences,  245; 
used  dependently,  241,  etc., 
Les.  XXVII,  XXVIII;  used 
independently,  240;  with 
conjunctions,  244;  with  im- 
personal expressions,  243  (e). 

superior,  69. 

superlative,  71,  72,  Exercise  V 
(sentence  9,  note). 

supremo,  69. 

syllables,  division  of,  38. 

t,  1 ;  pronounced,  27. 

table  of  contents,  pages  v,  vi. 

tal,  120,  135. 

temer,  Les.  XIII,  145,  146. 

tener,  Les.  Ill,  155  (a)  (b),  Les. 
XVII,  172,  174,  175,  254  (b). 

tenses,  compound,  Les.  XV, 
XXV;  sequence  of,  247;  sim- 
ple, Les.  XXIV,  XXV. 


242 


GENERAL  INDEX. 


tercero,  66. 

than,  75  (a). 

tilde,  37  (b). 

time  of  day,  78. 

tocar,  Les.  XIV. 

todo,  65  (note  4),  120,  136. 

traer,  188. 

triphthongs,  8. 

n,  1 ;  pronounced,  5,  4  (c). 

una,  66,  page  25  (note). 

uno,  page  25  (note),  120,  137; 

see  article,  66;  see  numerals, 

75  (d). 
usted  (V.),  48,  81,  85  (note  3). 

v,  1;  pronounced,  28. 

valer,  199. 

varies,  120,  138. 

venir,  209. 

ver,  200. 

verbs, Les. XII-XXXI;  alpha- 
betical list  of  irregular  and 
defective,  page  113-127;  de- 
fective, second  conjugation, 
Les.  XX;  defective,  third 


conjugation,  Les.  XXII; 
ending  in  car,  gar,  zar,  149; 
ending  in  cer,  cir,  150;  end- 
ing in  ger,  gir,  guir,  151; 
verb-forms,  Les.  XII;  prin- 
cipal parts,  140,  141,  142, 
143.  See  also  under  tenses, 
etc. 

vocabulary,  English-Spanish, 
page  221;  Spanish-English, 
page  195;  Spanish  proper 
names,  page  219. 

vowels,  3-6;  long,  6;  quality 
of,  6;  short,  6;  sounds,  4  (a). 

w,  1;  pronounced,  29. 
x,  1;  pronounced,  30. 

y,  1;   pronounced,  5,  31,  75  (e), 

153. 

yacer,  201. 
year,  77. 
you,  48. 

z,  1;  pronounced,  32. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


•C  27  1S38 


REC'D  LD 


FEB    5'65-9Af 


JUN  25  1941 


APR     10  1943 


.;,!. 


SEP  1  1  1961 


YA  00123 
U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


:>£> 


ZZI19Z 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


